Natural History: A Selection

BOOK XXXI. CHAP. 1. (1.)—REMARKABLE FACTS CONNECTED WITH WATER.

BOOK XXXI. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE AQUATIC PRODUCTION

CHAP. 1. (1.)—REMARKABLE FACTS CONNECTED WITH WATER.

WE have now to speak of the benefits derived, in a medicinal point of view, from the aquatic productions; for not here even has all-bounteous Nature reposed from her work. Amid waves and billows, and tides of rivers for ever on the ebb and flow, she still unceasingly exerts her powers; and nowhere, if we must confess the truth, does she display herself in greater might, for it is this among the elements that holds sway over all the rest. It is water that swallows up dry land, that extinguishes flame, that ascends aloft, and challenges possession of the very heavens: it is water that, spreading clouds as it does, far and wide, intercepts the vital air we breathe; and, through their collision, gives rise to thunders and lightnings, as the elements of the universe meet in conflict. What can there be more marvellous than waters suspended aloft in the heavens? And yet, as though it were not enough to reach so high an elevation as this, they sweep along with them whole shoals of fishes, and often stones as well, thus lading themselves with ponderous masses which belong to other elements, and bearing them on high. Falling upon the earth, these waters become the prime cause of all that is there produced; a truly wondrous provision of Nature, if we only consider, that in order to give birth to grain and life to trees and to shrubs, water must first leave the earth for the heavens, and thence bring down to vegetation the breath of life! The admission must be surely extorted from us, that for all our resources the earth is indebted to the bounteousness of water.

It will be only proper, therefore, in the first place to set forth some instances of the powerful properties displayed by this element; for as to the whole of them, what living mortal could describe them?

CHAP. 2. (2.)—THE DIFFERENT PROPERTIES OF WATERS.

On all sides, and in a thousand countries, there are waters bounteously springing forth from the earth, some of them cold, some hot, and some possessed of these properties united: those in the territory of the Tarbelli, for instance, a people of Aquitania, and those among the Pyrencæan Mountains, where hot and cold springs are separated by only the very smallest distance. Then, again, there are others that are tepid only, or lukewarm, announcing thereby the resources they afford for the treatment of diseases, and bursting forth, for the benefit of man alone, out of so many animated beings. Under various names, too, they augment the number of the divinities, and give birth to cities; Puteoli, for example, in Campania, Statyellæ in Liguria, and Sextiæ in the province of Gallia Narbonensis. But nowhere do they abound in greater number, or offer a greater variety of medicinal properties than in the Gulf of Baiæ; some being impregnated with sulphur, some with alum, some with salt, some with nitre, and some with bitumen, while others are of a mixed quality, partly acid and partly salt. In other cases, again, it is by their vapours that waters are so beneficial to man, being so intensely hot as to heat our baths even, and to make cold water boil in our sitting-baths; such, for instance, as the springs at Baiæ, now known as "Posidian," after the name of a freedman of the Emperor Claudius; waters which are so hot as to cook articles

of food even. There are others, too,—those, for example, formerly the property of Licinius Crassus—which send forth their vapours in the sea even, thus providing resources for the health of man in the very midst of the waves!

CHAP. 3.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM WATER.

According to their respective kinds, these waters are beneficial for diseases of the sinews, feet, or hips, for sprains or for fractures; they act, also, as purgatives upon the bowels, heal wounds, and are singularly useful for affections of the head and ears: indeed, the waters of Cicero are good for the eyes. The country-seat where these last are found is worthy of some further mention: travelling from Lake Avernus towards Puteoli, it is to be seen on the sea-shore, renowned for its fine portico and its grove. Cicero gave it the name of Academia, after the place so called at Athens: it was here that he composed those treatises of his that were called after it; it was here, too, that he raised those monuments to himself; as though, indeed, he had not already done so throughout the length and breadth of the known world. Shortly after the death of Cicero, and when it had come into the possession of Antistius Vetus, certain hot springs burst forth at the very portals of this house, which were found to be remarkably beneficial for diseases of the eyes, and have been celebrated in verse by Laurea Tullius, one of the freedmen of Cicero; a fact which proves to demonstration that his servants even had received inspiration from that majestic and all-powerful genius of his. I will give the lines, as they deserve to be read, not there only, but everywhere:

Great prince of Roman eloquence, thy grove,

Where erst thou bad'st it rise, is verdant now;

Thy villa, from fair Academia nam'd,

From Vetus now its finish'd graces takes.

Here, too, fair streams burst forth, unknown before,

Which with their spray the languid eves relieve.

The land, I ween, these bounteous springs reveal'd,

To honour Cicero, its ancient lord.

Throughout the world his works by eyes are scann'd;

May eyes unnunber'd by these streams be heal'd.

CHAP. 4.—WATERS PRODUCTIVE OF FECUNDITY. WATERS CURATIVE OF INSANITY.

In Campania, too, are the waters of Sinuessa, remedial, it is said, for sterility in females, and curative of insanity in men.

CHAP. 5.—WATERS REMEDIAL FOR URINARY CALCULI.

The waters of the island of Ænaria are curative of urinary calculi, it is said; and the same is the case with the cold spring of Acidula, four miles distant from Teanum Sidici- num, the waters at Stabiæ, known as the Dimidiæ, and those in the territory of Venafrum, which take their rise in the spring of Acidula. Patients suffering from these complaints may be cured also by drinking the waters of Lake Velia; the same effects being produced by those of a spring in Syria, near Mount Taurus, M. Varro says, and by those of the river Gallus in Phrygia, as we learn from Callimachus. In taking the waters, however, of this last, the greatest moderation is necessary, as they are apt to cause delirium; an effect equally produced, Ctesias tells us, by the waters of the Red Fountain in Æthiopia.

CHAP. 6.—WATERS CURATIVE OF WOUNDS.

The tepid waters of Albula, near Rome, have a healing effect upon wounds. Those of Cutilia, again, in the Sabine territory, are intensely cold, and by a kind of suction penetrate the body to such a degree as to have the effect of a mordent almost. They are remarkably beneficial for affections of the stomach, sinews, and all parts of the body, in fact.

CHAP. 7.—WATERS PREVENTIVE OF ABORTION.

The waters of Thespiæ ensure conception to females; the same, too, with those of the river Elatus in Arcadia. The spring Linus, also in Arcadia, acts as a preservative of the fœtus, and effectually prevents abortion. The waters of the river Aphrodisius, on the other hand, in the territory of Pyrrhsæa, are productive of sterility.

CHAP. 8.—WATERS WHICH REMOVE MORPHEW.

The waters of Lake Alphius remove white morphew, Varro tells us; who also mentions the fact that one Titius, a personage who had held the prætorship, had a face to all appearance like that of a marble statue, in consequence of this disease. The waters of the river Cydnus, in Cilicia, are curative of gout, as would appear from a letter addressed by Cassius of Parma to Marcus Antonius. At Trœzen, on the contrary, all the inhabitants are subject to diseases of the feet, owing to the bad quality of the water there. The state of the Tungri, in

Gaul, has a spring of great renown, which sparkles as it bursts forth with bubbles innumerable, and has a certain ferruginous taste, only to be perceived after it has been drunk. This water is strongly purgative, is curative of tertian fevers, and disperses urinary calculi: upon the application of fire it assumes a turbid appearance, and finally turns red. The springs of Leucogæa, between Puteoli and Neapolis, are curative of eye diseases and of wounds. Cicero, in his work entitled "Admiranda," has remarked that it is only by the waters of the marshes of Reate that the hoofs of beasts of burden are hardened.

CHAP. 9.—WATERS WITCH COLOUR THE HAIR.

Eudicus informs us that in Hestiæotis there are two springs; one of which, Cerona, renders sheep black that drink of it, while the other, called Neleus, turns them white: if, again, a sheep should happen to drink their waters mixed, its fleece will be mottled. According to Theophrastus, the water of the Crathis, a river of Thurii, makes sheep and cattle white, while that of the river Sybaris turns them black.

CHAP. 10.—WATERS WHICH COLOUR THE HUMAN BODY.

And not only this, but human beings even, Theophrastus tells us, are sensible of this difference: for persons who drink the water of the Sybaris, he says, become more swarthy and more hardy, the hair inclining to curl: while those, again, who drink of the Crathis become fair and more soft-skinned, with the hair growing straight and long. So, too, in Macedonia, persons who wish the produce to be white, drive their cattle to the river Haliacmon, while those who desire a black or tawny colour, take them to water at the Axius. Upon the

same authority, too, we learn that in certain localities, as in the country of the Messapii, for instance, all the productions, the cereals even, grow of a tawny colour; and that at Lusi, in Arcadia, there is a certain fountain in which land-mice live and dwell. The river Aleos, which passes through Erythræ, promotes the growth of hair upon the body.

CHAP. 11.—WATERS WHICH AID THE MEMORY, OR ARE PRODUCTIVE OF FORGETFULNESS.

At the Temple of the god Trophonius, in Bœotia, near the river Hercynnus, there are two fountains, one of which aids the memory, while the other is productive of forgetfulness: hence the names which they respectively bear.

CHAP. 12.—WATERS WHICH SHARPEN OR DULL THE SENSES. WATERS WHICH IMPROVE THE VOICE.

Near the town of Cescum, in Cilicia, runs the river Nus, the waters of which, according to Varro, sharpen the intellect; while those of a certain spring in the island of Cea dull the senses. At Zama, in Africa, there is a spring, the waters of which render the voice more musical.

CHAP. 13.—WATERS WHICH CAUSE A DISTASTE FOR WINE. WATERS WHICH PRODUCE INEBRIETY.

Eudoxus says that persons who drink the water of Lake Clitorius take a distaste for wine, and Theopompus asserts that the waters of the springs already named are productive of inebriety. According to Mucianus, there is a fountain at

Andros, consecrated to Father Liber, from which wine flows during the seven days appointed for the yearly festival of that god, the taste of which becomes like that of water the moment it is taken out of sight of the temple.

CHAP. 14.—WATERS WHICH SERVE AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR OIL.

Polyclitus says, that the water of the river Liparis, near Soli, in Cilicia, is used as a substitute for oil, and Theophrastus mentions a spring of that name in Æthiopia, which is possessed of similar properties. Lycus says, that at Tasitia there is a fountain of it, the water of which emits light: the same is asserted, too, of a spring at Eebatana. According to Theopompus, there is a lake at Scotussa, the waters of which heal wounds.

CHAP. 15.—SALT AND BITTER WATERS.

Juba says, that in the country of the Troglodytæ there is a lake, called the "Lake of Insanity," from its highly noxious properties: thrice a day it becomes salt and bitter, and then again fresh, the same taking place as many times during the night. It is full, he says, of white serpents, twenty cubits long. He mentions, also, a certain spring in Arabia, which rises from the ground with such remarkable force, as to throw back any object pressed down upon it, however weighty.

CHAP. 16.—WATERS WHICH THROW UP STONES. WATERS WHICH CAUSE LAUGHTER AND WEEPING. WATERS WHICH ARE SAID TO BF CURATIVE OF LOVE.

Theophrastus makes mention of the fountain of Marsyas,

near the city of Cellenæ, in Phrygia, which throws up masses of stone. Not far from it are two other springs, called Clæon and Gelon by the Greeks, from the effects which they respectively produce. At Cyzicus is a fountain known as that of Cupido, the waters of which, Mucianus believes, cure those who drink thereof of love.

CHAP. 17.—WATERS WHICH PRESERVE THEIR WARMTH FOR THREE DAYS.

At Crannon there are certain hot springs, though not at boiling heat, the water of which, mixed with wine, preserves it warm in the vessels for a period of three days. The same is the case, too, with the springs of Mattiacum in Germany, beyond the river Rhenus, the water of which retains its boiling heat three days. The margin of these springs is covered with pumice, formed by the action of the water.

CHAP. 18.—OTHER MARVELLOUS FACTS CONNECTED WITH WATER. WATERS IN WHICH EVERYTHING WILL SINK. WATERS IN WHICH NOTHING WILL SINK.

If any of the above-mentioned facts have the appearance of being incredible to a person, I would have him know that there is no department of Nature which presents greater marvels than this, independently of the numerous peculiarities which have been already mentioned in an earlier part of this work. Ctesias informs us that, in India, there is a lake of standing water, upon which nothing will float, every object instantly sinking to the bottom. Cælius says that in the waters of Lake Avernus, in our own part of the world, the very leaves of the trees even will sink; and, according to Varro, these waters are fatal to such birds as fly towards them. On the other hand, again, in the waters of Lake Apuscidamus, in Africa, nothing will sink; the same, too, Apion tells

us, with the fountain of Plinthia in Sicily, as also a certain lake in Media, and the well of Saturn. The spring of Limyra not unfrequently makes its way through the neighbouring localities, and when it does so, is always portentous of some coming event. It is a singular thing too, that the fish always accompany its waters on these occasions; the inhabitants of the adjoining districts being in the habit of consulting them by offering them food. When the fishes seize it with avidity, the answer is supposed to be favourable; but if, on the other hand, they reject the food, by flapping it with their tails, the response is considered to be unfavourable. The river Holcas, in Bithynia, runs close to Bryazus, the name of a temple and of a divinity there worshipped; persons guilty of perjury, it is said, cannot endure contact with its waters, which burn like flame. The sources, too, of the Tamaricus, a river of Cantabria, are considered to possess certain powers of presaging future events: they are three in number, and, separated solely by an interval of eight feet, unite in one channel, and so form a mighty stream. These springs are often dry a dozen times in the day, sometimes as many as twenty, without there being the slightest trace of water there: while, on the other hand, a spring close at hand is flowing abundantly and without intermission. It is considered an evil presage when persons who wish to see these springs find them dry: a circumstance which happened very recently, for example, to Lartius Licinius, who held the office of legatus after his prætorship; for at the end of seven days after his visit he died. In Judæa there is a river that is dry every Sabbath day.

CHAP. 19.—DEADLY WATERS. POISONOUS FISHES.

There are other marvels again, connected with water, but of

a more fatal nature. Ctesias states in his writings, that there is a spring in Armenia, the fishes in which are black, and, if used as food, productive of instantaneous death. I have heard the same, too, with reference to the waters near the sources of the river Danuvius, until a spring is reached which is near its main channel, and beyond which this poisonous kind of fish is not to be found. Hence it is that this spot is generally looked upon as the source of the river. The same, too, is reported of the Lake of the Nymphs, in Lydia. Near the river Pheneus, in Achaia, there flows from the rocks a spring known as the Styx, the waters of which, as already stated, are instantly fatal. And not only this, but there are also small fish in it, Theophrastus says, which are as deadly as the water, a thing that is not the case with the fish of any other poisonous springs. Theopompus says, that at the town of Cychri, in Thrace, the waters are deadly; and Lycus states, that at Leontium there is a spring, the waters of which are fatal at the end of a couple of days to those who drink thereof. Varro speaks also of a spring upon Mount Soracte, some four feet in breadth, the waters of which bubble forth at sunrise, as though they were boiling; birds, he says, which only taste thereof, fall dead close by. And then, besides, we meet with this insidious circumstance, that in some cases, waters of this nature are inviting even in their appearance; those at Nonacris, in Arcadia, for example, the water of which fountain possesses no apparent quality to excite mistrust, though, owing to its intense coldness, it is generally looked upon as highly injurious, seeing that it petrifies as it flows. It is otherwise with the waters of Tempe, in Thessaly, their baneful properties inspiring universal terror, and possessing the property of corroding copper even and iron, it is said. This stream runs a short distance only, as already stated; and it is truly marvellous that, according to general report, the banks of its source are surrounded with the roots of a wild carob, always covered with purple flowers,

while the margin is clothed with a green herbaceous plant of a peculiar species. In Macedonia, not far from the tomb of the Poet Euripides, is the confluence of two streams, the water of one of which is extremely wholesome, that of the other fatal.

CHAP. 20.—WATERS WHICH PETRIFY, THEMSELVES, OR CAUSE OTHER OBJECTS TO PETRIFY.

At Perperena, there is a spring which petrifies the ground wherever it flows, the same being the case also, with the hot waters at Ædepsus, in Eubœa; for there, wherever the stream falls, the rocks are continually increasing in height. At Eury- mente, chaplets, when thrown into the waters of a certain fountain there, are turned to stone. At Colossæ there is a river, into the water of which if bricks are thrown, when taken out they are found changed into stone. In the mines of Scyros, the trees petrify that are watered by the river, branches and all. In the caverns of Mount Corycus, the drops of water that trickle down the rocks become hard in the form of a stone. At Mieza, too, in Macedonia, the water petrifies as it hangs from the vaulted roofs of the rocks; but at Corycus it is only when it has fallen that it becomes hard. In other caverns, again, the water petrifies both ways, and so forms columns; as we find the case in a vast grotto at Phlan- sia, a town of the Chersonesus of the Rhodians, the columns of which are tinted with various colours. These instances will suffice for the present.

CHAP. 21. (3.)—THE WHOLESOMIENESS OF WATERS.

It is a subject of enquiry among medical men, which kind of water is the most beneficial. They condemn, and with justice, all stagnant, sluggish, waters, and are of opinion that running water is the best, being rendered lighter and more

salubrious by its current and its continuous agitation. Hence it is that I am much surprised that persons should be found to set so high a value as they do, upon cistern water. These last give as their reason, however, that rain-water must be the lightest water of all, seeing that it has been able to rise aloft and remain suspended in the air. Hence it is, too, that they prefer snow-water to rain-water, and ice, again, to snow, as being water subtilized to the highest possible degree; on the ground that snow-water and ice-water must be lighter thin ordinary water, and ice, of necessity, considerably lighter. It is for the general interest, however, of mankind, that these notions should be refuted. For, in the first place, this comparative lightness which they speak of, could hardly be ascertained in any other way than by the sensation, there being pretty nearly no difference at all in weight between the kinds of water. Nor yet, in the case of rain-water, is it any proof of its lightness that it has made its way upwards into the air, seeing that stones, it is quite evident, do the same: and then. besides, this water, while falling, must of necessity become tainted with the vapours which rise from the earth; a circumstance owing to which it is, that such numerous impurities are to be detected in rain-water, and that it ferments with such extreme rapidity. I am, surprised, too, that snow and ice should be regarded as the most subtilized states of this element, in juxtaposition with the proofs supplied us by hail, the water of which, it is generally agreed, is the most pernicious of all to drink. And then, besides, there are not a few among the medical men themselves, who assert that the use of ice-water and snow-water is highly injurious, from the circumstance that all the more refined parts thereof have been expelled by congelation. At all events, it is a well-ascertained fact that the volume of every liquid is diminished by congelation; as also that exces-

sive dews a reproductive of blight in corn, and that hoar- trosts result in blast; of a kindred nature, both of them, to snow. It is generally agreed, too, that rain-water putrefies with the greatest rapidity, and that it keeps but very badly on a voyage. Epigenes, however, assures us that water which has putrefied seven times and as often purified itself, will no longer be liable to putrefaction. As to cistern-water, medical men assure us that, owing to its harshness, it is bad for the bowels and throat: and it is generally admitted by them that ,there is no kind of water that contains more slime or more numerous insects of a disgusting nature. But it does not, therefore, follow that river water is the best of all, or that, in fact, of any running stream, the water of many lakes being found to be wholesome in the very highest degree. What water, then, out of all these various kinds, are we to look upon as best adapted for the human constitution? Different kinds in different localities, is my answer. The kings of Parthia drink no water but that of the Choaspes or of the Eulæus, and, however long their journies, they always have this water carried in their suite. And yet it is very evident that it is not merely because this water is river-water that it is thus pleasing to them, seeing that they decline to drink the water of the Tigris, Euphrates, and so many other streams.

CHAP. 22.—THE IMPURITIES OF WATER.

Slime is one great impurity of water: still, however, if a river of this description is full of eels, it is generally looked upon as a proof of the salubrity of its water; just as it is regarded as a sign of its freshness when long worms breed in the water of a spring. But it is bitter water, more particu- larly, that is held in disesteem, as also the water which swells the stomach the moment it is drunk, a property which belongs

to the water at Trœzen. As to the nitrous and salso-acid waters which are found in the deserts, persons travelling across towards the Red Sea render them potable in a couple of hours by the addition of polenta, which they use also as food. Those springs are more particularly condemned which secrete mud, or which give a bad complexion to persons who drink thereof. It is a good plan, too, to observe if water leaves stains upon copper vessels; if leguminous vegetables boil with difficulty in it; if, when gently decanted, it leaves an earthy deposit; or if, when boiled, it covers the vessel with a thick crust. It is a fault also in water but to have any flavour not only to have a bad smell, at all, even though it be a flavour pleasant and agreeable in itself, or closely approaching, as we often find the case, the taste of milk. Water, to be truly wholesome, ought to resemble air as much as possible. There is only one spring of water in the whole universe, it is said, that has an agreeable smell, that of Chabura, namely, in Mesopotamia: the people give a fabulous reason for it, and say that it is because Juno bathed there. Speaking in general terms, water, to be wholesome, should have neither taste nor smell.

CHAP. 23.—THE MODES OF TESTING WATER.

Some persons judge of the wholesomeness of water through the agency of a balance: their pains, however, are expended to little purpose, it being but very rarely that one water is

lighter than another. There is, however, a more certain mode of ascertaining the difference in quality, that water being the better of the two which becomes hot and cold with the greatest rapidity: in addition to which, not to keep poising a balance, after water has been drawn up in vessels, if it is good, it should gradually become warmer, they say, when placed upon the ground. Which water, then, of the several kinds will be most likely to be good and wholesome? Well-water, no doubt, if we are to judge from the general use made of it in cities: but only in the case of wells in which it is kept in continual agitation by repeated drawing, and is refined by the earth acting as a filter. These conditions are sufficient to ensure salubrity in water: in regard to coolness, the well must be in a shaded spot, and the water kept exposed to the air. There is, however, one thing above all to be observed, a point, too, of considerable importance with reference to the continuance of the flow—the spring must issue from the bed of the well, and not from the sides. To make water cold to the touch may be effected artificially even, either by forcing it to rise aloft or by making it fall from a height, and so come in collision with the air, and be- come incorporated therewith: for in swimming, we find, when we hold our breath, the water is felt to be all the colder. It was the Emperor Nero's invention to boil water, and then enclose it in glass vessels and cool it in snow; a method which ensures all the enjoyment of a cold beverage, without any of the inconveniences resulting from the use of snow. Indeed, it is generally admitted that all water is more wholesome when

it has been boiled; as also, that water when it has once been heated, will become more intensely cold than before—a most ingenious discovery. The best corrective of unwholesome water is to boil it down to one half. Cold water, taken internally, arrests hæmorrhage. By keeping cold water in his mouth, a person may render himself proof against the intense heat of the bath. Many a person knows by his own every-day experience, that water which is the coldest to drink is not of necessity the coldest to the touch, this delightful property being subject to considerable fluctuations.

CHAP. 24.—THE MARCIAN WATERS.

The most celebrated water throughout the whole world, and the one to which our city gives the palm for coolness and salu- brity, is that of the Marcian Spring, accorded to Rome among the other bounties of the gods: the name formerly given to the stream was the "Aufeian," the spring itself being known as "Pitonia." It rises at the extremity of the mountains of the Peligni, passes through the territory of the Marsi and through Lake Fucinus, and then, without deviating, makes directly for Rome: shortly after this, it loses itself in certain caverns, and only reappears in the territory of Tibur, from which it is brought to the City by an arched aqueduct nine miles in length. Ancus Marcius, one of the Roman kings, was the first who thought of introducing this water into the City. At a later period, the works were repaired by Quintus Mar- cius Rex: and, more recently, in his prætorship, by M. Agrippa.

CHAP. 25.—THE VIRGIN WATERS.

It was he, too, who brought the Virgin Waters from the bye-road situate at the eighth milestone from the City, which runs for two miles along the Prænestine Way. Near these waters is the stream of Hercules, which the former shun, to all appearance, and have thence obtained the name of "Virgin Waters." On instituting a comparison between the waters of these streams, the difference above-mentioned may be immediately detected, the Virgin water being as much cooler to the touch, as the Marcian water is in taste. And yet, for this long time past, the pleasure of drinking these waters has been lost to the City, owing to the ambition and avarice of certain persons who have turned them out of their course for the supply of their country-seats and of various places in the suburbs, to the great detriment of the public health.

CHAP. 26.—TE METHOD OF SEARCHING FOR WATER.

It will not be out of place to append here an account of the method employed in searching for water. Water is mostly to be found in valleys, whether formed by the intersection of declivities or lying at the lower part of mountains. Many persons have been of opinion that all places with a northern aspect are naturally provided with water: a point upon which it will not be amiss to explain the diversities presented to us by Nature. On the south side of the mountains of Hyrcania it never rains; and hence it is that it is only on the northeast side that they are wooded. As for Olympus, Ossa, Parnassus, the Apennines, and the Alps, they are covered with wood on every side, and abundantly watered with streams. Some mountains, again, are wooded on the south side, the White Mountains in Crete, for example. On this point, therefore, we may come to the conclusion that there is no rule which in all cases holds good.

CHAP. 27.—SIGNS INDICATIVE OF THE PRESENCE OF WATER.

The following are indications of the presence of water:— rushes, reeds, the plant mentioned with reference to this point already, or frogs sitting squatted on a spot for a long time together. As to the wild willow, alder, vitex, reed, and ivy, all of which grow spontaneously on low grounds in which there is a settling of rain water from higher localities, considered as indications of the presence of water, they are all of them of a deceptive nature. A sign much more to be depended upon, is a certain misty exhalation, visible from a distance before sunrise. The better to observe this, some persons ascend an eminence, and lie flat at full length upon the ground, with the chin touching the earth. There is also another peculiar method of judging upon this point, known only to men of experience in these matters: in the very middle of the heats of summer they select the hottest hours of the day, and observe how the sun's rays are reflected in each spot; and if, notwithstanding the general dryness of the earth, a locality is observed to present a moist appearance, they make no doubt of finding water there. But so intense is the stress upon the eyes in doing this, that it is very apt to make them ache; to avoid which inconvenience, they have recourse to other modes of testing. They dig a hole, for instance, some five feet in depth, and cover it with vessels of unbaked pottery, or with a copper basin well-oiled; they then place a burning lamp on the spot, with an arch-work over it of leaves, and covered with earth on the top. If, after a time, they find the pots wet or broken, the copper covered with moisture, or the lamp extinguished, but not from want of oil, or if a lock of wool that has been left there is found to be moist, it is a sign of the presence of water, beyond all doubt. With some persons it is the practice to light a fire on the spot before they dig the hole, a method which renders the experiment with the vessels still more conclusive.

CHAP. 28.—DIFFERENCES IN WATERS, ACCORDING TO THE NATURE OF THE SOIL.

The soil itself, too, gives indications of the presence of

water, by presenting white spots, or an uniformly green appearance: for where the stratum is black the springs are mostly not of a permanent nature. The presence of potter's clay always puts an end to all hopes of finding water, and the excavation is immediately abandoned; an eye being carefully kept to the strata of the earth, to see whether, beginning with black mould, it successively presents the appearances above-mentioned. The water is always fresh that is found in argillaceous soils, but in a stratum of tufa it is colder than elsewhere; this, indeed, being a soil which is highly approved of, as having a tendency to make the water pure and extremely light to the stomach, and, by its action as a filter, to withhold all impurities. The presence of sand gives indications of springs of but limited extent, and of water impregnated with slime; while that of gravel announces the presence of water of excellent flavour, but not to be depended upon for permanence. Male: sand, fine sea-sand, and charcoal earth, yield a constant supply of water of a highly wholesome quality; but it is the presence of red stones that is the most to be depended upon, and the water found there is of the very finest quality. Craggy localities at the foot of mountains, and silicious soils, are equally good; in addition to which, the water found there is cooler than elsewhere. In boring for water, the soil should always become more and more humid, and, the deeper the descent, with the greater facility the implements should penetrate. In deep-sunk wells, the presence of sulphureous or aluminous substances is fatal to the sinkers; a danger that may be guarded against by letting down a lighted lamp, and ascertaining whether the flame is extinguished. When such is found to be the case, it is the practice to sink vent-holes on each side of the well, both right and left, in order to receive and carry off the noxious exhalations. Independently of these evils, the air becomes heavier, from the great depth merely of the excavation, an inconvenience which is remedied by keeping up a continual circulation with ventilators of linen cloth. As soon as water is reached, walls

are constructed at the bottom, but without cement, in order that the springs may not be intercepted. Some waters, the sources of which do not lie on elevated ground, are coldest at the beginning of spring, being maintained by the winter rains in fact. Others, again, are coldest at the rising of the Dog-star—peculiarities, both of them, to be witnessed at Pella in Macedonia; for in front of that city there is a marsh-spring, which at the beginning of summer is cold, while in the more elevated parts of the city the water is ice-cold in the hottest days of summer. The same is the case, too, at Chios, the water-supply of the harbour and of the city occupying the same relative positions. At Athens, the water of the Fountain Enneacrunos is colder in a cloudy summer than the well there in the garden of Jupiter; while on the other hand, this last is ice-cold during the drought of a hot summer. For the most part, however, wells are coldest about the rising of Arcturus. (4.) The water-supply of wells never fails in summer, but in all cases it falls low during four days at the rising of the constellation above-mentioned. Throughout the whole winter, on the other hand, many wells entirely fail; as in the neighbourhood of Olynthus, for example, where the water returns in the early days of spring. In Sicily too, in the vicinity of Messana and Mylæ, the springs are entirely dry throughout the winter, while in summer they overflow and form quite a river. At Apollonia in Pontus there is to be seen, near the sea-shore, a fountain which overflows in summer only, and mostly about the rising of the Dog-star; should the summer, however, not be so hot as usual, its water is less abundant. Certain soils become drier in consequence of rain, that in the territory of Narnia for example: a fact which M. Cicero has mentioned in his "Admiranda," with a statement that drought is there productive of mud, and rain of dust.

CHAP. 29.—THE QUALITIES OF WATER AT THE DIFFERENT SEASONS OF THE YEAR.

Every kind of water is freshest in winter, not so fresh in

summer, still less so in autumn, and least of all in times of drought. River-water, too, is by no means always the same in taste, the state of the bed over which it runs making a considerable difference. For the quality of water, in fact, depends upon the nature of the soil through which it flows, and the juices of the vegetation watered by it; hence it is that the water of the same river is found in some spots to be comparatively unwholesome. The confluents, too, of rivers, are apt to change the flavour of the water, impregnating the stream in which they are lost and absorbed; as in the case of the Borysthenes, for example. In some instances, again, the taste of river-water is changed by the fall of heavy rains. It has happened three times in the Bosporus that there has been a fall of salt rain, a phænomenon which proved fatal to the crops. On three occasions, also, the rains have imparted a bitterness to the overflowing streams of the Nilus, which was productive of great pestilence throughout Egypt.

CHAP. 30.—HISTORICAL OBSERVATIONS UPON WATERS WHICH HAVE SUDDENLY MADE THEIR APPEARANCE OR SUDDENLY CEASED.

It frequently happens that in spots where forests have been felled, springs of water make their appearance, the supply of which was previously expended in the nutriment of the trees. This was the case upon Mount Hæmus for example, when, during the siege by Cassander, the Gauls cut down a forest for the purpose of making a rampart. Very often too, after removing the wood which has covered an elevated spot and so served to attract and consume the rains, devastating torrents are formed by the concentration of the waters. It is very important also, for the maintenance of a constant supply of water, to till the ground and keep it constantly in motion, taking care to break and loosen the callosities of the surface crust: at all events, we find it stated, that upon a city of Crete, Arcadia by name, being razed to the ground, the springs and water-courses, which before were very numerous in that locality, all at once dried up; but that, six years after, when

the city was rebuilt, the water again made its appearance, just as each spot was again brought into cultivation. (5.) Earthquakes also are apt to discover or swallow up springs of water; a thing that has happened, it is well known, on five different occasions in the vicinity of Pheneus, a town of Arcadia. So too, upon Mount Corycus, a river burst forth; after which, the soil was subjected to cultivation. These changes are very surprising where there is no apparent cause for them; such as the occurrence at Magnesia, for instance, where the warm waters became cold, but without losing their brackish flavour; and at the Temple of Neptune in Caria, where the water of the river, from being fresh, became salt. Here, too, is another fact, replete with the marvellous—the fountain of Arethusa at Syracuse has a smell of dung, they say, during the celebration of the games at Olympia, a thing that is rendered not improbable by the circumstance, that the river Alpheus makes its way to that island beneath the bed of the se-a. There is a spring in the Chersonesus of the Rhodians which discharges its accumulated impurities every nine years. Waters, too, sometimes change their colour; as at Babylon, for example, where the water of a certain lake for eleven days in summer is red. In the summer season, too, the current of the Borysthenes is blue, it is said, and this, although its waters are the most rarefied in existence, and hence float upon the surface of those of the Hypanis;—though at the same time there is this marvellous fact, that when south winds prevail, the waters of the Hypanis assume the upper place. Another proof, too, of the surpassing lightness of the water of the Borysthenes, is the fact that it emits no exhalations, nor, indeed, the slightest vapour even. Authors that would have the credit of diligent research in these enquiries, assure us that water becomes heavier after the winter-solstice.

CHAP. 31. (6.)—THE METHOD OF CONVEYING WATER.

The most convenient method of making a watercourse from the spring is by employing earthen pipes, two fingers in thick- ness, inserted in one another at the points of junction—the one that has the higher inclination fitting into the lower one—and coated with quick-lime macerated in oil. The inclination, to ensure the free flow of the water, ought to be at least one-fourth of an inch to every hundred feet; and if the water is conveyed through a subterraneous passage, there should be air-holes let in at intervals of every two actus. Where the water is wanted to ascend aloft, it should be conveyed in pipes of lead: water, it should be remembered, always rises to the level of its source. If, again, it is conveyed from a considerable distance, it should be made to rise and fall every now and then, so as not to lose its motive power. The proper length for each leaden pipe is ten feet; and if the pipe is five fingers in circumference its weight should be sixty pounds; if eight feet, one hundred; if ten, one hundred and twenty; and so on in the same proportion. A pipe is called "a ten-finger" pipe when the sheet of metal is ten fingers in breadth before it is rolled up; a sheet one half that breadth giving a pipe "of five fingers." In all sudden changes of inclination in elevated localities, pipes of five fingers should be employed, in order to break the impetu- osity of the fall: reservoirs, too, for branches should be made as circumstances may demand.

CHAP. 32—HOW MINERAL WATERS SHOULD BE USED.

I am surprised that Homer has made no mention of hot springs, when, on the other hand, he has so frequently intro- duced the mention of warm baths: a circumstance from which we may safely conclude that recourse was not had in his time to mineral waters for their medicinal properties, a thing so universally the case at the present day. Waters impregnated

with sulphur are good for the sinews, and aluminous waters are useful for paralysis and similar relaxations of the system. Those, again, which are impregnated with bitumen or nitre, the waters of Cutilia, for example, are drunk as a purgative. Many persons quite pride themselves on enduring the heat of mineral waters for many hours together; a most pernicious practice, however, as they should be used but very little longer than the ordinary bath, after which the bather should be shampooed with cold water, and not leave the bath without being rubbed with oil. This last operation, however, is commonly regarded as altogether foreign to the use of mineral baths; and hence it is, that there is no situation in which men's bodies are more exposed to the chances of disease, the head becoming saturated with the intensity of the odours exhaled, and left exposed, perspiring as it is, to the coldness of the atmosphere, while all the rest of the body is immersed in the water. There is another mistake, also, of a similar description, made by those who pride themselves upon drinking enormous quantities of these waters; and I myself have seen persons, before now, so swollen with drinking it that the very rings on their fingers were entirely concealed by the skin, owing to their inability to discharge the vast quantities of water which they had swallowed. It is for this reason, too, that these waters should never be drunk without taking a taste of salt every now and then. The very mud, too, of mineral springs may be employed to good purpose; but, to be effectual, after being applied to the body, it must be left to dry in the sun. It must not be supposed, however, that all hot waters are

of necessity medicated, those of Segesta in Sicily, for example, of Larissa, Troas, Magnesia, Melos, and Lipara. Nor is the very general supposition a correct one, that waters, to be medicinal, must of necessity discolour copper or silver; no such effect being produced by those of Patavium, or there being the slightest difference perceptible in the smell.

CHAP. 33.—THE USES OF SEA-WATER. THE ADVANTAGES OF A SEA-VOYAGE.

Sea-water also is employed in a similar manner for the cure of diseases. It is used, made hot, for the cure of pains in the sinews, for reuniting fractured bones, and for its desiccative action upon the body: for which last purpose, it is also used cold. There are numerous other medicinal resources derived from the sea; the benefit of a sea-voyage, more particularly, in cases of phthisis, as already mentioned, and where patients are suffering from hæmoptosis, as lately experienced, in our own memory, by Annæus Gallio, at the close of his consulship: for it is not for the purpose of visiting the country, that people so often travel to Egypt, but in order to secure the beneficial results arising from a long sea-voyage. Indeed, the very sea-sickness that is caused by the rocking of the vessel to and fro, is good for many affections of the head, eyes, and chest, all those cases, in fact, in which the patient is recommended to drink an infusion of hellebore. Medical men con- sider sea-water, employed by itself,' highly efficacious for the dispersion of tumours, and, boiled with barley-meal, for the successful treatment of imposthumes of the parotid glands: it is used also as an ingredient in plasters, white plasters more particularly, and for emollient poultices. Sea-water is very good, too, employed as a shower-bath; and it is taken internally, though not without injury to the stomach, both as a

purgative and as an expellent, by vomit and by alvine evacuation, of black bile or coagulated blood, as the case may be. Some authorities prescribe it, taken internally, for quartan fevers, as also for tenesmus and diseases of the joints; purposes for which it is kept a considerable time, to mellow with age, and so lose its noxious properties. Some, again, are for boiling it, but in all cases it is recommended to be taken from out at sea, and untainted with the mixture of fresh water, an emetic also being taken before using it. When used in this manner, vinegar or wine is generally mixed with the water. Those who give it unmixed, recommend radishes with oxymel to be eaten upon it, in order to provoke vomiting. Sea-water, made hot, is used also as an injection; and there is nothing in existence preferred to it as a fomentation for swellings of the testes, or for chilblains before they ulcerate. It is similarly employed, also, for the cure of prurigo, itch-scab, and lichens. Lice and other foul vermin of the head, are removed by the application of sea-water, and lividities of the skin are restored to their natural colour; it being a remarkably good plan, in such cases, after applying the sea-water, to foment the parts with hot vinegar. It is generally considered, too, that sea-water is highly effcacious for the stings of venomous insects, those of the pha- langium and scorpion, for example, and as an antidote to the poisonous secretions of the asp, known as the "ptyas;" in all which cases it is employed hot. Fumigations are also made of it, with vinegar, for the cure of head-ache; and, used warm as at injection, it allays griping pains in the bowels and cholera. Things that have been heated in sea-water are longer than ordinary in cooling. A sea-water bath is an excellent corrective for swelling of the bosoms in females, affections of the thoracic organs, and ermaciation of the body. The steam also of sea-water boiled with vinegar, is used for the removal of hardness of hearing and head-ache. An application of sea-water very expeditiously removes rust upon iron; it is

curative also of scab in sheep, and imparts additional softness to the wool.

CHAP. 34.—HOW ARTIFICIAL SEA-WATER MAY BE MADE IN PLACES AT A DISTANCE FROM THE SEA.

I am by no means unaware that these details may very possibly appear superfluous to persons who live at a distance from the sea; but scientific research has made provision against this objection, by discovering a method of enabling every one to make sea-water for himself. It is a singular fact in connexion with this discovery, that if more than one sextarius of salt is put into four sextarii of water, the liquefying properties of the water will be overpowered, and the salt will no longer melt. On the other hand, again, a mixture of one sextarius of salt with four sextarii of water, acts as a good substitute for the efficacy and properties of the very saltest sea-water. The most reasonable proportion, however, is generally thought to be eight cyathi of salt, diluted in the quantity of water above mentioned; a preparation which has been found to have a warming effect upon the sinews, without in any degree chafing the body.

CHAP. 35.—HOW THALASSOMELI IS MADE.

There is also a composition made to ripen for use, known as "thalassomeli," and prepared with equal parts of sea-water, honey, and rain-water. For this purpose, also, the water is brought from out at sea, and the preparation is kept in an earthen vessel well pitched. It acts most efficiently as a purgative, and without in the least fatiguing the stomach; the taste, too, and smell of it, are very agreeable.

CHAP. 36.—How HYDROMELI IS MADE.

Hydromeli, also, was a mixture formerly made with pure rain-water and honey, and was prescribed for patients who, were anxious for wine, as being a more harmless drink. For these many years past, however, it has been condemned, as having in reality all the inconveniences of wine, without the advantages.

CHAP. 37.—METHODS OF PROVIDING AGAINST THE INCONVENIENCE OF DRINKING SUSPECTED WATER.

As persons out at sea often suffer great inconvenience from the want of fresh water, we will here describe some methods of obviating it. Fleeces are spread round the ship, and on becoming moistened with the exhalations arising from the sea, the water is wrung from them, and found to be quite fresh. Hollow balls of wax, also, or empty vessels sealed at the mouth, upon being let down into the sea in a net, become filled with water that is fresh and potable. On shore, too, sea-water may be made fresh, by filtering it through argillaceous earth. By swimming in water of any kind, sprains of the limbs in man or beast are reduced with the greatest facility. Persons when travelling, are sometimes apprehensive that the use of water, the quality of which is unknown to them, may prove injurious to their health: as a precaution against this, they should drink the suspected water cold, immediately after leaving tie bath.

CHAP. 38.—SIX REMEDIES DERIVED FROM MOSS. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM SAND.

Moss which has grown in water is excellent as a topical application for gout; and, in combination with oil, it is good for pains and swellings in the ankles. The foam that floats upon the surface of the water, used as a friction, causes warts to disappear. The sand, too, of the sea-shore, that more particularly which is very fine and burnt white by the heat of the sun, is used remedially for its desiccative properties, the bodies of dropsical or rheumatic patients being entirely covered with it. Thus much with reference to water itself; we will now turn to the aquatic productions, beginning, as in all other instances, with the principal of them, namely, salt and sponge.

CHAP. 39. (7.)—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF SALT; THE METHODS OF PREPARING IT, AND THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM IT. TWO HUNDRED AND FOUR OBSERVATIONS THERE UPON.

All salt is either native or artificial; both kinds being formed in various ways, but produced from one of these two causes, the condensation or the desiccation, of a liquid. The Lake of Tarentum is dried up by the heat of the summer sun, and the whole of its waters, which are at no time very deep, not higher than the knee in fact, are changed into once mass of salt. The same, too, with a lake in Sicily, Cocanicus by name, and another in the vicinity of Gela. But in the case of these two last, it is only the sides that are thus dried up: whereas in Phrygia, in Cappadocia, and at Aspendus, where the same phænomena are observable, the water is dried up to a much larger extent, to the very middle of the lake, in fact. There is also another marvellous circumstance connected with this last—however much salt is taken out of it in the day, its place is supplied again during the night. Every kind of lake- salt is found in grains, and not in the form of blocks. Sea-water, again, spontaneously produces another kind of salt, from the foam which it leaves on shore at high-water n-ark, or adhering to rocks; this being, in all cases, condensed by the action of the sun, and that salt being the most pun- gent of the two which is found upon the rocks. There are also three different kinds of native salt. In Bac- triana there arc two vast lakes; one of them situate on the side

of Scythia, the other on that of Ariana, both of which throw up vast quantities of salt. So, too, at Citium, in Cyprus; and, in the vicinity of Memphis, they extract salt from the lake and dry it in the sun. The surface-waters of some rivers, also, condense in the form of salt, the rest of the stream flowing beneath, as though under a crust of ice; such as the running waters near the Caspian Gates for instance, which are known as the "Rivers of Salt." The same is the case, too, in the vicinity of the Mardi and of the people of Armenia. In Bactriana, also, the rivers Ochus and Oxus carry down from the mountains on their banks, fragments of salt. There are also in Africa some lakes, the waters of which are turbid, that are productive of salt. Some hot springs, too, produce salt-those at Pagasæ for example. Such, then, are the various kinds of salt produced spontaneously by water. There are certain mountains, also, formed of native salt; that of Oromenus, in India, for example, where it is cut out like blocks from a quarry, and is continually reproduced, bringing in a larger revenue to the sovereigns of those countries than that arising from their gold and pearls. In some instances it is dug out of the earth, being formed there, evidently, by the condensation of the moisture, as in Cappadocia for example, where it is cut in sheets, like those of mirror-stone. The blocks of it are very heavy, the name commonly given to them being "mica." At Gerrhæ, a city of Arabia, the ramparts and houses are constructed of blocks of salt, which are soldered together by being moistened with water. King Ptole- mæs discovered salt also in the vicinity of Pelusium, when he encamped there; a circumstance which induced other persons to seek and discover it in the scorched tracts that lie between Egypt and Arabia, beneath the sand. In the same

manner, too, it has been found in the thirsting deserts of Africa, as far as the oracle of Hammon, a locality in which the salt increases at night with the increase of the moon. The districts of Cyrenaica are ennobled, too, by the production of hammoniacum, a salt so called from the fact of its being found beneath the sands there. It is similar in colour to the alum known as "schiston," and consists of long pieces, by no means transparent, and of an unpleasant flavour, but highly useful in medicine; that being held in the highest esteem, which is the clearest and divides into straight flakes. There is one remarkable fact mentioned in connexion with it: so long as it lies under ground in its bed it is extremely light, but the moment it is exposed to the light, it is hardly credible to what an extent its weight is increased. The reason for this is evident: the humid vapours of the excavations bear the masses upwards, as water does, and so aid the workmen. It is adulterated with the Sicilian salt which we have mentioned as being found in Lake Cocanicus, as also with that of Cyprus, which is marvellously like it. At Egelasta, in Nearer Spain, there is a salt, hewn from the bed in almost transparent blocks, and to which for this long time past most medical men, it is said, have given the preference over all other salt. Every spot in

which salt is found is naturally barren, and produces nothing. Such are the particulars, in general, which have been ascertained with reference to native salt. Of artificial salt there are several kinds; the common salt, and the most abundant, being made from sea-water drained into salt-pans, and accompanied with streams of fresh water; but it is rain more particularly, and, above all things, the sun, that aids in its formation; indeed without this last it would never dry. In the neighbourhood of Utica, in Africa, they build up masses of salt, like hills in appearance; and when these have been hardened by the action of the sun and moon, no moisture will ever melt them, and iron can hardly divide them. In Crete, however, salt is made without the aid of fresh water, and merely by introducing sea-water into the salt-pans. On the shores of Egypt, salt is formed by the overflow of the sea upon the land, already prepared for its reception, in my opinion, by the emanations of the river Nilus. It is made here, also, from the water of certain wells, discharged into salt-pans. At Babylon, the result of the first condensation is a bituminous liquid, like oil, which is used for burning in lamps; when this is skimmed off, the salt is found beneath. In Cappadocia, also, both well and spring-water are introduced into the saltpans. In Chaonia there is a spring, from the water of which, when boiled and left to cool, there is an inert salt obtained, not so white as ordinary salt. In the Gallic provinces and in Germany, it is the practice to pour salt-water upon burning wood.

CHAP. 40.—MURIA.

In one part of Spain, they draw a brine for this purpose from deep—sunk pits, to which they give the name of "muria;" being of opinion, also, that it makes a considerable difference upon what kind of wood it is poured. That of the quercus they look upon as the best, as the ashes of it, unmixed, have

the pungency of salt. In other places, again, the wood of the hazel is held in high esteem; and thus, we see, by pouring brine upon it, charcoal even is converted into salt. All salt that is thus prepared with burning wood is black. I find it stated by Theophrastus, that the Umbri are in the habit of boiling ashes of reeds and bulrushes in water, till there remains but little moisture unconsumed. The brine, too, of salted provisions is sometimes boiled over again, and, as soon as all the moisture has evaporated, the salt resumes its original form. That prepared from the pickle of the mæna has the finest flavour.

CHAP. 41.—THE VARIOUS PROPERTIES OF SALT: ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTY HISTORICAL REMARKS RELATIVE THERETO.

Of the various kinds of sea-salt, the most esteemed is that of Salamis, in Cyprus; and of the lake-salts, that of Tarentum, and the salt known as Tattæan salt, which comes from Phrygia: these last two are also good for the eyes. That of Capadocia, which is imported in small cubes, imparts a fine colour, it is said, to the skin; but, for effacing wrinkles, that which we have already spoken of as the salt of Citium is the best: hence it is that, in combination with gith, it is used by females as a liniment for the abdomen after childbirth. The drier the salt, the stronger it is in taste; but the most agreeable of all, and the whitest known, is that of Tarentun. In addition to these particulars, we would remark also, that the whiter salt is, the more friable it is. Rain-water deadens every kind of salt, but dew-water makes it more deicate in flavour. North-easterly winds render the formation of salt more abundant, but, while south winds prevail, it never increases. It is only while north-easterly winds prevail, that flower of salt is formed. Neither the salt of Trgasa, nor

the Acanthian salt—so called from the town where it is found—will decrepitate or crackle in the fire; nor will the froth of salt do so, or the outside scrapings, or refined salt. The salt of Agrigentum resists fire, but decrepitates in water. There are differences, too, in the colour of salt: at Memphis it is deep red, russet-coloured in the vicinity of the Oxus, purple at Centuripa, and so remarkably bright at Gela, situate also in Sicily, as to reflect the image of objects. In Cappadocia there is a saffron-coloured fossil salt, transparent and remarkably odoriferous. For medicinal purposes, the ancients esteemed the salt of Tarentum in particular, and next to that all the marine salts, those collected from sea-foam more especially. For maladies of the eyes in cattle and beasts of burden, the salt of Tragasa and that of Bætica are employed. For made dishes and ordinary food, the more easily a salt liquefies and the moister it is, the more highly it is esteemed; there being less bitterness in salt of this description, that of Attica and of Eubœa, for example. For keeping meat, a pungent, dry, salt, like that of Megara, is best. A conserve of salt is also made, with the addition of various odoriferous substances, which answers all the purpose of a choice sauce, sharpening the appetite, and imparting a relish to all kinds of food: indeed, among the innumerable condiments which we use, the flavour of salt is always distinctly perceptible; and when we take garum with our food, it is its salt flavour that is considered so exquisite. And not only this, but sheep even, cattle, and beasts of burden, are induced to graze all the better by giving them salt; it having the effect, also, of considerably augmenting the milk, and imparting a superior flavour to the cheese. We may conclude, then, by Hercules! that the higher enjoyments of life could not exist without the use of salt: indeed, so highly necessary is this substance to mankind, that the pleasures of the mind, even, can be expressed by no better term than the word "salt," such being the name given to

all effusions of wit. All the amenities, in fact, of life, supreme hilarity, and relaxation from toil, can find no word in our language to characterize them better than this. Even in the very honours, too, that are bestowed upon successful warfare, salt plays its part, and from it, our word "salarium" is derived. That salt was held in high esteem by the ancients, is evident from the Salarian Way, so named from the fact that, by agreement, the Sabini carried all their salt by that road. King Ancus Martius gave six hundred modii of salt as a largess to the people, and was the first to establish salt-works. Varro also informs us, that the ancients used salt by way of a relishing sauce; and we know, from an old proverb, that it was the practice with them to eat salt with their bread. But it is in our sacred rites more particularly, that its high importance is to be recognized, no offering ever being made unaccompanied by the salted cake.

CHAP. 42.—FLOWER OF SALT: TWENTY REMEDIES. SALSUGO: TWO REMEDIES.

That which mainly distinguishes the produce of salt-works, in respect of its purity, is a sort of efflorescence, which forms the lightest and whitest part of salt. The name "flower of salt" is given, also, to a substance of an entirely different character, more humid by nature, and of a red or saffron colour; a kind of "rust of salt," as it were, with an unpleasant smell like that of garum, and differing therein not only from froth of salt, but from salt itself. This substance is found

in Egypt, and, as it would appear, is conveyed thither by the waters of the Nilus; though it is to be found floating upon the surface of certain springs as well. The best kind is that which yields a certain fatty substance, like oil—for salt even, a thing that is quite marvellous to think of, is not without a degree of unctuousness. This substance is sophisticated, and coloured with red earth, or, in most instances, with powdered potsherds; an adulteration to be detected by the agency of water, which washes off the fictitious colour, the natural colour being only removable by the agency of oil. Indeed, it is for its colour that perfumers more particularly make such extensive use of this drug. When seen in the vessels, the surface of it is white, but that which lies in the middle is moister, as already stated. It is of an acrid nature, calorific, and bad for the stomach. It acts also as a sudorific, and, taken with wine and water, has a purgative effect upon the bowels. It is very useful, also, as an ingredient in acopa and in detersive compositions, and is remarkably efficacious for the removal of hairs from the eye-lids. It is the practice to shake up the sediment, in order to renovate the saffron colour of the drug. In addition to these substances, there is another, known in the salt-works by the name of "salsugo," or "salsilago:" it is quite liquid, salter in taste than sea-water, but inferior to it in its properties.

CHAP. 43.—GARUM: FIFTEEN REMEDIES.

Another liquid, too, of a very exquisite nature, is that known as "garuim:" it is prepared from the intestines of fish and various parts which would otherwise be thrown away, macerated in salt; so that it is, in fact, the result of their putrefaction. Garum was formerly prepared from a fish, called "garos" by the Greeks; who assert, also, that a fumigation made with its head has the effect of bringing away the afterbirth. (8.) At the present day, however, the most esteemed kind

of garum is that prepared from the scomber, in the fisheries of Carthago Spartaria: it is known as "garumn of the allies," and for a couple of congii we have to pay but little less than one thousand sesterces. Indeed, there is no liquid hardly, with the exception of the unguents, that has sold at higher prices of late; so much so, that the nations which produce it have become quite ennobled thereby. There are fisheries, too, of the scomber on the coasts of Mauretania and at Carteia in Bætica, near the Straits which lie at the entrance to the Ocean; this being the only use that is made of the fish. For the production of garum, Clazomenæ is also famed, Pompeii, too, and Leptis; while for their muria, Antipolis, Thurii, and of late, Dalmatia, enjoy a high reputation.

CHAP. 44.—ALEX: EIGHT REMEDIES.

Alex, which is the refuse of garum, properly consists of the dregs of it, when imperfectly strained: but of late they have begun to prepare it separately, from a small fish that is otherwise good for nothing, the apua of the Latins, or aphua of the Greeks, so called from the fact of its being engendered from rain. The people of Forum Julii make their garum from a fish to which they give the name of "lupus." In process of time, alex has become quite an object of luxury, and the various kinds that are now made are infinite in number. The same, too, with garum, which is now prepared in imitation of the colour of old honied wine, and so pleasantly flavoured as to admit of being taken as a drink. Another kind, again, is dedicated to those superstitious observances which enjoin strict chastity, and that prepared from fish without scales, to

the sacred rites of the Jews. In the same way, too, alex has come to be manufactured from oysters, sea-urchins, sea-nettles, cammari, and the liver of the surmullet; and a thousand different methods have been devised of late for ensuring the putrefaction of salt in such a way as to secure the flavours most relished by the palate. Thus much, by the way, with reference to the tastes of the present day; though at the same time, it must be remembered, these substances are by no means without their uses in medicine. Alex, for instance, is curative of scab in sheep, incisions being made in the skin, and the liquor poured therein. It is useful, also, for the cure of wounds inflicted by dogs or by the sea-dragon, the application being made with lint. Recent burns, too, are healed by the agency of garum, due care being taken to apply it without mentioning it by name. It is useful, too, for bites inflicted by dogs, and for that of the crocodile in particular; as also for the treatment of serpiginous or sordid ulcers. For ulcerations, and painful affections of the mouth and ears, it is a marvellously useful remedy. Muria, also, as well as the salsugo which we have mentioned, has certain astringent, mordent, and discussive properties, and is highly useful for the cure of dysentery, even when ulceration has attacked the intestines. Injections are also made of it for sciatica, and for cœliac fluxes of an inveterate nature. In spots which lie at a distance in the interior, it is used as a fo- mentation, by way of substitute for sea-water.

CHAP. 45. (9.)—THE NATURE OF SALT.

Salt, regarded by itself, is naturally igneous, and yet it manifests an antipathy to fire, and flies from it. It consumers everything, and yet upon living bodies it has an astringent, desiccative, and binding effect, while the dead it preserves from putrefaction, and makes them last for ages even. In respect, however, of its medicinal properties, it is of a mordent, burning, detergent, attenuating, and resolvent nature; it is, however, injurious to the stomach, except that it acts as a stimulant

to the appetite, For the cure of injuries inflicted by serpents, it is used with origanum, honey, and hyssop; and for the sting of the cerastes, with origanum, cedar-resin, pitch, or honey. Taken internally with vinegar, it is good for injuries caused by the scolopendra; and, applied topically, with an equal proportion of linseed, in oil or vinegar, for stings inflicted by scorpions. For stings of hornets, wasps, and insects of a similar description, it is applied with vinegar; and, for the cure of hemicrania, ulcers on the head, blisters, pimples, and incipient warts, with veal-suet. It is used also among the remedies for the eyes, and for the removal of fleshy exrescences upon those organs, as also of hangnails upon the fingers or toes. For webs that form upon the eyes it is peculiarly useful, and hence it is that it is so commonly employed as an ingredient in eye-salves, as well as plasters. For all these last-mentioned purposes, the salt of Tatta or of Caunus is more particularly in request. In cases where there is ecchymosis of the eyes, or a bruise from the effects of a blow, salt is applied, with an equal quantity of myrrh and honey, or with hyssop in warm water, the eyes being also fomented with salsugo. For this last-mentioned purpose, the Spanish salt is preferred; and when wanted for the treatment of cataract, it is ground upon small whet- stones, with milk. For bruises it is particularly useful, wrapped in a linen pledget and renewed from time to time, being first dipped in boiling water. For the cure of running ulcers of the mouth, it is applied with lint; gum-boils are also rubbed with it; and, broken to pieces and powdered fine, it removes granulations on the tongue. The teeth, it is said, will never become carious or corroded, if a person every morin- ing puts some salt beneath his tongue, fasting, and leaves it there till it has melted. Salt effects the cure also of leprosy, boils, lichens, and itch-scabs; for all which purposes it is ap- plied with raisins—the stones being first removed—beef-suet, origanum, and leaven, or else bread. In such cases it is the salt from Thebaïs that is mostly used; the same salt being considered preferable for the treatment of prurigo, and being highly esteemed for affections of the uvula and tonsillary glands, in combination with honey.

Every kind of salt is useful for the cure of quinzy; but, in addition to this, it is necessary to make external applications simultaneously with oil, vinegar, and tar. Mixed with wine, it is a gentle aperient to the bowels, and, taken in a similar manner, it acts as an expellent of all kinds of intestinal worms. Placed beneath the tongue, it enables convalescents to support the heat of the bath. Burnt more than once upon a plate at a white heat, and then enclosed in a bag, it alleviates pains in the sinews, about the shoulders and kidneys more particularly. Taken internally, and similarly burnt at a white heat and applied in bags, it is curative of colic, griping pains in the bowels, and sciatica. Beaten up in wine and honey, with meal, it is a remedy for gout; a malady for the especial behoof of which the observation should be borne in mind, that there is nothing better for all parts of the body than sun and salt: hence it is that we see the bodies of fishermen as hard as horn—gout, however, is the principal disease for the benefit of which this maxim should be remembered. Salt is useful for the removal of corns upon the feet, and of chilblains: for the cure of burns also, it is applied with oil, or else chewed. It acts as a check also upon blisters, and, in cases of erysipelas and serpiginous ulcers, it is applied topically with vinegar or with hyssop. For the cure of carcinoma it is employed in combination with Taminian grapes; and for phagedænic ulcers it is used parched with barley-meal, a linen pledget steeped in wine being laid upon it. In cases of jaundice, it is employed as a friction before the fire, with oil and vinegar, till the patient is made to perspire, for the purpose of preventing the itching sensations attendant upon that dis- ease. When persons are exhausted with fatigue, it is usual to rub them with salt and oil. Many have treated dropsy with salt, have used external applications of salt and oil for the burning heats of fever, and have cured chronic coughs by laying salt upon the patient's tongue. Salt has been used, also, as an injection for sciatica, and has been applied to ulcers of a fungous or putrid nature. To bites inflicted by the crocodile, salt is applied, the sores

being tightly bandaged with linen cloths, first dipped in vinegar. It is taken internally, with hydromel, to neutralize the effects of opium, and is applied topically, with meal and honey, to sprains and fleshy excrescences. In cases of toothache, it is used as a collutory with vinegar, and is very useful, applied externally, with resin. For all these purposes, however, froth of salt is found to be more agreeable and still more efficacious. Still, however, every kind of salt is good as an ingredient in acopa, when warming properties are required: the same, too, in the case of detersive applications, when required for plumping out and giving a smooth surface to the skin. Employed topically, salt is curative of itch-scab in sheep and cattle, for which disease it is given them to lick. It is injected, also, with the spittle, into the eyes of beasts of burden. Thus much with reference to salt.

CHAP. 46. (10.)—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF NITRUM, THE METHODS OF PREPARING IT, AND THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM IT: TWO HUNDRED AND TWENTY-ONE OBSERVATIONS THEREON.

And here we must no longer defer giving an account of nitrum; which in its properties does not greatly differ from salt, and deserves all the more to be attentively considered, from the evident fact that the medical men who have written upon it were ignorant of its nature; of all which authors Theophrastus is the one that has given the greatest attention to the point. It is found in small quantities in Media, in certain valleys there that are white with heat and drought; the name given to it being "halmyrax." In Thracia, too, near Philipli,

it is found, but in smaller quantities, and deteriorated with earthy substances, being known there as "agrion." As to that prepared from the burnt wood of the quercus, it never was made to any very great extent, and the manufacture of it has been long since totally abandoned. Nitrous waters are also found in numerous places, but not sufficiently impregnated to admit of condensation. The best and most abundant supply is found at Litæ, in Macedonia, where it is known as "Chalastricum:" it is white and pure, and closely resembles salt. In the middle of a certain nitrous lake there, a spring of fresh water issues forth. In this lake the nitrum forms for nine days, about the rising of the Dog-star, and then ceases for the same period, after which it again floats upon the surface, and then again ceases: facts which abundantly prove that it is the peculiar nature of the soil which generates the nitrum, it being very evident that, when the formation is there interrupted, neither the heat of the sun nor the fall of rain is productive of the slightest effect. It is also a truly marvellous fact, that though the spring of fresh water is always uninterruptedly flowing, the waters of the lake never increase or overflow. If it happens to rain on the days during which the nitrum is forming, the result is, that it is rendered additionally salt thereby: the prevalence of northeast winds, too, still more deteriorates its quality, as they have a tendency to stir up the mud at the bottom. Such is the formation of native nitrum. In Egypt, again, it is made artificially, and in much greater abundance, but of inferior quality, being tawny and full of

stones. It is prepared in pretty nearly the same manner as salt, except that in the salt-pans it is sea-water that is introduced, whereas in the nitre-beds it is the water of the river Nilus; a water which, upon the subsidence of the river, is impregnated with nitrum for forty days together, and not, as in Macedonia, at intermittent periods only. On occasions when there has been a fall of rain, a smaller proportion of river water is employed. As soon, too, as any quantity of nitrum has formed, it is immediately removed, in order that it may not melt in the beds. This substance, also, contains a certain proportion of oil, which is very useful for the cure of scab in animals. Piled up in large heaps, it keeps for a very considerable time. It is a marvellous fact, that, in Lake Ascanius and in certain springs in the vicinity of Chalcis, the water is fresh and potable on the surface, and nitrous below. The lightest part of nitrum is always considered the best, and hence it is that the froth of it is so much preferred. Still, however, when in an impure state, it is very useful for some purposes, colouring purple cloth, for instance, and, indeed, all kinds of dyeing. It is employed, also, very extensively in the manufacture of glass, as we shall more fully mention on the appropriate occasion. The only nitre-works in Egypt were formerly those in the vicinity of Naucratis and Memphis; those near Memphis being inferior to the others, the piles of nitrum there prepared being as hard as stone, and many of the heaps having become changed into rocks. When in this state, vessels are made of it, and very frequently they melt it with sulphur on

a charcoal fire. When substances are wanted to keep, they employ this last kind of nitrum. In Egypt there are also nitre-beds, the produce of which is red, owing to the colour of the earth in the same locality. Froth of nitrum, a substance held in very high esteem, could only be made, according to the ancients, when dews had fallen; the pits being at the moment saturated with nitrum, but not having arrived at the point of yielding it. On the other hand, again, when the pits were in fall activity, no froth would form, it was said, even though dews should fall. Others, again, have attributed the formation of this last substance to the fermentation of the heaps of nitrum. In a succeeding age, the medical men, speaking of it under the name of "aphronitrum," have stated that it was collected in Asia, where it was to be found oozing from the soft sides of certain mines—the name given to which was "colyces"—and that it was then dried in the sun. The very best is thought to be that which comes from Lydia; the test of its genuineness being its extreme lightness, its friability, and its colour, which should be almost a full purple. This last is imported in tablets, while that of Egypt comes enclosed in

vessels pitched within, to prevent its melting, the vessels being previously prepared by being thoroughly dried in the sun. To be good, nitrum should be very fine, and extremely spongy and porous. In Egypt, it is sophisticated with lime, an adulteration easily detected by tasting it; for when pure, it liquefies immediately, while that which has been adulterated, remains undissolved sufficiently long to leave a pungent taste in the mouth. It is burnt in a close earthen vessel, as otherwise it would decrepitate: except in this last case, however, the action of fire does not cause it to decrepitate. This substance neither produces nor nourishes anything; while, in the salt-pans, on the other hand, we see plants growing, and the sea, we know, produces immense numbers of animated beings, though, as to plants, sea-weed only. It is evident, too, that the acridity of nitrum must be much greater than that of salt, not only from the fact last mentioned, but from the circumstance also, that at the nitre-beds the shoes wear out with the greatest rapidity; localities which are otherwise very healthy, and remarkably beneficial for the eye-sight. At the nitre-works ophthalmia is a thing unknown: persons, too, that come there with ulcers upon them experience a rapid cure; though ulcerations formed upon the spot are but slow in healing. Used as a friction with oil, nitrum is a sudorific, and acts emolliently upon the body. That of Chalastra is used as a substitute for salt, in making bread, and the Egyp-

tian nitrum is eaten with radishes, it having the effect of making them more tender; though as to other edibles it turns them white and spoils them. To vegetables it imparts an additional greenness. Viewed medicinally, nitrum is calorific, attenuant, mordent, astringent, desiccative, and ulcerating: it is good, too, in all cases where certain humours require to be drawn out or dispersed, or where gentle mordents or attenuants are required, as in the case of pustules and pimples, for example. Some persons ignite it for this purpose, and, after quenching it in astringent wine, bruise and use it, without oil, at the bath. Applied with dried iris powdered, and green olive oil, it checks immoderate perspiration. Applied topically with a fig, or boiled down to one half in raisin wine, it removes marks upon the eyes and granulations of the eyelids. It is used, also, for the removal of argema, boiled in a pomegranate rind with raisin wine. Used as an ointment, in combination with honey, it improves the eye-sight. It is very useful, also, for tooth-ache, taken as a collutory with wine and pepper, or boiled with a leek. Burnt, and employed as a dentifrice, it restores teeth to their original colour that have turned black; and an application of it, with Samian earth and oil, kills nits and other vermin of the head. Dissolved in wine, it is used as an in- jection for suppurations of the ears, and, applied with vinegar, it consumes filth that has accumulated there. Introduced dry into the ears, it disperses singings and tinglings in those organs. Applied topically, in the sun, with an equal quantity of Cimolian chalk dissolved in vinegar, it removes white morphew; and a mixture of it with resin, or with white raisins—the stones being beaten up as well—is an excellent cure for

boils. It is useful, also, for inflammations of the testes; and, in combination with axle-grease, for pituitous eruptions on all parts of the body. For the cure of bites inflicted by dogs, it is used with resin, the application being made at first with vinegar. With lime and vinegar, it is used as a liniment for stings inflicted by serpents, as, also, for ulcerations, whether phagedenic, putrid, or serpiginous; in cases, too, of dropsy, it is employed both internally and externally, beaten up with figs. Taken internally as a decoction, in doses of one drachma, with rue, dill, or cummin, it effectually removes griping pains in the bowels. An external application of it, with oil and vinegar, is highly refreshing to persons exhausted with fatigue; and it is equally beneficial for shudderings and cold shiverings, the feet and hands of the patient being well rubbed with it, mixed with oil. It allays the itching sensations attendant upon jaundice, more particularly when it is administered to the patient while perspiring, with vinegar. Taken internally in oxycrate, it is an antidote to the poison of fungi; and, taken with water, it acts beneficially, as an emetic, in cases where the buprestis has been swallowed. To persons who have taken bull's blood, nitrum is admi- nistered, in combination with laser. Mixed with honey and cow's milk, it is curative of ulcers upon the face. For the cure of burns, it is applied pounded, being first parched till it turns black. For pains in the bowels and kidneys, and for rigidities of the limbs and pains in the sinews, it is used in the form of an injection. For the cure of paralysis of the tongue, it is applied to that organ with bread, and to asthmatic patients it is administered in a ptisan. Flower of nitrum, used in combination with equal proportions of galbanum and turpentine respectively, is curative of chronic coughs; the mixture being taken in pieces the size of a bean. Nitrum itself, boiled and melted with tar, is given to patients to swallow, for quinzy. Flower of nitrum, mixed with oil of cyprus, and applied in the sun, is a soothing liniment for pains in the joints. Taken internally with wine, it is curative of jaundice. It acts as a carminative also; and it arrests bleeding at the nose, the

vapour of it in boiling water being inhaled by the patient. Mixed with alum, it removes porrigo; and, used daily with water, as a fomentation,. it removes offensive odours of the armpits. Used in combination with wax, it heals ulcers produced by pituitous secretions, and, similarly employed, it is very useful for affections of the sinews. For the cure of the cœliac flux, it is used in the form of an injection. Many authorities recommend the use of it, with oil, as a friction when cold shiverings are just coming on; as also, for the removal of leprous spots and freckles. It is a good plan also, to use a sitting-bath made with an infusion of nitrum, for the cure of gout, atrophy, opisthotony, and tetanus. Both salt and nitre, boiled with sulphur, become petrified.

CHAP. 47. (11.)—SPONGES, AND THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THEM: NINETY-TWO OBSERVATIONS THEREON.

We have already, when speaking of the marine productions, described the various kinds of sponge. Some authorities make the following distinctions: they regard as males those sponges which are pierced with more diminutive holes, are more compact in form and more ready to imbibe, and are stained, to satisfy luxurious tastes, in various colours, sometimes purple even: those, on the other hand, which have holes, larger and running into one another, they consider to be females. Among the male sponges, too, there is one kind, harder than the others, the name given to which is "tragi," and the holes of which are extremely small and numerous. Sponges are made white artificially; the softest being chosen for the purpose, and after they have been steeped the whole summer through with the foam of the sea. They are then exposed to the action of the moon and hoar-frosts, being turned upside down, or, in other words, with that part upwards by which they formerly adhered to the rocks, the object being that they may become white throughout. That sponges are animated beings, we have already stated;

and not only this, but they have a coat of blood even, adhering to them. Some say that they regulate their movements by the sense of hearing, and that at the slightest noise they contract themselves, and emit an abundant moisture: when such is the case, it is said, it is impossible to tear them away from the rocks, and consequently they must be cut, an operation during which they emit a sanious secretion. Those sponges, too, are preferred to all others, which are grown on spots with a north-east aspect, the physicians assuring us that these retain the breath of life the longest of all; a circumstance which renders them additionally useful to the human body, from the union which is thereby effected of their vital principle with our own. It is for this reason, too, that they are preferred as fresh as possible, and in a moist state rather than dry. They are not so useful, however, if applied with hot water, and still less so if they are oiled, or applied to the body when just anointed. The compact sponges, it is thought, have less adhesive power than the others. The softest kind of sponge are those employed for tents. Applied with honied wine, sponges reduce swellings of the eyes, and are extremely useful for the removal of rheum from those organs, the very finest and softest being of necessity selected for the purpose. Sponges are applied, also, with oxycrate, to defluxions of the eyes, and, with warm vinegar, for head-ache. In addition to these properties, fresh sponges are resolvent, emollient, and soothing; but when old, they lose their healing properties for wounds. They are employed, also, in medicine, for cleansing sores, and for either fomenting or cover— ing the parts fomented, till some other application is made. Applied topically, they have a healing effect upon running ulcers, and upon sores on the bodies of aged persons. Fractures, too, and wounds are most effectually fomented with sponge; and when surgical operations are performed, it instantly absorbs the blood, so as to allow the incision to be seen. Sponges are applied, also, as a bandage, to inflamed wounds, sometimes

dry, and, in some cases, moistened with vinegar, wine, or cold water. Soaked in rain-water, and applied to the incision, they prevent cuts recently inflicted from swelling. They are used as an application for such parts of the body, though apparently uninjured, as are threatened with occult humours which require to be dispersed; as also for reducing the tumours known to us as "apostemes," the parts being first fomented with a decoction of honey. Sponges are employed, also, for affections of the joints, steeped in vinegar and salt, or in oxycrate: in cases, however, where the attack is attended with fever, water alone is used with the sponge. Soaked in salt and water, sponges are applied to callosities; and, with vinegar, they are used for stings inflicted by scorpions. In the treatment of wounds, sponges are sometimes used as a substitute for greasy wool, either with wine and oil, or with salt and water; the only difference being, that wool acts emolliently upon sores, whereas sponge has an astringent action, and absorbs the vitiated humours. To dropsical patients, bandages of sponge are applied, either dry or steeped in warm water or oxycrate, according as there is a necessity for soothing the skin, or for covering it up and drying it. Sponges are applied, also, in all those diseases where warmth is required, being first soaked in boiling water and then squeezed out between a couple of boards. Employed in this manner, too, they are very useful for affections of the stomach and for the excessive heats attendant upon fever. Steeped in oxycrate, they are good for diseases of the spleen, and in vinegar for erysipelas; nothing, in fact, being equally efficacious. Sponge, when thus used, should ways be so applied as amply to cover the adjacent parts that are not affected. Employed with vinegar or cold water, sponge arrests hæmorrhage; soaked in warm salt and water, and frequently renewed, it removes the lividity which results from a recent blow. Used with oxycrate, it disperses pains and swellings in the testes. To bites inflicted by dogs, it is a good plan to apply sponge, from time to time, cut fine, and moistened with vinegar, cold water, or honey. Ashes of African sponge, with juice of cut-leek and a mixture of salt and cold water, are good, taken internally, for patients suffering from discharges of blood: applied topically to the forehead, with oil or

vinegar, they are curative of tertian fevers. The sponge of Africa, more particularly, soaked in oxycrate, disperses tu- mours. Ashes of any kind of sponge burnt with pitch, arrest the discharge of blood from wounds; though some recommend, for this purpose, the sponge with large pores only, burnt with pitch. For affections of the eyes, sponge is burnt in vessels of unbaked earthenware; the ashes being found highly efficacious for granulations of the eyelids, fleshy excrescences, and all diseases of those parts which require detergents, astringents, or expletives. For all these purposes, however, it is the best plan first to rinse the ashes. When the body is in a diseased state, sponge acts as a substitute for body-scrapers and linen towels, and it protects the head most efficiently against the action of the sun. Medical men, in their ignorance, comprehend all sponges under two names; African sponge, the substance of which is tougher and firmer; and Rhodian sponge, which is softer and better adapted for fomentations. At the present day, however, the softest sponges of all are those found about the walls of the city of Antiphellos. Trogus informs us that the softest tent sponges are found out at sea, off the coast of Lycia, upon spots from which the sponge has been previously removed: we learn, too, from Polybius, that these fine sponges, suspended over a patient's bed, will ensure him additional repose at right. We will now turn to the remedies derived from the marine and aquatic animals.

SUMMARY.—Remedies, narratives, and observations, nine hundred and twenty-four.

ROMAN AUTHORS QUOTED.—M. Varro, Cassius of Parma, Cicero, Mucianus, Cælius, Celsus, Trogus, Ovid, Polybius, Sornatius.

FOREIGN AUTHORS QUOTED.—Callimachus, Ctesias, Eudicus, Theophrastus, Eudoxus, Theopompus, Polycritus, Juba, Lycus, Apion, Epigenes, Pelops, Apelles, De- mocritus, Thrasyllus, Nicander, Menander the Comic writer, Attalus, Sallustius Dionysius, Andreas, Niceratus, Hippocrates, Anaxilaüs.

1 See B. ii. c. 43. Ajasson remarks, that the electric fluid, forming lightning, escapes from the clouds through causes totally independent of water. Still, Pliny would appear to be right in one sense; for if there were no water, there would be no clouds; and without clouds the electric fluid would probably take some other form than that of lightning. 2 He alludes to the mineral waters of Acqs or Dax on the Adour, in the French department of the Ariège. They are still highly esteemed. 3 The principal of which are those of Aigues-Chaudes, Aigues-Bonnes, Bagnéres-Adores, Cambo, Bagnéres, Baréges, Saint-Sauveur, and Cauteret, 4 Ajasson remarks that animals in all cases refuse to drink mineral waters. 5 He alludes to Neptune, Amphitrite, the Oceanides, Nereides, Tritons, Crenides, Limnades, Potamides, and numerous other minor divinities. 6 See B. iii. c. 9. 7 See B. iii. c. 7. 8 See B. iii. c. 5. 9 The mineral waters of Baiæ are still held in high esteem. 10 As to the identity of the "nitrum" of Pliny, see c. 46 of this Book. 11 Posides, a eunuch who belonged to the Emperor Claudius, according to Suetonius, c. 28. 12 There are still submarine volcanoes in the vicinity of Sicily, but the spot here referred to is now unknown. 13 The Eaux Bonnes in the Basses Pyrénées are good for wounds. After the battle of Pavia they received from the soldiers of Jean d'Albret, king of Navarre, the name of Eaux d'arquebusade. 14 Only, Ajasson remarks, where the ophthalmia is caused by inflammation of the conjunctive. 15 He also called it his Puteolan villa. 16 The "Quæstiones Academicæ." 17 "Monumenta." Ajasson queries what monuments they were, thus raised by the "parvenu of Arpinum." He suggests that the erection may have been a chapel, temple-library, or possibly funeral monument. 18 C. Antistius Vetus probably, a supporter of Julius Cæsar, Consul Suffectus, B. C. 30. 19 "In parte primâ." 20 There are three Epigrams, probably by this author, in the Greek Anthology. 21 We are sensible that, in thus shortening the penultimate, we shall incur the censure of solecizing, which Hardouin has cast upon the poet Claudian for doing the same. 22 At the Torre de' Bagni, Hardouin says, near the church of Santa Maria a Caudara. 23 Saline and gaseous waters are good for this purpose. See B. iii. c. 12. 24 It has still the same reputation, Hardouin says, and is situate near the castle of Francolici. 25 See B. iii. c. 9. 26 Or "half-strength" waters, apparently. See B. iii. c. 9. 27 See B. iii. c. 9. 28 See B. ii. cc. 62, 106, and B. iii. c. 17. 29 Alluded to, probably, by Ovid, Met. xv. 319, et seq. 30 The present Bagni di Tivoli. They have other sanitary properties as well, a fact known to Strabo. Martial and Vitruvius also mention them, 31 See B. iii. c, 17. Called Cotiscoliæ by Strabo. They were of a salt and aluminous nature. 32 See 13. iv. c. 2. 33 Pausanias calls it the "Elaphus." 34 Isidorus, in his "Origines," calls it the "Lechnus." 35 In Thessaly, probably, according to Stephanus Byzantinus. 36 ῎αλφος; from which the lake probably derived its name. It has been suggested that the source of the river Anigrus in Elis is meant. Its waters had an offensive smell, and its fish were not eatable; and near it were caverns sacred to the Nymphs Anigrides, where persons with cutaneous diseases were cured. The water of these caverns is impregnated with sulphur. 37 Possibly the M. Titius who was proscribed by the Triumvirs, B.C. 43, and escaped to Sex. Pompeius in Sicily. 38 See B. v. c. 22. 39 "Cassius Parmensis." See the end of this Book. 40 According to some authorities, he alludes to the still famous water of Spa; but it is more probable that he alludes to the spring still in existence at the adjacent town of Tongres, which was evidently well known to the Romans, and is still called the "Fountain of Pliny." 41 The springs on the present Monte Posilippo. 42 This work is lost. Chifflet suggests that "Varro" should be read. See, however, B. vii. c. 2, L. xxix. c. 16 and c. 28 of this Book. It was a common-place book, probably, of curious facts. 43 See B. ii. c. 106, where a growing rock in the marsh of Reate is mentioned. 44 In Thessaly. A mere fable, no doubt. 45 Ovid, Met. xv. 315, et seq., tells very nearly the same fabulous story about the rivers Crathis and Sybaris. 46 This marvellous story appears to have been derived from the works of Aristotle. 47 Near the town of Lebadea, now Livadhia. 48 One called "Mnemosyne," or Memory, and the other "Lethe," or Forgetfulness. 49 From the Greek νοῦς, "spirit," "mind," or "intelligence." Ajasson thinks it possible that its water may have assuaged vertigo, or accelerated the circulation of the blood, and that thence its reputation. 50 A fable invented by the priests, Ajasson thinks. 51 See Ovid, Met. xv. 322. It sems to be uncertain whether it was at this lake or the adjoining spring of Lusi above-mentioned, that the daughters of Prœtus were purified by Melampus. See the "Eliaca" of Pausanias. 52 In B. ii. c. 106. 53 See B. ii. c. 106. As Ajasson remarks, Mucianus should have had the sense to see that it was only a juggle of the priests of Bacchus. He compares it to the miracle of the blood of St. Januarius at Naples. The contrivance of the priests of Bel was not very dissimilar; but in their case, they themselves were the real recipients of what the god was supposed to devour. 54 He no doubt alludes to "petroleum," rock-oil, or Barbadoes tar. 55 So called from the Greek λιπαρὸς, "unctuous." 56 A new reading given by Sillig in place of "India," the former one. Tasitia is the name of a district mentioned by Ptolemy, iv. 7, 15, as being in Æthiopia. He alludes to a burning spring, probably, of naphtha or of petroleum. The burning springs of Bakou in the East are well known. Genoa is lighted with naphtha from the village of Amiano, in Parma. 57 In Macedonia. 58 "Lacum insanum." 59 Juba has been deceived, Ajasson remarks, by the tales of travellers, there being no serpents of this length in Africa, except boas. He thinks that large congers, and other similar fishes, may be the animals really alluded to. 60 From κλαίειν, "to weep," and γελᾷν, "to laugh." 61 His credulity, we have seen already, was pretty extensive. 62 In Thessaly. 63 At the town called "Aquas Mattiacæ," the modern Wiasbaden. 64 In B. ii. c. 106. 65 Sotion, professing to quote from Ctesias, says that it rejected everything placed on its waters, and hurled it back upon dry land. 66 Whence, as it was said, its name, ἄορνος, "Without birds." Strabo ridicules this story. 67 M. Douville says that in the interior of Africa there is a lake called Kalouga Kouffona, or the Dead Lake, the surface of which is covered with bitumen and naphtha, which contains no fish, has oleaginous waters, and presents all the phænomena of the Dead Sea. 68 In Lycia. 69 Hardouin is of opinion that a river also was so called. See B. v. c. 43. Of the divinity of this name, nothing further is known. 70 A story evidently connected with a kind of ordeal. 71 See B. iv. c. 34. Intermittent springs are not uncommon. See B. ii. c. 106. 72 See B. xix. c. 11. 73 According to Elias of Thisbe this river was the Goza; but Holstenius says that it was the Eleutherus. or one of its tributaries. Josephus says that it flowed on the Sabbath day, and was dry the other six. 74 Ajasson thinks that he means, grey. He remarks also, that it is a matter of doubt whether there are any fishes that are poisonous. 75 The Danube. 76 In B. ii. c. 106, see also B. xxx. c. 53. 77 See B. iii. c. 14, and B. xviii. c. 21. 78 In B. iv. c. 15. 79 He alludes, according to Dalechamps, to the Eurotas, a tributary, and not the source, of the Peneus. See B. iv. c. 8. 80 "Siliquà." 81 A town of Mysia, south of Adramyttium. 82 As Ajasson remarks, numerous instances are known of this at the present day. Pliny, however, does not distinguish the incrusting springs from the petrifying springs. 83 In Thessaly, according to Hecatæus. 84 "Lateres." He means unburnt bricks, probably. 85 He alludes to stalactites and stalagmites. 86 Both on the roof and on the floor. 87 In Caria, opposite Rhodes. 88 Rain-water really is the lightest, but the reason here given is frivolous, for it does not ascend as water, but as vapour. 89 See B. ii. c. 38. Before venturing on this argument, he should have- been certain as to the circumstances under which aërolites are generated; a question which still remains hidden in mystery. 90 Ajasson remarks that this is only the case in the water of heavy falls of rain after long drought. 91 "Calefiat." 92 Snow-water is pernicious in a very high degree, being the fruitful source of goitre and cretinism. 93 See B. xvii. c. 44, and B. xviii. c. 68. 94 This is somewhat similar to what is said of the putrefaction and purification of Thames water, on a voyage. 95 "Inutilis alvo duritia faucibusque". The passage is probably corrupt. 96 See B. vi. c. 27. 97 Or "mud"—"limus." All rivers of necessity have it, in a greater or less degree. 98 On the contrary, the more the mud and slime, the more numerous the eels 99 "Tænias." 100 Waters, probably, impregnated with mineral alkali. As to the "nitrum" of Pliny, see c. 46 of this Book. 101 "Salmacidas." 102 "Cænum." 103 Also, Ajasson says, to observe whether soap will melt in it. If it will not, it is indicative of the presence of selenite. 104 As drinking water. 105 As Plautus says of women, Mostell, A. i. S. 3—"They smell best, when they smell of nothing at all." 106 See B. xv. c. 32. 107 In purity and tastelessness. As Ajasson observes, Pliny could hardly appreciate the correctness of this remark, composed as water is of two gases, oxygen and hydrogen. 108 Pausanias and Athenæus mention also the well of Mothone in Peloponnesus, the water of which exhaled the odour of the perfumes of Cyzicus. Such water, however, must of necessity be impure. 109 More probably Astarte, Fée thinks, Juno being unknown in Mesopotamia. 110 "Statera." Ajasson remarks that it does not require an instrument very nicely adjusted to indicate the difference in weight between pure and very impure water. Synesius, Ep. xv., gives an account of the "hydroscopium" used by the ancients for ascertaining the weight of water. Beckmann enters into a lengthy examination of it, as also an enquiry into the question whether the ancients, and among them Pliny, were acquainted with the hydrometer. See his Hist. Inv. Vol. II. pp. 163—169. Bohn's Ed. 111 "Ne manus pendeant." These words, which Hardouin pronounces to be full of obscurity, have caused considerable discussion. The passage appears to be imperfect, but it is not improbable that he alludes to the use of the balance or scales for ascertaining the comparative wholesomeness of water. 112 "Corripiat." 113 The thread of his reasoning is not very perceptible; but he seems to mean that the more air there is in a body the colder it is. If the air is inhaled by a person when eating peppermint, he will be sensible of a cold feeling in the mouth. 114 Galen believes this method to have been known to Hippocrates, and Aristotle was undoubtedly acquainted with it. See Beckmann's Hist. Inv. Vol. II. pp. 143–4. Bohn's Ed. 115 This is not at all the opinion at the present day. 116 "Magis refrigerari." The experiments made by Mariotte, Perrault, the Academy del Cimento, Mariana, and others, showed no perceptible difference in the time of freezing, between boiled and unboiled water; but the former produced ice harder and clearer, the latter ice more full of blisters. In later times, Dr. Black, of Edinburgh, has from his experiments asserted the contrary. "Boiled water," he says, "becomes ice sooner than unboiled, if the latter be left at perfect rest." Beckmann's Hist. Inv. Vol. II. p. 145. Bohn's Ed. 117 "Subtilissimo invento." 118 Or perhaps, as we say, "to the touch:, and vice versâ." The original is "Alternante hoc bono." 119 A considerable number of its arches are yet standing, and it still in part supplies Rome with water. 120 At Sublaqueum, now Subiaco. 121 "Primus auspicatus est." In obedience to the "auspices," probably. 122 In A.U.C. 720. See B. xxxvi. c. 24. 123 "Aqua Virgo." This aquednet, erected A.U.C. 735, still exists, and bears the name of "Aqua Vergine." 124 Another story was, that it had this name from the circumstance that the spring was first pointed out by a girl to some soldiers in search of water. 125 In C. 23 of this Book. 126 This was only temporarily, in all probability. 127 There seems, as he says below, to be no general rule as to this point. 128 So called from the snow on their summit. 129 In B. xxvi. c. 16. 130 "Salix erratica." 131 Surely not the reed, as he has mentioned it above as one of the indications to be depended upon. In one MS. it appears to be omitted, and with justice, probably. 132 "Coria." 133 "Sabulum." 134 "Sabulum masculum." Coarse, reddish sand, Dalechamps says. 135 "Arena." 136 See B. xvii. c. 3. 137 An inconvenience neutralized in a considerable degree by Davy's invention of the safety-lamp. 138 "Arenatum." Properly a mortar, which consisted of one part lime and two parts sand. 139 "Riget." 140 See B. iv. c. 11. At Bisley, in Surrey, there is a spring, Aubrey says, that is cold in summer and warm in winter. 141 See B. xviii. c. 7. 142 The sandy soil being dried in hot weather into masses of mud or clay, which become loosened when rain falls. 143 See B. ii. c. 106. 144 Ajasson remarks, that just the converse of this has been proved by modern experience to be the case. 145 The son of Antipater, then acting for Alexander during his absence in the East. 146 See B. ii. c. 84. 147 In Cilicia. 148 Whether he means the district of Thessaly so called, or one of the two cities of that name in Lydia, does not appear to be known. 149 Its locality is unknown, but it was probably near the sea-shore. 150 In Elis in Peloponnesus. 151 His credulity is influenced by the popular story that the river Alpheus in Peloponnesus, in its love for the Fountain Nymph Arethusa, penetrated beneath the bed of the sea, and reappeared in Sicily. See B. iii. c. 14. 152 See c. 20. 153 The modern Dnieper. 154 The Boug. 155 See B. xviii. c. 3, and the Introduction to Vol. III. 156 In jets, he means. 157 "Si quinarieæ erunt." 158 "Denaria." 159 "Quinaria." 160 The name given to these reservoirs was "castellum" or "dividien- lum:" in French the name is "regard." Vitruvius describes them, B. vii. c. 7. 161 Pliny appears to have forgotten the warm springs of the Seamander, mentioned by Homer in the Iliad, B. xxii. 1. 147. et seq. 162 Or rather, as Ajasson says, for cutaneous diseases. 163 See B. iii. c. 17. 164 In conformity with Sillig's suggestion, we reject "atque" as an interpolation. 165 "Mulceri." 166 In spite of what Pliny says, in some cases the use of a mineral bath is recommended for a long period of time together. At Leuk or Læch, for instance, in the Valais, the patients, Ajasson says, remain in the bath as much as eight hours together. 167 To promote expectoration, Dalechamps says; or rather vomiting, according to Holland. 168 This substance, Ajasson says, is still used in medicine; that of the waters of Silvanez, for example, in the department of Aveyron, is highly celebrated for the cure of inveterate ulcers and sciatica. The mud baths, too, of Saint Arnand, enjoy an European reputation. 169 See B. ii c. 106. 170 In B. xxiv. c. 19, and B. xxviii. c. 14. 171 An elder brother of the philosopher Seneca. His original name was M. Annæus Noratus; but upon being adopted by the rhetorician Junius Gallio, he changed his name into L. Junius Annæus—or Annæanus— Gallio. He destroyed himself, A.D. 65. 172 He was "Consul subrogatus" only. 173 "Malagmatis." 174 It acts in most cases as an emetic, and is highly dangerous if taken in considerable quantities. 175 It is still considered useful, Ajasson says, for the treatment of lymphatic diseases. 176 "Virus." 177 Or "spitter." See B. xxviii. c. 18. 178 "Mammas sororiantes." A malady, according to Dalechamps, in which the mamillæ are so distended with milk that they kiss, like sisters —"sorores." 179 The ancients being unable to analyze sea-water, could only imitate it very clumsily. 180 "Sea-water honey." 181 See B. xiv. c. 20, and B. xxii. c. 51. He is speaking, probably. of fermented hydromel, a sort of mead. 182 The joints being rendered more supple thereby. 183 He probably means sea-water, alluding to certain kinds of sea-seed. Dioscorides speaks of it, in B. iv. c. 99, as being good for gout. It is, in reality, of some small utility in such cases. 184 He most probably means sea-water. 185 The Greeks used sand-baths for the purpose of promoting the perspiration; tie names given to them were παρͅόπτησις and φοίνιγμος. 186 "Sal fit." This expression is not correct, there being no such thing as made salt. It is only collected from a state of suspension or dissolution. Pliny, however, includes under the name "sal" many substances, which in reality are not salt. His "hammoniacum" for instance if identical with hydrochlorate of ammonia, can with justice be said to made, being formed artificially from other substances. 187 "Catco humere vel siccato." These two terms in reality imply the same process, by the medium of evaporation; the former perfect, the latter imperfect. 188 The evaporation not being sufficiently strong to dry up the deeper parts. 189 There is in reality nothing wonderful in this, considering' that most lakes are constantly fed with the streams of rivers, which carry mineral sails along with them, and that the work of evaporation is always going on. 190 "Glæbas." 191 Because it is necessarily purer than that found upon the sand. 192 The description is not sufficiently clear to enable us to identify these lakes with certainty. Ajasson,, thinks that one of them may be the Lake of Badakandir in the Khanat of Bokhara; and the other the lake that lies between Ankhio and Akeha, in the west of the territory of Balkh, and near the Usbek Tartars. 193 "Sale exæstuant." 194 In consequence of the intense heat. 195 All these regions, Ajasson remarks, are covered with salt. An immense desert of salt extends to the north-east of Irak-Adjemi, and to the north of Kerman, between Tabaristan, western Khoraclu, and Khohistan. 196 Identified by Ajasson with the Herat and the Djihioun. He thinks that it is of some of the small affluents of this last that Pliny speaks. 197 "Lapis specularis." 198 A "crumb" properly, in the Latin language. 199 See B. vi. c. 32. 200 More commonly known as Jupiter Hammon. 201 See B. xii. c. 49, and B. xxiv. c. 28, for an account of gum resin am- moniac, a produce of the same locality. The substance here spoken of is considered by Beckmann to be nothing but common salt in an impure state. See his Hist. Inv. Vol. II. pp. 398–9, where this passage is discussed at considerable length. Ajasson, on the other hand, considers it to be Hydrochlorate of ammonia, the Sal ammoniac of commerce. According to some accounts, it was originally made in the vicinity of the Temple of Jupiter Hammon, by burning camels' dung. 202 Called ἄμμος, in Greek. 203 See B. xxxv. c. 52. 204 Sal ammoniac crystallizes in octahedrons. 205 "Intra specus suos." On this passage, Beckmann says, "From what is said by Pliny it may with certainty be concluded that this salt was dug up from pits or mines in Africa.——Many kinds of rock-salt, taken from the mines of Wieliczka, experience the same change in the air; so that blocks which a labourer can easily carry in the mine, can scarcely be lifted by him after being for some time exposed to the air. The cause here is undoubtedly the same as that which makes many kinds of artificial salt to become most and to acquire more weight."—Vol. II. p. 399, Bohn's Ed. 206 According to modern notions, his reason is anything but evident. 207 In Celtiberia. He alludes to the mountain of salt at Cardona, near Montserrat in Catalonia. 208 Speaking generally, this is true; but soils which contain it in small quantities as fruitful. 209 A simile method is still employed, Ajasson says, at the salt-mines near Innspruck in the Tyrol. 210 Native bitumen; always to be found in greater or less quantities, in saliferous earns. 211 The process of artificial evaporation. 212 This would produce an impure alkaline salt. According to Townson, this practice sll prevails in Transylvania and Moldavia. 213 "The water, eraporating, would leave the salt behind, but mixed with charcoal, ashes, earth, and alkaline salts; consequently it must have been moist, or at any rate nauseous, if not refined by a new solution."—Beck- mann's Hist. Inv. Vol. II. p. 493. Bohn's Ed. 214 Not improbably a people of India so called, and mentioned in B. vi. c. 20. 215 See B.C. .42. 216 "In laterculis." Hardouin considers this to mean mall earthen vessels or pipes. 217 In c. 39 of this Book. 218 "Melelanthiun,." See B. xx. c. 17. 219 "Flos salis." Further mentioned in c. 42. 220 See B. iv. c. 17. 221 St. Augnstin mentions this marvellous kind of salt. De Civit. Dei, B. xxi. cc. 5, 7. 222 As well as Centuripa. 223 "Opsonium." 224 "Pilmentarii." 225 See c. 43 of this Book. 226 This is consistent with modern experience. 227 "Sales." 228 Literally, "salt money"—"argentum" being understood. The term was originally applied to the pay of the generals and military tribunes. Hence our word "salary." 229 Beginning at the Colline Gate. 230 "In congiario." 231 Most probably "He cannot earn salt to his bread," or something similar, like our saying, "He cannot earn salt to his porridge." The two Greek proverbs given by Dalechamps do not appear to the purpose. 232 "Mola salsa." 233 "Flavillam." 234 "Schroder thinks that in what Pliny says of Flos Salis, he can find the martial sal ammoniac flowers of our chemists, [the double chloride of ammonium and iron], or the so-called flares sales almmoniaci martialcs.— It is certain that what Dioscorides and Pliny call flos salis, has never yet been defined. The most ingenious conjecture was that of Cordus, who thought that it might be Sperma ceti; but though I should prefer this opinion to that of Schroder, I must confess that, on the grounds adduced by Matthioli and Conrad Gesner, it has too much against it to be admitted as truth."—Beckmann, Hist. inv. Vol. II. p. 493. Bohn's Ed. 235 Salt collected from the foam on the sea-shore. 236 A sort of bitumen, probably. 237 Medicines for relieving weariness. See B. xxiii. c. 45, and B. xxix. c. 13. 238 "Smegmatis." 239 It was, probably, of an intermediate nature, between caviar and anchovy sauce. 240 See B. xxxii. c. 53. It does not appear to have been identified. 241 As to the identity of the Scomnber, see B. ix. c. 19. 242 See B. xix. c. 7. 243 "Garum sociorum." 244 The present Straits of Gibraltar. 245 In Gallia Narbonensis. 246 Sillig reads "Delmatia" here. 247 See B. ix. c. 74. The fry of larger fish, Cuvier says. 248 Ajasson considers this to be an absurd derivation; and thinks it much more probable, that the name is from ἀ privative, and φύω, "to beget;" it being a not uncommon notion that these small fish were pro- duced spontaneously from mud and slime. 249 The present Frejus, in the south of France. 250 "Wolf." Not the fish of that name, Hardouin says, mentioned in B. ix. c. 28. 251 The festivals of Ceres. The devotees, though obliged to abstain from meat, were allowed the use of this garuim, it would appear. 252 Gesner proposes to read "non carêntibus," "with scales"—fishes without scales being forbidden to the Jews by the Levitical Law. See Lev. c. xi. ver. 10. It is, most probably, Pliny's own mistake. 253 See B. xxvii. c. 2. 254 At the end of c. 42. 255 He alludes to its decrepitation in flame. 256 Pharnaces caused the body of his father Mithridates to be deposited in brine, in order to trausmit it to Pompey. 257 He uses the word "pterygia" here, as applied to the whole of the body—"totius corporis"—in its two distinct senses, a hangnail or excrescence on the fingers, and a web or film on the eyes. 258 In c. 23, he has said much the same of cold water. 259 "Sale et sole." 260 This Passage would come more naturally after the succeeding one. 261 See B. xxiii. . 13. 262 "Ita ut batuerentur ante." From the corresponding passage in Dioscorides, where the expression βαπτόμ<*>νοι ἐις ὂξος is used, it would appear that the proper word here is "bapiltizarentur;" or possibly; a last Gracco-Latin word, "bapterentur." Littré suggests "hebetarentur," "the part being first numbed" by the aid of a bandage. 263 "Spama salis." Colleted from the from on the sea-shore. 264 See Note 36, above, p. 507. 265 Beckmann, who devotes several pages to a consideration of the "ni- trum" of the ancients, considers it not to be our nitre." or "saltpetre," but a general name for impure alkaline salts. See his Hist. Inv. Vol. 11. pp. 490—503, Bohn's Ed. Ajasson, without hesitation, pronounces it to be nitrate of potash, neither more or less than our saltpetre, and quotes a statement from Andreossy, that it is still to le found in great quantities at Mount Ptou-Ampihosem, near the city of Pihosem, called Nitria by St. Jerome. 266 "Salt bursting from the earth." 267 "Wild." 268 See c. 40 of this Book. He is evidently speaking of a vegetable alkali here. See Beckmann, Vol. II. pp. 492–3, Bohn's Ed. 269 Beckmann thinks that these kinds of water were in reality only impure and not potable, from their nauseous taste, and that hence they were considered as nitrous. Nitrous water, he remarks, or water containing saltpetre, in all probability, does not exist. Vol. II. pp. 498–9. Bohn's Edition. 270 Or in other words, crystallization. Beckmann remarks that, in reference to alkaline water, this is undoubtedly true. Vol. II. p. 499. 271 From the adjacent town of Chalastra, on the Thermæan Gulf. The site is probably occupied by the modern Kulakia. 272 Carbonate of soda is found in the mineral waters of Seltzer and Carlsbad, and in the volcanic springs of Iceland, the Geysers more particularly. 273 Ajasson remarks, that from this we may conclude that the fabrication of nitrate of potash, or saltpetre, was in its infancy. It is by no means improbable that the artificial nitrum, here mentioned by Pliny, really was artificial saltpetre, more or less impure; the native nitrum, on the other land, being, as Beckmann suggests, a general term for impure alkaline mineral salts, in common with native saltpetre. Pliny's account, however, is confused in the highest degree, and in some passages far from intelligible. 274 Of a bituminous nature, probably. See c. 42 of this Book. 275 See B. v. c. 40. An alkaline water, Beckmann thinks. See Vol. II. pp. 96–7. Bohn's Ed. 276 He may possibly mean bleaching the material before dyeing. 277 See B. xxxvi. c. 65. This certainly goes far towards proving that under the name "nitrum," alkaline salts were included. 278 "Faciunt ex his vasa, necnon frequenter liquatum cum sulphure, co- quentes in carbonibus." This passage Beckmann pronounces to be one of the darkest parts in the history of nitrum. See Vol. II. p. 502. He is of opinion that not improbably the result here obtained would be, liver of sulphur, which when it cools is hard, but soon becomes moist when exposed to the air. Dalechamps, it would appear, explains the whole of this passage as applicable to glazing; but in such case, as Beckmann observes, the nitrum could serve only as a flux. Michaelis suggests that the vessels here mentioned, were cut, not for real use, but merely for ornament, in the same manner as they are still made, occasionally, from rock-salt. 279 The mention of nitrum, sulphur, and charcoal, probably the three ingredients of gunpowder, in such close proximity, is somewhat curious. 280 "Quæ" seems a preferable reading to "quos." 281 "Spuma nitri." An accidental property, Beckmann says, of the same salt that has been previously called "Chalastricum," "Halmyrax," "Aphronitrum," and "Agrion." In his opinion, "the ancients were acquainted with no other than native nitrum, which they called artificial, only when it required a little more trouble and art to obtain it."—Hist. Inv. Vol. II. p. 502. Bohn's Ed. 282 "Froth of nitre." Ajasson identifies this with hydro-carbonate of soda. 283 Supposed by Hardouin to be derived from the Greek κόλικας, "round cakes;" owing to the peculiar form of the pieces of rock by which the aphronitrum was produced. The reading, however, is very doubtful. Sillig, from Photius, suggests that it should be "scolecas." 284 One proof, Beckmann thinks, that Soda is meant. See Vol. II. p. 491. 285 "Whether Pliny means that the vessels were not burnt, but only baked in the sun, or that before they were filled, they were completely dried in the sun, has been determined by no commentator. To me the latter is probable."—Beckmann, Hist. Inv. Vol. II. p. 491. 286 Beckmann thinks that this mode of adulteration, with lime, is an additional proof that the "nitrum" of our author was only soda. See Vol. II. p. 492. 287 That, namely, of the lime. Quick-lime, certainly, would have a pungent taste, in comparison with that of soda, but not in comparison with that of saltpetre. 288 Another proof, Beekmann thinks, that it was native soda, impregnated with common salt. Vol. II. p. 492. 289 This would hardly apply to soda. 290 Probably to promote its rising, as Beckmann observes, Vol. II. p. 496; a circumstance which goes a great way towards proving that "Soda" was included, at least, under the name of "nitrum." Carbonate of soda is extensively used for this purpose at the present day. 291 And to correct the acridity of the radishes, possibly. A somewhat analogous fact is mentioned by Drury, in his "Journal in Madagascar." He says that the sourest tamarinds, "mixed with wood ashes, become sweet and eatable." See p. 316.—We are not unaware that many look upon this work and its statements as a work of fiction. 292 See B. xix. c. 26. 293 Carbonate of soda is added to pickles and boiling vegetables for this purpose. 294 Vegetable ashes, and tobacco-ashes in particular, have the same effect. 295 See B. xxxv. c. 57. 296 Viewed by the ancients as a poison, when taken warm; but erroneously, as we have more than once remarked. 297 See B. xix. c. 15. 298 Nitre balls are still given to the patient to suck, in cases of sore throat. 299 See B. xii. c. 51. 300 Beckmann considers that this statement throws some light on the obscure passage, commented on in Note 77, p. 514. See Hist. Inv. Vol. I. p.503. Bohn's Ed. 301 In B. ix. c. 69. 302 No such distinction, of course, really exists; sponge being in reality a fibrous tissue formed by minute animals. 303 "Goats," literally. 304 See B. ix. c. 69. He probably alludes to the semifluid thin coat of animal jelly which covers the sponge in its recent state, and is susceptible of a slight contraction on being touched. 305 A fanciful notion, certainly. 306 Hot water renders them greasy, so to say; an inconvenience which may be remedied by steeping them in an alkaline solution, or in urine. 307 "Penicilli." 308 See B. ix. c. 69. 309 See B. v. c. 28. 310 An absurdity, of course. 311 See end of B. ii. 312 Called C. Cassius Severus Parmensis, according to some authorities. H was one of the murderers of Cæsar, and perished, the last of them by a violent end, about B.C. 30. He is supposed to have written tragedies, epigrams, and other works. See Horace, Epist. B. i. Ep. 4, 1. 3. 313 See end of B. vii. 314 See end of B. ii. 315 Cælius Antipater. See end of B. ii. 316 See end of B. vii. 317 See end of B. vii. 318 See end of B. xviii. 319 See end of B. iv. 320 This personage is entirely unknown. It may possibly be a corruption for Soranus, a poet of that name (Q. Valerius Soranus) who flourished about 100 B.C. See also B. xxxii. c. 23. 321 See end of B. iv. 322 See end of B. ii. 323 Beyond the mention made of him in c. 9 of this Book, nothing whatever is known of him. 324 See end of B. iii. 325 See end of B. ii., and end of B. vi. 326 See end of B. ii. 327 See end of B. xii. 328 See end of B. v. 329 See end of B. xii. 330 See end of B. xxx. 331 See end of B. ii. 332 He is also mentioned in B. xxxii. c. 16, but beyond that, nothing whatever appears to be known of him. He must not be confounded with Pelops of Smyrna, one of Galen's preceptors, who flourished in the second century after Christ. 333 See end of B. xxviii. 334 See end of B. ii. 335 See end of B. ii. 336 See end of B. viii. 337 A celebrated Comic poet, a disciple of Theophrastus, and the inventor of the New Comedy at Athens. Only a few fragments of his works survive. 338 See end of B. viii. 339 A physician, of whom, beyond the mention made of him in B. xxxii. c. 26, no further particulars appear to be known. 340 See end of B. xx. 341 A Greek writer on plants, and a follower of Asclepiades of Bithynia. He is supposed to have flourished in the latter half of the first century B.C. His medical formulæ are several times quoted by Galen. See c. 31 of the succeeding Book. 342 See end of B. vii. 343 See end of . xxi.

The Natural History. Pliny the Elder. John Bostock, M.D., F.R.S. H.T. Riley, Esq., B.A. London. Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. 1855.

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 United States License.

An XML version of this text is available for download, with the additional restriction that you offer Perseus any modifications you make. Perseus provides credit for all accepted changes, storing new additions in a versioning system.

show Browse Bar

load focus Latin (Karl Friedrich Theodor Mayhoff, 1906)

hide Places (automatically extracted)

View a map of the most frequently mentioned places in this document.

hide Dates (automatically extracted)

Sort dates alphabetically, as they appear on the page, by frequency

Click on a date to search for it in this document.

65 AD (1)

30 BC (1)

100 BC (1)

hide References (2 total)

Cross-references to this page (2): A Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities (1890), FI´STULA A Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities (1890), SALINAE

hide Search

Searching in English. More search options

Limit Search to:

The Natural History (this document)

hideStable Identifiers

Citation URI: http://data.perseus.org/citations/urn:cts:latinLit:phi0978.phi001.perseus-eng1:31

Text URI: http://data.perseus.org/texts/urn:cts:latinLit:phi0978.phi001.perseus-eng1

Work URI: http://data.perseus.org/texts/urn:cts:latinLit:phi0978.phi001

Catalog Record URI: http://data.perseus.org/catalog/urn:cts:latinLit:phi0978.phi001.perseus-eng1

hide Display Preferences

Greek Display:

Unicode (precombined) Unicode (combining diacriticals) Beta Code SPIonic SGreek GreekKeys Latin transliteration

Arabic Display:

Unicode Buckwalter transliteration

View by Default:

Original Language Translation

Browse Bar:

Show by default Hide by default

# Pliny, Natural History, Book 32

Pliny the Elder, The Natural History, BOOK XXXII.1

REMEDIES DERIVED FROM AQUATIC ANIMALS. 1 It is in the last six Books of Pliny, and those only, we regret to say, that we are enabled to avail ourselves of the new readings of the Bamberg MS., which has been so admirably collated by M. Ian. In a vast number of passages previously looked upon as hopelessly corrupt, or else not at all suspected of being in a mutilated state, this MS. supplies words and clauses, the existence of which in the original was hitherto unknown; indeed by its aid the indefatigable Sillig has been enabled, if we may be allowed the term, almost to rewrite the last six Books of Pliny. From a perusal of these new readings, as Dr. Smith has justly remarked, we have reason to infer "that the text of the earlier Books is still in a very defective state, and that much of the obscurity of Pliny may be traced to this cause."

Pliny the Elder, The Natural History

John Bostock, M.D., F.R.S., H.T. Riley, Esq., B.A., Ed.

("Agamemnon", "Hom. Od. 9.1", "denarius")

All Search Options [view abbreviations]

Home Collections/Texts Perseus Catalog Research Grants Open Source About Help

Hide browse bar Your current position in the text is marked in blue. Click anywhere in the line to jump to another position:

book:

BOOK I.

BOOK II. AN ACCOUNT OF THE WORLD AND THE ELEMENTS.

BOOK III. AN ACCOUNT OF COUNTRIES, NATIONS, SEAS, TOWNS, HAVENS, MOUNTAINS, RIVERS, DISTANCES, AND PEOPLES WHO NOW EXIST OR FORMERLY EXISTED.

BOOK IV. AN ACCOUNT OF COUNTRIES, NATIONS, SEAS, TOWNS, HAVENS, MOUNTAINS, RIVERS, DISTANCES, AND PEOPLES WHO NOW EXIST OR FORMERLY EXISTED.

BOOK V. AN ACCOUNT OF COUNTRIES, NATIONS, SEAS, TOWNS, HAVENS, MOUNTAINS, RIVERS, DISTANCES, AND PEOPLES WHO NOW EXIST OR FORMERLY EXISTED.

BOOK VI. AN ACCOUNT OF COUNTRIES, NATIONS, SEAS, TOWNS, HAVENS, MOUNTAINS, RIVERS, DISTANCES, AND PEOPLES WHO NOW EXIST, OR FORMERLY EXISTED.

BOOK VII.

MAN, HIS BIRTH, HIS ORGANIZATION, AND THE INVENTION OF THE ARTS.

BOOK VIII. THE NATURE OF THE TERRESTRIAL ANIMALS.

BOOK IX. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF FISHES.

BOOK X. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF BIRDS.

BOOK XI. THE VARIOUS KINDS OF INSECTS.

BOOK XII. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF TREES

BOOK XIII. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF EXOTIC TREES, AND AN ACCOUNT OF UNGUENTS.

BOOK XIV. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE FRUIT TREES.

BOOK XV. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE FRUIT-TREES.

BOOK XVI. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE FOREST TREES.

BOOK XVII. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE CULTIVATED TREES.

BOOK XVIII. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF GRAIN.

BOOK XIX.

THE NATURE AND CULTIVATION OF FLAX, AND AN ACCOUNT OF VARIOUS GARDEN PLANTS.

BOOK XX. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE GARDEN PLANTS.

BOOK XXI. AN ACCOUNT OF FLOWERS. AND THOSE USED FOR CHAPLETS MORE PARTICULARLY.

BOOK XXII. THE PROPERTIES OF PLANTS AND FRUITS.

BOOK XXIII. THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE CULTIVATED TREES.

BOOK XXIV. THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE FOREST TREES.

BOOK XXV. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF WILD PLANT

BOOK XXVI. A CONTINUATION OF THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM PLANTS, CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO PARTICULAR DISEASES.

BOOK XXVII. A DESCRIPTION OF PLANTS, AND OF THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THEM.

BOOK XXVIII. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM LIVING CREATURES.

BOOK XXIX. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM LIVING CREATURES.

BOOK XXX. REMEDIES DERIEVED FROM LIVING CREATURES.

BOOK XXXI. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE AQUATIC PRODUCTION

BOOK XXXII.

REMEDIES DERIVED FROM AQUATIC ANIMALS.

BOOK XXXIII. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF METALS.

BOOK XXXIV. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF METALS.

BOOK XXXV. AN ACCOUNT OF PAINTINGS AND COLOURS.

BOOK XXXVI. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF STONES.

BOOK XXXVII. chapter:

BOOK XXXVII. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF PRECIOUS STONES.

chapter:

CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE POWER OF NATURE AS MANIFESTED IN ANTIPATHIES. THE ECHENEÏS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 2.—THE TORPEDO: NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 3.—THE SEA HARE: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 4.—MARVELS OF THE RED SEA.

CHAP. 5. (2.)—THE INSTINCTS OF FISHES.

CHAP. 6.—MARVELLOUS PROPERTIES BELONGING TO CERTAIN FISHES.

CHAP. 7.—PLACES WHERE FISH EAT FROM THE HAND.

CHAP. 8.—PLACES WHERE FISH RECOGNIZE THE HUMAN VOICE. ORACULAR RESPONSES GIVEN BY FISH.

CHAP. 9.—PLACES WHERE BITTER FISH ARE FOUND, SALT, OR SWEET.

CHAP. 10.—WHEN SEA-FISH WERE FIRST EATEN BY THE PEOPLE OF ROME. THE ORDINANCE OF KING NUMA AS TO FISH.

CHAP. 11.—CORAL: FORTY-THREE REMEDIES AND OBSERVATIONS.

CHAP. 12. —THE ANTIPATHIES AND SYMPATHIES WHICH EXIST BETWEEN CERTAIN OBJECTS. THE HATREDS MANIFESTED BY CERTAIN AQUATIC ANIMALS. THE PASTINACA: EIGHT REMEDIES. THE GALEOS: FIFTEEN REMEDIES. THE SUR-MULLET: FIFTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 13. (3).—AMPHIBIOUS ANIMALS. CASTOREUM: SIXTY-SIX REMEDIES AND OBSERVATIONS.

CHAP. 14. (4)—THE TORTOISE: SIXTY-SIX REMEDIES AND OBSERVATIONS.

CHAP. 15.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE AQUATIC ANIMALS, CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO THE RESPECTIVE DISEASES.

CHAP. 16. (5.)—REMEDIES FOR POISONS, AND FOR NOXIOUS SPELLS. THE DORADE: FOUR REMEDIES. THE SEA-STAR: SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 17.—REMEDIES FOR THE STINGS OF SERPENTS, FOR THE BITES OF DOGS, AND FOR INJURIES INFLICTED BY VENOMOUS ANIMALS, THE SEA-DRAGON: THREE REMEDIES. TWENTY-FIVE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM SALTED FISH. THE SARDA: ONE REMEDY. ELEVEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM CYBIUM.

CHAP. 18.—THE SEA-FROG: SIX REMEDIES. THE RIVER-FROG: FIFTY-TWO REMEDIES. THE BRAMBLE-FROG: ONE REMEDY. THIRTY-TWO OBSERVATIONS ON THESE ANIMALS.

CHAP. 19.—THE ENHYDRIS: SIX REMEDIES. THE RIVER-CRAB: FOURTEEN REMEDIES. THE SEA-CRAB: SEVEN REMEDIES. THE RIVER-SNAIL: SEVEN REMEDIES. THE CORACINUS: FOUR REMEDIES. THE SEA-PIG: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 20.—THE SEA-CALF: TEN REMEDIES. THE MURÆNA: ONE REMEDY. THE HIPPOCAMPUS: NINE REMEDIES. THE SEA-URCHIN: ELEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 21. (6.)—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF OYSTERS: FIFTY-EIGHT REMEDIES AND OBSERVATIONS. PURPLES: NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 22.—SEA-WEED: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 23. (7.)—REMEDIES FOR ALOPECY, CHANGE OF COLOUR IN THE HAIR, AND ULCERATIONS OF THE HEAD. THE SEA-MOUSE: TWO REMEDIES. THE SEA-SCORPION: TWELVE REMEDIES. THE LEECH: SEVEN REMEDIES. THE MUREX: THIRTEEN REMEDIES. THE CONCHYLIUM: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 24.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE EYES AND EYE-LIDS. TWO REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE FAT OF FISHES. THE CALLIONYMUS: THREE REMEDIES. THE GALL OF THE CORACINUS: ONE REMEDY. THE SÆPIA: TWENTY-FOUR REMEDIES. ICHTHYOCOLLA: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 25.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE EARS. THE BATIA: ONE REMEDY. THE BACCHUS OR MYXON: TWO REMEDIES. THE SEA-LOUSE: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 26.—REMEDIES FOR TOOTH-ACHE. THE DOG-FISH : FOUR REMEDIES. WHALE'S FLESH.

CHAP. 27.—REMEDIES FOR LICHENS, AND FOR SPOTS UPON THE FACE. THE DOLPHIN: NINE REMEDIES. COLUTHIA OR CORYPHIA: THREE REMEDIES. HALCYONEUM : SEVEN REMEDIES. THE TUNNY : FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 28.—REMEDIES FOR SCROFULA, IMPOSTHUMES OF THE PAROTID GLANDS, QUINSY, AND DISEASES OF THE FAUCES. THE MÆNA: THIRTEEN REMEDIES. THE SEA-SCOLOPENDRA: TWO REMEDIES. THE SAURUS: ONE REMEDY. SHELL-FISH: ONE REMEDY. THE SILURUS: FIFTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 29.—REMEDIES FOR COUGH AND DISEASES OF THE CHEST.

CHAP. 30. (9.)—REMEDIES FOR PAINS IN THE LIVER AND SIDE. THE ELONGATED CONCH: SIX REMEDIES. THE TETHEA: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 31.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE BOWELS. SEA-WORT: ONE REMEDY. THE MYAX: TWENTY-FIVE REMEDIES. THE MITULUS: EIGHT REMEDIES. PELORIDES: ONE REMEDY. SERIPHUM: TWO REMEDIES. THE ERYTHINUS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 32.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE SPLEEN, FOR URINARY CALCULI, AND FOR AFFECTIONS OF THE BLADDER. THE SOLE: ONE REMEDY. THE TURBOT: ONE REMEDY. THE BLENDIUS: ONE REMEDY. THE SEA-NETTLE: SEVEN REMEDIES. THE PULMO MARINUS: SIX REMEDIES. ONYCHES: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 33.—REMEDIES FOR INTESTINAL HERNIA, AND FOR DISEASES OF THE RECTUM. THE WATER-SNAKE: ONE REMEDY. THE HYDRUS: ONE REMEDY. THE MULLET: ONE REMEDY. THE PELAMIS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 34.—REMEDIES FOR INFLAMED TUMOURS, AND FOR DISEASES OF THE GENERATIVE ORGANS. THE SCIÆNA: ONE REMEDY. THE PERCH: FOUR REMEDIES. THE SQUATINA: THREE REMEDIES. THE SMARIS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 36.—REMEDIES FOR GOUT, AND FOR PAINS IN THE FEET. THE BEAVER: FOUR REMEDIES. BRYON: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 37.—REMEDIES FOR EPILEPSY.

CHAP. 38. (10.)—REMEDIES FOR FEVERS. THE FISH CALLED ASELLUS: ONE REMEDY. THE PHAGRUS: ONE REMEDY. THE BALÆNA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 39.—REMEDIES FOR LETHARGY, CACHEXY, AND DROPSY.

CHAP. 40.—REMEDIES FOR BURNS AND FOR ERYSIPELAS.

CHAP. 41.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE SINEWS.

CHAP. 42.—METHODS OF ARRESTING HÆMORRHAGE AND OF LETTING BLOOD. THE POLYP: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 43.—METHODS OF EXTRACTING FOREIGN BODIES FROM THE FLESH.

CHAP. 44.—REMEDIES FOR ULCERS, CARCINOMATA, AND CARBUNCLES.

CHAP. 45.—REMEDIES FOR WARTS, AND FOR MALFORMED NAILS. THE GLANIS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 46.—REMEDIES FOR FEMALE DISEASES. THE GLAUCISCUS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 47.—METHODS OF REMOVING SUPERFLUOUS HAIR. DEPILATORIES.

CHAP. 48.—REMEDIES FOR THE DISEASES OF INFANTS.

CHAP. 49.—METHODS OF PREVENTING INTOXICATION. THE FISH CALLED RUBELLIO: ONE REMEDY. THE EEL: ONE REMEDY. THE GRAPE-FISH: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 50.—ANTAPHRODISIACS AND APHRODISIACS. THE HIPPOPOTAMUS: ONE REMEDY. THE CROCODILE: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 51.—REMEDIES FOR THE DISEASES OF ANIMALS.

CHAP. 52.—OTHER AQUATIC PRODUCTIONS. ADARCA OR CALAMOCHNOS: THREE REMEDIES. REEDS: EIGHT REMEDIES. THE INK OF THE SÆPIA.

CHAP. 53. (11.)—THE NAMES OF ALL THE ANIMALS THAT EXIST IN THE SEA, ONE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY-SIX IN NUMBER.

CHAP. 54.—ADDITIONAL NAMES OF FISHES FOUND IN THE POEM OF OVID.

This text is part of:

Greek and Roman Materials

Search the Perseus Catalog for:

Editions/Translations

Author Group

View text chunked by:

book : chapter

Table of Contents:

BOOK I.

DEDICATION.

BOOK II. AN ACCOUNT OF THE WORLD AND THE ELEMENTS.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—WHETHER THE WORLD BE FINITE, AND WHETHER THERE BE MORE THAN ONE WORLD.

CHAP. 2. (2.)—OF THE FORM OF THE WORLD

.

CHAP. 3. (3.)—OF ITS NATURE; WHENCE THE NAME IS DERIVED.

CHAP. 4. (5.)—OF THE ELEMENTS

AND THE PLANETS

.

CHAP. 5. (7.)—OF GOD

.

CHAP. 6. (8.)—OF THE NATURE OF THE STARS; OF THE MOTION OF THE PLANETS.

CHAP. 7.—OF THE ECLIPSES OF THE MOON AND THE SUN.

CHAP. 8. (11.)—OF THE MAGNITUDE OF THE STARS.

CHAP. 9. (12.)—AN ACCOUNT OF THE OBSERVATIONS THAT HAVE BEEN MADE ON THE HEAVENS BY DIFFERENT INDIVIDUALS.

CHAP. 10. (13.)—ON THE RECURRENCE OF THE ECLIPSES OF THE SUN AND THE MOON.

CHAP. 11. (14.)—OF THE MOTION OF THE MOON.

CHAP. 12. (15.)—OF THE MOTIONS OF THE PLANETS AND THE GENERAL LAWS OF THEIR ASPECTS

.

CHAP. 13.—WHY THE SAME STARS APPEAR AT SOME TIMES MORE LOFTY AND AT OTHER TIMES MORE NEAR.

CHAP. 14. (17.)—WHY THE SAME STARS HAVE DIFFERENT MOTIONS.

CHAP. 15.—GENERAL LAWS

OF THE PLANETS.

CHAP. 16. (18.)-THE REASON WHY THE STARS ARE OF DIFFERENT COLOURS.

CHAP. 17. (19.)—OF THE MOTION OF THE SUN AND THE CAUSE OF THE IRREGULARITY OF THE DAYS.

CHAP. 18. (20.)—WHY THUNDER IS ASCRIBED TO JUPITER.

CHAP. 19. (21.)-OF THE DISTANCES OR THE STARS.

CHAP. 20. (22.)—OF THE HARMONY OF THE STARS.

CHAP. 21. (23.)—OF THE DIMENSIONS OF THE WORLD.

CHAP. 22. (24.)—OR THE STARS WHICH APPEAR SUDDENLY, OR OF COMETS

.

CHAP. 23.—THEIR NATURE, SITUATION, AND SPECIES.

CHAP. 24. (26.)—THE DOCTRINE OF HIPPARCHUS

ABOUT THE STARS.

CHAP. 25.—EXAMPLES FROM HISTORY OF CELESTIAL PRODIGIES; FACES, LAMPADES, AND BOLIDES

.

CHAP. 26.— TRABES CELESTES; CHASMA CŒLI.

CHAP. 27. (27.)—OF THE COLOURS OF THE SKY AND OF CELESTIAL FLAME.

CHAP. 28. (28.)—OF CELESTIAL CORONÆ.

CHAP. 29.—OF SUDDEN CIRCLES.

CHAP. 30.-OF UNUSUALLY LONG ECLIPSES OF THE SUN.

CHAP. 31. (31.)—MANY SUNS.

CHAP. 32, (32.)—MANY MOONS.

CHAP. 33. (33.)—DAYLIGHT IN THE NIGHT.

CHAP. 34. (34.)—BURNING SHIELDS

.

CHAP. 35. (35.)—AN OMINOUS APPEARANCE IN THE HEAVENS, THAT WAS SEEN ONCE ONLY.

CHAP. 36. (36.)—OF STARS WHICH MOVE ABOUT IN VARIOUS DIRECTIONS.

CHAP. 37. (37.)—OR THE STARS WHICH ARE NAMED CASTOR AND POLLUX

.

CHAP. 38. (38.)—OR THE AIR AND ON THE CAUSE OF THE SHOWERS OF STONES.

CHAP. 39. (39.)—OR THE STATED SEASONS.

CHAP. 40. (40.)—OF THE RISING OF THE DOG-STAR.

CHAP. 41. (41.)—OF THE REGULAR INFLUENCE OF THE DIFFERENT SEASONS.

CHAP. 42. (42.)—OR UNCERTAIN STATES OF THE WEATHER.

CHAP. 43. (43.)—OR THUNDER AND LIGHTNING.

CHAP. 44.—THE ORIGIN OF WINDS.

CHAP. 45.—VARIOUS OBSERVATIONS RESPECTING WINDS.

CHAP. 46. (47.)—THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF WINDS

.

CHAP. 47.—THE PERIODS OF THE WINDS

.

CHAP. 48.—NATURE OF THE WINDS

.

CHAP. 49. (48.)—ECNEPHIAS AND TYPHON.

CHAP. 50.—TORNADOES; BLASTING WINDS; WHIRLWINDS

, AND OTHER WONDERFUL KINDS OF TEMPESTS.

CHAP. 51. (50.)—OF THUNDER

; IN WHAT COUNTRIES IT DOES NOT FALL, AND FOR WHAT REASON.

CHAP. 52. (51.)—OF THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF LIGHTNING

AND THEIR WONDERFUL EFFECTS.

CHAP. 53. (52.)—THE ETRURIAN

AND THE ROMAN OBSERVATIONS ON THESE POINTS.

CHAP. 54. (53.)—OF CONJURING UP THUNDER.

CHAP. 55. (54.)—GENERAL LAWS OF LIGHTNING.

CHAP. 56. (55.)—OBJECTS. WHICH ARE NEVER STRUCK.

CHAP. 57. (56.)—SHOWERS OF MILK, BLOOD, FLESH, IRON, WOOL, AND BAKED TILES

.

CHAP. 58. (57.)—RATTLING OF ARMS AND THE SOUND OF TRUMPETS HEARD IN THE SKY.

CHAP. 59. (58.)—OR STONES THAT HAVE FALLEN FROM THE CLOUDS

. THE OPINION OF ANAXAGORAS RESPECTING THEM.

CHAP. 60. (59.)—THE RAINBOW.

CHAP. 61.—THE NATURE OF HAIL, SNOW, HOAR, MIST, DEW; THE FORMS OF CLOUDS.

CHAP. 62. (62.)—THE PECULIARITIES OF THE WEATHER IN DIFFERENT PLACES.

CHAP. 63. (63.)—NATURE OF THE EARTH.

CHAP. 64. (64.)—OF THE FORM OF THE EARTH.

CHAP. 65. (65.)—WHETHER THERE BE ANTIPODES?

CHAP. 66.—How THE WATER IS CONNECTED WITH THE EARTH. OF THE NAVIGATION OF THE SEA AND THE RIVERS.

CHAP. 67. (67.)—WHETHER THE OCEAN SURROUNDS THE EARTH.

CHAP. 68. (68.)—WHAT PART OF THE EARTH IS INHABITED.

CHAP. 69. (69.)—THAT THE EARTH IS IN THE MIDDLE OF THE WORLD.

CHAP. 70. (70.)—OF THE OBLIQUITY OF THE ZONES

.

CHAP. 71.—OF THE INEQUALITY OF CLIMATES.

CHAP. 72.—IN WHAT PLACES ECLIPSES ARE INVISIBLE, AND WHY THIS IS THE CASE.

CHAP. 73. (71.)—WHAT REGULATES THE DAYLIGHT ON THE EARTH.

CHAP. 74. (72.)—REMARKS ON DIALS, AS CONNECTED WITH THIS SUBJECT.

CHAP. 75. (73.)—WHEN AND WHERE THERE ARE NO SHADOWS.

CHAP. 76. (74.)—WHERE THIS TAKES PLACE TWICE IN THE YEAR AND WHERE THE SHADOWS FALL IN OPPOSITE DIRECTIONS.

CHAP. 77. (75.)—WHERE THE DAYS ARE THE LONGEST AND WHERE THE SHORTEST.

CHAP. 78. (76.)—OF THE FIRST DIAL.

CHAP. 79. (77.)—OF THE MODE IN WHICH THE DAYS ARE COMPUTED.

CHAP. 80. (78.)—OF THE DIFFERENCE OF NATIONS AS DEPENDING ON THE NATURE OF THE WORLD.

CHAP. 81. (79.)—OF EARTHQUAKES.

CHAP. 82. (80.)—OF CLEFTS OF THE EARTH.

CHAP. 83. (81.)—SIGNS OF AN APPROACHING EARTHQUAKE.

CHAP. 84. (82.)—PRESERVATIVES AGAINST FUTURE EARTHQUAKES.

CHAP. 85. (83.)—PRODIGIES OF THE EARTH WHICH HAVE OCCURRED ONCE ONLY.

CHAP. 86. (81.)—WONDERFUL CIRCUMSTANCES ATTENDING EARTHQUAKES.

CHAP. 87. (85.)—IN WHAT PLACES THE SEA HAS RECEDED.

CHAP. 88. (86.)—THE MODE IN WHICH ISLANDS RISE UP.

CHAP. 89. (87.)—WHAT ISLANDS HAVE BEEN FORMED, AND AT WHAT PERIODS.

CHAP. 90.—LANDS WHICH HAVE BEEN SEPARATED BY THE SEA.

CHAP. 91. (89.)—ISLANDS WHICH HAVE BEEN UNITED TO THE MAIN LAND.

CHAP. 92. (90.)—LANDS WHICH HAVE BEEN TOTALLY CHANGED INTO SEAS.

CHAP. 93. (91.)—LANDS WHICH HAVE BEEN SWALLOWED UP.

CHAP. 94. (92.)—CITIES WHICH HAVE BEEN ABSORBED BY THE SEA.

CHAP. 95. (93.)—OF VENTS

IN THE EARTH.

CHAP. 96. (94.)—OF CERTAIN LANDS WHICH ARE ALWAYS SHAKING, AND OF FLOATING ISLANDS.

CHAP. 97. (96.)—PLACES IN WHICH IT NEVER RAINS.

CHAP. 98.—THE WONDERS OF VARIOUS COUNTRIES COLLECTED TOGETHER.

CHAP. 99. (97)—CONCERNING THE CAUSE OF THE FLOWING AND EBBING OF THE SEA.

CHAP. 100.—WHERE THE TIDES RISE AND FALL IN AN UNUSUAL MANNER.

CHAP. 101. (9S.)—WONDERS OF THE SEA.

CHAP. 102. (99.)—THE POWER OF THE MOON OVER THE LAND AND THE SEA.

CHAP. 103. (100.)—THE POWER OF THE SUN.

CHAP. 104.—WHY THE SEA IS SALT.

CHAP. 105. (102.)—WHERE THE SEA IS THE DEEPEST.

CHAP. 106. (103.)—THE WONDERS OF FOUNTAINS AND RIVERS.

CHAP. 107.—THE WONDERS OF FIRE AND WATER UNITED.

CHAP. 108. (104.)—OF MALTHA.

CHAP. 109. (105.)—OF NAPHTHA.

CHAP. 110. (106.)—PLACES WHICH ARE ALWAYS BURNING.

CHAP. 111. (107.)—WONDERS OF FIRE ALONE.

CHAP. 112. (108.)—THE DIMENSIONS OF THE EARTH.

CHAP. 113.—THE HARMONICAL PROPORTION OF THE UNIVERSE.

BOOK III. AN ACCOUNT OF COUNTRIES, NATIONS, SEAS, TOWNS, HAVENS, MOUNTAINS, RIVERS, DISTANCES, AND PEOPLES WHO NOW EXIST OR FORMERLY EXISTED.

INTRODUCTION.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE BOUNDARIES AND GULFS OF EUROPE FIRST SET FORTH IN A GENERAL WAY.

CHAP. 2.—OF SPAIN GENERALLY.

CHAP. 3.—OF BÆTICA.

CHAP. 4. (3.)—OF NEARER SPAIN.

CHAP. 5. (4.)—OF THE PROVINCE OF GALLIA NARBONENSIS.

CHAP. 6. (5.)—OF ITALY.

CHAP. 7.—OF THE NINTH

REGION OF ITALY.

CHAP. 8.—THE SEVENTH REGION OF ITALY.

CHAP. 9.—THE FIRST REGION OF ITALY

; THE TIBER; ROME.

CHAP. 10.—THE THIRD REGION OF ITALY.

CHAP. 11.—SIXTY-FOUR ISLANDS, AMONG WHICH ARE THE BALEARES.

CHAP. 12. (6.)—CORSICA.

CHAP. 13.—SARDINIA.

CHAP. 14. (8.)—SICILY.

CHAP. 15. (10.)—MAGNA GRÆCIA, BEGINNING AT LOCRI.

CHAP. 16.—THE SECOND REGION OF ITALY.

CHAP. 17. (12.)—THE FOURTH REGION OF ITALY.

CHAP. 18. (13.)—THE FIFTH REGION OF ITALY.

CHAP. 19. (14.)—THE SIXTH REGION OF ITALY.

CHAP. 20. (15.)—THE EIGHTH REGION OF ITALY; THE PADUS.

CHAP. 21. (17.)—THE ELEVENTH REGION OF ITALY; ITALIA TRANSPAIDANA.

CHAP. 22. (18.)—THE TENTH REGION OF ITALY.

CHAP. 23. (19.)—ISTRIA, ITS PEOPLE AND LOCALITY.

CHAP. 24. (20.)—THE ALPS, AND THE ALPINE NATIONS.

CHAP. 25. (21.)—LIBURNIA AND ILLYRICUM.

CHAP. 26. (22.)—DALMATIA.

CHAP. 27. (24.)—THE NORICI.

CHAP. 28. (25.)—PANNONIA.

CHAP. 29. (26.)—MŒSIA.

CHAP. 30.—ISLANDS OF THE IONIAN SEA AND THE ADRIATIC.

BOOK IV. AN ACCOUNT OF COUNTRIES, NATIONS, SEAS, TOWNS,. CHAP. 1. (1.)—EPIRUS.

BOOK IV. AN ACCOUNT OF COUNTRIES, NATIONS, SEAS, TOWNS, HAVENS, MOUNTAINS, RIVERS, DISTANCES, AND PEOPLES WHO NOW EXIST OR FORMERLY EXISTED.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—EPIRUS.

CHAP. 2.—ACARNANIA.

CHAP. 3. (2.)—ÆTOLIA.

CHAP. 4. (3.)—LOCRIS AND PHOCIS.

CHAP. 5. (4.)—THE PELOPONNESUS.

CHAP. 6. (5.)—ACHAIA.

CHAP. 7.—MESSENIA.

CHAP. 8.—LACONIA.

CHAP. 9.—ARGOLIS.

CHAP. 10. (6.)—ARCADIA.

CHAP. 11. (7.)—ATTICA.

CHAP. 12.—BŒOTIA.

CHAP. 13.—DORIS.

CHAP. 14.—PHTHIOTIS.

CHAP. 15. (8.)—THESSALY PROPER.

CHAP. 16. (9.)—MAGNESIA.

CHAP. 17. (10.)—MACEDONIA.

CHAP. 18. (11.)—THRACE; THE ÆGEAN SEA.

CHAP. 19. (12.)—THE ISLANDS WHICH LIE BEFORE THE LANDS ALREADY MENTIONED.

CHAP. 20.—CRETE.

CHAP. 21.—EUBŒA.

CHAP. 22.—THE CYCLADES.

CHAP. 23.—THE SPORADES.

CHAP. 24.—THE HELLESPONT.—THE LAKE MÆOTIS.

CHAP. 25.—DACIA, SARMATIA.

CHAP. 26.—SCYTHIA.

CHAP. 27.—THE ISLANDS OF THE EUXINE. THE ISLANDS OF THE NORTHERN OCEAN.

CHAP. 28.—GERMANY.

CHAP. 29. (15.)—NINETY-SIX ISLANDS OF THE GALLIC OCEAN.

CHAP. 30. (16.)—BRITANNIA.

CHAP. 31. (17.)—GALLIA BELGICA.

CHAP. 32. (18.)—GALLIA LUGDUNENSIS.

CHAP. 33. (19.)—GALLIA AQUITANICA.

CHAP. 34. (20.)—NEARER SPAIN, ITS COAST ALONG THE GALLIC OCEAN.

CHAP. 35. (21.)—LUSITANIA.

CHAP. 36.—THE ISLANDS IN THE ATLANTIC OCEAN.

CHAP. 37. (23.)—THE GENERAL MEASUREMENT OF EUROPE.

BOOK V. CHAP. 1.—THE TWO MAURITANIAS.

BOOK V. AN ACCOUNT OF COUNTRIES, NATIONS, SEAS, TOWNS, HAVENS, MOUNTAINS, RIVERS, DISTANCES, AND PEOPLES WHO NOW EXIST OR FORMERLY EXISTED.

CHAP. 1.—THE TWO MAURITANIAS.

CHAP. 2. (3.)—NUMIDIA.

CHAP. 3. (4.)—AFRICA.

CHAP. 4.—THE SYRTES.

CHAP. 5. (5.)—CYRENAICA.

CHAP. 6. (6.)—LIBYA MAREOTIS.

CHAP. 7. (7.)—THE ISLANDS IN THE VICINITY OF AFRICA.

CHAP. 8. (8.)—COUNTRIES ON THE OTHER SIDE OF AFRICA.

CHAP. 9. (9.)—EGYPT AND THEBAIS.

CHAP. 10.—THE RIVER NILE.

CHAP. 11.—THE CITIES OF EGYPT.

CHAP. 12. (11.)—THE COASTS OF ARABIA, SITUATE ON THE EGYPTIAN SEA.

CHAP. 13. (12.)—SYRIA.

CHAP. 14.—IDUMÆA, PALÆSTINA, AND SAMARIA.

CHAP. 15. (14.)—JUDÆA.

CHAP. 16. (18.)—DECAPOLIS.

CHAP. 17. (19.)—PUŒNICE.

CHAP. 18.—SYRIA ANTIOCHIA.

CHAP. 19. (23.)—THE REMAINING PARTS OF SYRIA.

CHAP. 20. (24.)—THE EUPHRATES.

CHAP. 21—SYRIA UPON THE EUPHRATES.

CHAP. 22. (27.)—CILICIA AND THE ADJOINING NATIONS.

CHAP. 23.—ISAURIA AND THE HOMONADES.

CHAP. 24.—PISIDIA.

CHAP. 25—LYCAONIA.

CHAP. 26.—PAMPHYLIA.

CHAP. 27.—MOUNT TAURUS.

CHAP. 28.—LYCIA.

CHAP. 29—CARIA.

CHAP. 30.—LYDIA.

CHAP. 31.—IONIA.

CHAP. 32. (30.)—ÆOLIS.

CHAP. 33.—TROAS AND THE ADJOINING NATIONS.

CHAP. 34. (31.)—THE ISLANDS WHICH LIE IN FRONT OF ASIA.

CHAP. 35.—CYPRUS.

CHAP. 36—RHODES.

CHAP. 37.—SAMOS.

CHAP. 38.—CHIOS.

CHAP. 39.—LESBOS.

CHAP. 40. (32.)—THE HELLESPONT AND MYSIA

CHAP. 41.—PHRYGIA.

CHAP. 42.—GALATIA AND THE ADJOINING NATIONS.

CHAP. 43.—BITHYNIA.

CHAP. 44.—THE ISLANDS OF THE PROPONTIS.

BOOK VI. AN ACCOUNT OF COUNTRIES, NATIONS, SEAS, TOWNS,. CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE EUXINE AND THE MARYANDINI.

BOOK VI. AN ACCOUNT OF COUNTRIES, NATIONS, SEAS, TOWNS, HAVENS, MOUNTAINS, RIVERS, DISTANCES, AND PEOPLES WHO NOW EXIST, OR FORMERLY EXISTED.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE EUXINE AND THE MARYANDINI.

CHAP. 2. (2.)—PAPHLAGONIA.

CHAP. 3. (3.)—CAPPADOCIA.

CHAP. 4.—THE REGION OF THEMISCYRA, AND THE NATIONS THEREIN.

CHAP. 5. (5)—THE REGION OF COLICA, THE NATIONS OF THE ACHÆI, AND OTHER NATIONS IN THE SAME PARTS.

CHAP. 6.—THE CIMMERIAN BOSPORUS.

CHAP. 7.—LAKE MIEOTIS AND THE ADJOINING NATIONS.

CHAP. 8. (8.)—THE SITUATION OF CAPPADOCIA.

CHAP. 9. (9.)—THE LESSER AND THE GREATER ARMENIA.

CHAP. 10.—THE RIVERS CYRUS AND ARAXES.

CHAP. 11. (10.)—ALBANIA, IBERIA, AND THE ADJOINING NATIONS.

CHAP. 12. (11.)—THE PASSES OF THE CAUCASUS.

CHAP. 13. (12.)—THE ISLANDS OF THE EUXINE.

CHAP. 14. (13.)—NATIONS IN THE VICINITY OF THE SCYTHIAN OCEAN.

CHAP. 15.—THE CASPIAN AND HYRCANIAN SEA.

CHAP. 16.—ADIABENE.

CHAP. 17. (14.)—MEDIA AND THE CASPIAN GATES.

CHAP. 18. (16.)—NATIONS SITUATE AROUND THE HYRCANIAN SEA.

CHAP. 19. (17.)—THE NATIONS OF SCYTHIA AND THE COUNTRIES ON THE EASTERN OCEAN.

CHAP. 20.—THE SERES.

CHAP. 21.—THE NATIONS OF INDIA.

CHAP. 22. (18.)—THE GANGES.

CHAP. 23. (20.)—THE INDUS.

CHAP. 24. (22.)—TAPROBANE.

CHAP. 25.—THE ARIANI AND THE ADJOINING NATIONS.

CHAP. 26.—VOYAGES TO INDIA.

CHAP. 27.—CARMANIA.

CHAP. 28.—THE PERSIAN AND THE ARABIAN GULFS.

CHAP. 29.—THE PARTHIAN EMPIRE.

CHAP. 30.—MESOPOTAMIA.

CHAP. 31.—THE TIGRIS.

CHAP. 32. (28.)—ARABIA.

CHAP. 33.—THE GULFS OF THE RED SEA.

CHAP. 34.—TROGLODYTICE.

CHAP. 35.—ETHIOPIA.

CHAP. 36. (31.)—ISLANDS OF THE ÆTHIOPIAN SEA.

CHAP. 37. (32.)—THE FORTUNATE ISLANDS.

CHAP. 38.—THE COMPARATIVE DISTANCES OF PLACES ON THE FACE OF THE EARTH.

CHAP. 39.—DIVISION OF THE EARTH INTO PARALLELS AND SHADOWS OF EQUAL LENGTH.

BOOK VII. MAN, HIS BIRTH, HIS ORGANIZATION, AND THE INVENTION OF THE ARTS.

BOOK VII.

MAN, HIS BIRTH, HIS ORGANIZATION, AND THE INVENTION OF THE ARTS.

CHAP. 1.—MAN.

CHAP. 2.—THE WONDERFUL FORMS OF DIFFERENT NATIONS.

CHAP. 3.—MARVELLOUS BIRTHS.

CHAP. 4. (5.)—THE GENERATION OF MAN; UNUSUAL DURATION OF PREGNANCY; INSTANCES OF IT FROM SEVEN TO TWELVE MONTHS.

CHAP. 5. (6.)—INDICATIONS OF THE SEX OF THE CHILD DURING THE PREGNANCY OF THE MOTHER.

CHAP. 6. (8.)—MONSTROUS BIRTHS.

CHAP. 7. (9.)—OF THOSE WHO HAVE BEEN CUT OUT OF THE WOMB.

CHAP. 8. (10.)—WHO WERE CALLED VOPISCI.

CHAP. 9. (11.)—THE CONCEPTION AND GENERATION OF MAN.

CHAP. 10.—STRIKING INSTANCES OF RESEMBLANCE.

CHAP. 11. (13.)—WHAT MEN ARE SUITED FOR GENERATION. INSTANCES OF VERY NUMEROUS OFFSPRING.

CHAP. 12. (14.)—AT WHAT AGE GENERATION CEASES.

CHAP. 13. (15.)—REMARKABLE CIRCUMSTANCES CONNECTED WITH THE MENSTRUAL DISCHARGE.

CHAP. 14.—THE THEORY OF GENERATION.

CHAP. 15.—SOME ACCOUNT OF THE TEETH, AND SOME FACTS CONCERNING INFANTS.

CHAP. 16.—EXAMPLES OF UNUSUAL SIZE.

CHAP. 7.—CHILDREN REMARKABLE FOR THEIR PRECOCITY.

CHAP. 18.—SOME REMARKABLE PROPERTIES OF THE BODY.

CHAP. 19. (20.)—INSTANCES OF EXTRAORDINARY STRENGTH.

CHAP. 20.—INSTANCES OF REMARKABLE AGILITY.

CHAP. 21. (21.)—INSTANCES OF ACUTENESS OF SIGHT.

CHAP. 22.(22.)—INSTANCES OF REMARKABLE ACUTENESS OF HEARING.

CHAP. 23. (23.)—INSTANCES OF ENDURANCE OF PAIN.

CHAP. 24. (24.)—MEMORY.

CHAP. 25. (25.)—VIGOUR OF MIND

CHAP. 26.—CLEMENCY AND GREATNESS OF MIND.

CHAP. 27. (26.)—HEROIC EXPLOITS.

CHAP. 28. (27.)—UNION IN THE SAME PERSON OF THREE OF THE HIGHEST QUALITIES WITH THE GREATEST PURITY.

CHAP. 29. (28.)—INSTANCES OF EXTREME COURAGE.

CHAP. 30. (29.)—MEN OF REMARKABLE GENIUS.

CHAP. 31. (30.)—MEN WHO HAVE BEEN REMARKABLE FOR WISDOM.

CHAP. 32. (32.)—PRECEPTS THE MOST USEFUL IN LIFE.

CHAP. 33. (33.)—DIVINATION.

CHAP. 34. (34.)—THE MAN WHO WAS PRONOUNCED TO BE THE MOST EXCELLENT.

CHAP. 35. (35.)—THE MOST CHASTE MATRONS.

CHAP. 36. (36.)—INSTANCES OF THE HIGHEST DEGREE OF AFFECTION.

CHAP. 37. (37.)—NAMES OF MEN WHO HAVE EXCELLED IN THE ARTS, ASTROLOGY, GRAMMAR, AND MEDICINE.

CHAP. 38.—GEOMETRY AND ARCHITECTURE.

CHAP. 39. (38.)—OF PAINTING; ENGRAVING ON BRONZE, MARBLE, AND IVORY; OF CARVING.

CHAP. 40. (39.)—SLAVES FOR WHICH A HIGH PRICE HAS BEEN GIVEN.

CHAP. 41. (40.)—SUPREME HAPPINESS.

CHAP. 42. (41.)—RARE INSTANCES OF GOOD FORTUNE CONTINUING IN THE SAME FAMILY.

CHAP. 43. (42.)—REMARKABLE EXAMPLE OF VICISSITUDES.

CHAP. 44.—REMARKABLE EXAMPLES OF HONOURS.

CHAP. 45.—TEN VERY FORTUNATE CIRCUMSTANCES WHICH HAVE HAPPENED TO THE SAME PERSON.

CHAP. 46.—THE MISFORTUNES OF AUGUSTUS.

CHAP. 47. (46.)—MEN WHOM THE GODS HAVE PRONOUNCED TO BE THE MOST HAPPY.

CHAP. 48. (47.)—THE MAN WHOM THE GODS ORDERED TO BE WORSHIPPED DURING HIS LIFE-TIME; A REMARKABLE FLASH OF LIGHTNING.

CHAP. 49. (48.)—THE GREATEST LENGTH OF LIFE.

CHAP. 50. (49.)—THE VARIETY OF DESTINIES AT THE BIRTH OF MAN.

CHAP. 51. (50.)—VARIOUS INSTANCES OF DISEASES.

CHAP. 52. (51.)—DEATH.

CHAP. 53. (52.)—PERSONS WHO HAVE COME TO LIFE AGAIN AFTER BEING LAID OUT FOR BURIAL.

CHAP. 54. (53.)—INSTANCES OF SUDDEN DEATH.

CHAP. 55. (54.)—BURIAL.

CHAP. 56. (55.)—THE MANES, OR DEPARTED SPIRITS OF THE SOUL.

CHAP. 57. (56.)—THE INVENTORS OF VARIOUS THINGS.

CHAP. 58. (57.)—THE THINGS ABOUT WHICH MANKIND FIRST OF ALL AGREED. THE ANCIENT LETTERS.

CHAP. 59. (59.)—WHEN BARBERS WERE FIRST EMPLOYED.

CHAP. 60.—WHEN THE FIRST TIME-PIECES WERE MADE.

BOOK VIII. THE NATURE OF THE TERRESTRIAL ANIMALS. CHAP. 1. (1.)—ELEPHANTS; THEIR CAPACITY.

BOOK VIII. THE NATURE OF THE TERRESTRIAL ANIMALS.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—ELEPHANTS; THEIR CAPACITY.

CHAP. 2. (2.)—WHEN ELEPHANTS WERE FIRST PUT INTO HARNESS.

CHAP. 3. (3.)—THE DOCILITY OF THE ELEPHANT.

CHAP. 4.—WONDERFUL THINGS WHICH HAVE BEEN DONE BY THE ELEPHANT.

CHAP. 5. (4.)—THE INSTINCT OF WILD ANIMALS IN PERCEIVING DANGER.

CHAP. 6. (6.)—WHEN ELEPHANTS WERE FIRST SEEN IN ITALY.

CHAP. 7. (7.)—THE COMBATS OF ELEPHANTS.

CHAP. 8. (8.)—THE WAY IN WHICH ELEPHANTS ARE CAUGHT.

CHAP. 9. (9.)—THE METHOD BY WHICH THEY ARE TAMED.

CHAP. 10. (10.)—THE BIRTH OF THE ELEPHANT, AND OTHER PARTICULARS RESPECTING IT.

CHAP. 11. (11.)—IN WHAT COUNTRIES THE ELEPHANT IS FOUND; THE ANTIPATHY OF THE ELEPHANT AND THE DRAGON.

CHAP. 12. (12.)—THE SAGACITY OF THESE ANIMALS.

CHAP. 13. (13.)—DRAGONS.

CHAP. 14. (14.)—SERPENTS OF REMARKABLE SIZE.

CHAP. 15. (15.)—THE ANIMALS OF SCYTHIA; THE BISON.

CHAP. 16.—THE ANIMALS OF THE NORTH; THE ELK, THE ACHLIS, AND THE BONASUS.

CHAP. 17.—LIONS; HOW THEY ARE PRODUCED.

CHAP. 18.—THE DIFFERENT SPECIES OF LIONS.

CHAP. 19.—THE PECULIAR CHARACTER OF THE LION.

CHAP. 20.—WHO IT WAS THAT FIRST INTRODUCED COMBATS OF LIONS AT ROME, AND WHO HAS BROUGHT TOGETHER THE GREATEST NUMBER OF LIONS FOR THAT PURPOSE.

CHAP. 21.—WONDERFUL FEATS PERFORMED BY LIONS.

CHAP. 22.—A MAN RECOGNIZED AND SAVED BY A DRAGON.

CHAP. 23.—PANTHERS.

CHAP. 24.—THE DECREE OF THE SENATE, AND LAWS RESPECTING AFRICAN ANIMALS; WHO FIRST BROUGHT THEM TO ROME, AND WHO BROUGHT THE GREATEST NUMBER OF THEM.

CHAP. 25.—TIGERS: WHEN FIRST SEEN AT ROME; THEIR NATURE.

CHAP. 26.—CAMELS:

THE DIFFERENT KINDS.

CHAP. 27.—THE CAMELEOPARD; WHEN IT WAS FIRST SEEN AT ROME.

CHAP. 28. (19.)—THE CHAMA, AND THE CEPUS.

CHAP. 29. (20.)—THE RHINOCEROS.

CHAP. 30. (21.)—THE LYNX, THE SPHINX, THE CROCOTTA, AND THE MONKEY.

CHAP. 31.—THE TERRESTRIAL ANIMALS OF INDIA.

CHAP. 32.—THE ANIMALS OF ÆTHIOPIA; A WILD BEAST WHICH KILLS WITH ITS EYE.

CHAP. 33.—THE SERPENTS CALLED BASILISKS.

CHAP. 34. (22.)—WOLVES; THE ORIGIN OF THE STORY OF VERSIPELLIS.

CHAP. 35. (23.)—DIFFERENT KINDS OF SERPENTS.

CHAP. 36.—THE ICHNEUMON.

CHAP. 37. (25.)—THE CROCODILE.

CHAP. 38.—THE SCINCUS.

CHAP. 39.—THE HIPPOPOTAMUS.

CHAP. 40. (26.)—WHO FIRST EXHIBITED THE HIPPOPOTAMUS AND THE CROCODILE AT ROME.

CHAP. 41. (27.)—THE MEDICINAL REMEDIES WHICH HAVE BEEN BORROWED FROM ANIMALS.

CHAP. 42. (28.)—PROGNOSTICS OF DANGER DERIVED FROM ANIMALS.

CHAP. 43. (29.)—NATIONS THAT HAVE BEEN EXTERMINATED BY ANIMALS.

CHAP. 44. (30.)—THE HYÆNA.

CHAP. 45.—THE COROCOTTA; THE MANTICHORA.

CHAP. 46.—WILD ASSES.

CHAP. 47.—BEAVERS, AMPHIBIOUS ANIMALS;

OTHERS.

CHAP. 48. (31.)—BRAMBLE-FROGS.

CHAP. 49.—THE SEA-CALF; BEAVERS; LIZARDS.

CHAP. 50. (32.)—STAGS.

CHAP. 51.—THE CHAMELEON.

CHAP. 52.—OTHER ANIMALS WHICH CHANGE COLOUR; THE TARANDUS, THE LYCAON, AND THE THOS.

CHAP. 53. (35.)—THE PORCUPINE.

CHAP. 54. (36.)—BEARS AND THEIR CUBS.

CHAP. 55. (37.)—THE MICE OF PONTUS AND OF THE ALPS.

CHAP. 56.—HEDGEHOGS.

CHAP. 57. (38.)—THE LEONTOPHONUS, AND THE LYNX.

CHAP. 58.—BADGERS AND SQUIRRELS.

CHAP. 59. (39.)—VIPERS AND SNAILS.

CHAP. 60.—LIZARDS.

CHAP. 61. (40.)—THE QUALITIES OF THE DOG; EXAMPLES OF TS ATTACHMENT TO ITS MASTER; NATIONS WHICH HAVE KEPT DOGS FOR THE PURPOSES OF WAR.

CHAP. 62.—THE GENERATION OF THE DOG.

CHAP. 63.—REMEDIES AGAINST CANINE MADNESS.

CHAP. 64. (42.)—THE NATURE OF THE HORSE.

CHAP. 65.—THE DISPOSITION OF THE HORSE; REMARKABLE FACTS CONCERNING CHARIOT HORSES.

CHAP. 66.—THE GENERATION OF THE HORSE.

CHAP. 67.—MARES IMPREGNATED BY THE WIND.

CHAP. 68. (45.)—THE ASS, ITS GENERATION.

CHAP. 69. (44.)—THE NATURE OF MULES,

AND OF OTHER BEASTS OF BURDEN.

CHAP. 70. (45.)—OXEN; THEIR GENERATION.

CHAP. 71. (46.)—THE EGYPTIAN APIS.

CHAP. 72. (47.)—SHEEP, AND THEIR PROPAGATION.

CHAP. 73. (43.)—THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF WOOL, AND THEIR COLOURS.

CHAP. 74.—DIFFERENT KINDS OF CLOTHS.

CHAP. 75.—THE DIFFERENT SHAPES OF SHEEP; THE MUSMON.

CHAP. 76. (50.)—GOATS AND THEIR PROPAGATION.

CHAP. 77. (51.)—THE HOG.

CHAP. 78.—THE WILD BOAR; WHO WAS THE FIRST TO ESTABLISH PARKS FOR WILD ANIMALS.

CHAP. 79. (53.)—ANIMALS IN A HALF-WILD STATE.

CHAP. 80. (54.)—APES.

CHAP. 81. (55.)—THE DIFFERENT SPECIES OF HARES.

CHAP. 82. (56.)—ANIMALS WHICH ARE TAMED IN PART ONLY.

CHAP. 83. (58.)—PLACES IN WHICH CERTAIN ANIMALS ARE NOT TO BE FOUND.

CHAP. 84. (59.)—ANIMALS WHICH INJURE STRANGERS ONLY, AS ALSO ANIMALS WHICH INJURE THE NATIVES OF THE COUNTRY ONLY, AND WHERE THEY ARE FOUND.

BOOK IX. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF FISHES. CHAP. 1. (1.)—WHY THE LARGEST ANIMALS ARE FOUND IN THE SEA.

BOOK IX. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF FISHES.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—WHY THE LARGEST ANIMALS ARE FOUND IN THE SEA.

CHAP. 2. (3.)—THE SEA MONSTERS OF THE INDIAN OCEAN.

CHAP. 3. (4.)—THE LARGEST ANIMALS THAT ARE FOUND IN EACH OCEAN.

CHAP. 4. (5.)—THE FORMS OF THE TRITONS AND NEREIDS. THE FORMS OF SEA ELEPHANTS.

CHAP. 5. (6.)—THE BALÆNA AND THE ORCA

CHAP. 6.—WHETHER FISHES RESPIRE, AND WHETHER THEY SLEEP.

CHAP. 7. (8.)—DOLPHINS.

CHAP. 8.—HUMAN BEINGS WHO HAVE BEEN BELOVED BY DOLPHINS.

CHAP. 9.—PLACES WHERE DOLPHINS HELP MEN TO FISH.

CHAP. 10.—OTHER WONDERFUL THINGS RELATING TO DOLPHINS.

CHAP. 11. (9.)—THE TURSIO.

CHAP. 12. (10.)—TURTLES.

THE VARIOUS KINDS OF TURTLES, AND HOW THEY ARE CAUGHT.

CHAP. 13.—( 1.)—WHO FIRST INVENTED THE ART OF CUTTING TORTOISE-SHELL.

CHAP. 14. (12.)—DISTRIBUTION OF AQUATIC ANIMALS INTO VARIOUS SPECIES.

CHAP. 15. (13.)—THOSE WHICH ARE COVERED WITH HAIR, OR HAVE NONE, AND HOW THEY BRING FORTH. SEA-CALVES, OR PHOCÆ.

CHAP. 16.—HOW MANY KINDS OF FISH THERE ARE.

CHAP. 17. (15.)—WHICH OF THE FISHES ARE OF THE LARGEST SIZE.

CHAP. 18.—TUNNIES, CORDYLA, AND PELAMIDES, AND THE VARIOUS PARTS OF THEM THAT ARE SALTED. MELANDRYA, APOLECTI, AND CYBIA.

CHAP. 19.—THE AURIAS AND THE SCOMBER.

CHAP. 20.—FISHES WHICH ARE NEVER FOUND IN THE EUXINE; THOSE WHICH ENTER IT AND RETURN.

CHAP. 21.—WHY FISHES LEAP ABOVE THE SURFACE OF THE WATER.

CHAP. 22. (16.)—THAT AUGURIES ARE DERIVED FROM FISHES.

CHAP. 23.—WHAT KINDS OF FISHES HAVE NO MALES.

CHAP. 24.—FISHES WHICH HAVE A STONE IN THE HEAD; THOSE WHICH KEEP THEMSELVES CONCEALED DURING WINTER; AND THOSE WHICH ARE NOT TAKEN IN WINTER, EXCEPT UPON STATED DAYS.

CHAP. 25.—FISHES WHICH CONCEAL THEMSELVES DURING THE SUMMER; THOSE WHICH ARE INFLUENCED BY THE STARS.

CHAP. 26. (17.)—THE MULLET.

CHAP. 27.—THE ACIPENSER.

CHAP. 28.—THE LUPUS, ASELLUS.

CHAP. 29.—THE SCARUS, THE MUSTELA.

CHAP. 30.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF MULLETS, AND THE SARGUS THAT ATTENDS THEM.

CHAP. 31.—ENORMOUS PRICES OF SOME FISH.

CHAP. 32.—THAT THE SAME KINDS ARE NOT EVERYWHERE EQUALLY ESTEEMED.

CHAP. 33.—GILLS AND SCALES.

CHAP. 34. (19.)—FISHES WHICH HAVE A VOICE .— FISHES WITHOUT GILLS.

CHAP. 35.—FISHES WHICH COME ON LAND. THE PROPER TIME FOR CATCHING FISH.

CHAP. 36. (20.)—CLASSIFICATION OF FISHES, ACCORDING TO THE SHAPE OF THE BODY.

CHAP. 37.—THE FINS OF FISH, AND THEIR MODE OF SWIMMING.

CHAP. 38. (21)—EELS

CHAP. 39. (23.)—THE MURÆNA.

CHAP. 40. (24.)—VARIOUS KINDS OF FLAT FISH.

CHAP. 41. (25.)—THE ECHENEIS, AND ITS USES IN ENCHANTMENTS.

CHAP. 42. (26.)—FISHES WHICH CHANGE THEIR COLOUR.

CHAP. 43.—FISHES WHICH FLY ABOVE THE WATER. — THE SEA-SWALLOW. — THE FISH THAT SHINES IN THE NIGHT .— THE HORNED FISH. — THE SEA-DRAGON.

CHAP. 44. (28.)—FISHES WHICH HAVE NO BLOOD.—FISHES KNOWN AS SOFT FISH.

CHAP. 45. (29.)—THE SÆPIA, THE LOLIGO, THE SCALLOP.

CHAP. 46.—THE POLYPUS.

CHAP. 47.—THE NAUTILUS, OR SAILING POLYPUS.

CHAP. 48. (30.)—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF POLYPI; THEIR SHREWDNESS.

CHAP. 49.—THE SAILING NAUPLIUS.

CHAP. 50.—SEA-ANIMALS, WHICH ARE ENCLOSED WITH A CRUST; THE CRAY-FISH.

CHAP. 51.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF CRABS; THE PINNOTHERES, THE SEA URCHIN, COCKLES, AND SCALLOPS.

CHAP. 52.—VARIOUS KINDS OF SHELL-FISH.

CHAP. 53. (34.)—WHAT NUMEROUS APPLIANCES OF LUXURY ARE FOUND IN THE SEA.

CHAP. 54.—PEARLS; HOW THEY ARE PRODUCED, AND WHERE.

CHAP. 55.—HOW PEARLS ARE FOUND.

CHAP. 56.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF PEARLS.

CHAP. 57.—REMARKABLE FACTS CONNECTED WITH PEARLS — THEIR NATURE.

CHAP. 58.—INSTANCES OF THE USE OF PEARLS.

CHAP. 59.—HOW PEARLS FIRST CAME INTO USE AT ROME.

CHAP. 60.—THE NATURE OF THE MUREX AND THE PURPLE.

CHAP. 61.—THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF PURPLES.

CHAP. 62. (38.)—HOW WOOLS ARE DYED WITH THE JUICES OF THE PURPLE.

CHAP. 63. (39.)—WHEN PURPLE WAS FIRST USED AT ROME: WHEN THE LATICLAVE VESTMENT AND THE PRÆTEXTA WERE FIRST WORN.

CHAP. 64.—FABRICS CALLED CONCHYLIATED.

CHAP. 65.—THE AMETHYST, THE TYRIAN, THE HYSGINIAN, AND THE CRIMSON TINTS.

CHAP. 66. (42.)—THE PINNA, AND THE PINNOTHERES.

CHAP. 67.—THE SENSITIVENESS OF WATER ANIMALS; THE TORPEDO, THE PASTINACA, THE SCOLOPENDRA, THE GLANIS, AND THE RAM-FISH.

CHAP. 68. (45.)—BODIES WHICH HAVE A THIRD NATURE, THAT OF THE ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE COMBINED-THE SEA-NETTLE.

CHAP. 69.—SPONGES; THE VARIOUS KINDS OF THEM, AND WHERE THEY ARE PRODUCED: PROOFS THAT THEY ARE GIFTED WITH LIFE BY NATURE.

CHAP. 70. (46.)—DOG-FISH.

CHAP. 71.—FISHES WHICH ARE ENCLOSED IN A STONY SHELL — SEA ANIMALS WHICH HAVE NO SENSATION — OTHER ANIMALS WHICH LIVE IN THE MUD.

CHAP. 72. (48.)—VENOMOUS SEA-ANIMALS.

CHAP. 73. (49.)—THE MALADIES OF FISHES.

CHAP. 74. (50.)—THE GENERATION OF FISHES.

CHAP. 75.—FISHES WHICH ARE BOTH OVIPAROUS AND VIVIPAROUS.

CHAP. 76.—FISHES THE BELLY OF WHICH OPENS IN SPAWNING, AND THEN CLOSES AGAIN.

CHAP. 77. (52.)—FISHES WHICH HAVE A WOMB; THOSE WHICH IMPREGNATE THEMSELVES.

CHAP. 78. (53.)—THE LONGEST LIVES KNOWN AMONGST FISHES.

CHAP. 79. (54.)—THE FIRST PERSON THAT FORMED ARTIFICIAL OYSTER—BEDS.

CHAP. 80.—WHO WAS THE FIRST INVENTOR OF PRESERVES FOR OTHER FISH.

CHAP. 81. (55.)—WHO INVENTED PRESERVES FOR MURENÆ.

CHAP. 82. (56.)—WHO INVENTED PRESERVES FOR SEA-SNAILS.

CHAP. 83. (57.)—LAND FISHES.

CHAP. 84. (58.)—THE MICE OF THE NILE.

CHAP. 85. (59.)—HOW THE FISH CALLED THE ANTHIAS IS TAKEN.

CHAP. 86. (60.)—SEA-STARS.

CHAP. 87. (61.)—THE MARVELLOUS PROPERTIES OF THE DACTYLUS.

CHAP. 88. (62.)—THE ANTIPATHIES AND SYMPATHIES THAT EXIST BETWEEN AQUATIC ANIMALS.

BOOK X. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF BIRDS. CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE OSTRICH.

BOOK X. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF BIRDS.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE OSTRICH.

CHAP. 2. (2.)—THE PHŒNIX.

CHAP. 3. (3.)—THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF EAGLES.

CHAP. 4.—THE NATURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE EAGLE.

CHAP. 5. (4.)—WHEN THE EAGLE WAS FIRST USED AS THE STANDARD OF THE ROMAN LEGIONS.

CHAP. 6. (5.)—AN EAGLE WHICH PRECIPITATED ITSELF ON THE FUNERAL PILE OF A GIRL.

CHAP. 7. (6.)—THE VULTURE.

CHAP. 8. (7.)—THE BIRDS CALLED SANGUALIS AND IMMUSULUS.

CHAP. 9. (8.)—HAWKS. THE BUTEO.

CHAP. 10.—IN WHAT PLACES HAWKS AND MEN PURSUE THE CHASE IN COMPANY WITH EACH OTHER.

CHAP. 11. (9.)—THE ONLY BIRD THAT IS KILLED BY THOSE OF ITS OWN KIND.—A BIRD THAT LAYS ONLY ONE EGG.

CHAP. 12. (10.)—THE KITE.

CHAP. 13. (11.)—THE CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS.

CHAP. 14. (12.)—CROWS. BIRDS OF ILL OMEN. AT WHAT SEASONS THEY ARE NOT INAUSPICIOUS.

CHAP. 15.—THE RAVEN.

CHAP. 16.—THE HORNED OWL.

CHAP. 17. (13.)—BIRDS, THE RACE OF WHICH IS EXTINCT, OR OF WHICH ALL KNOWLEDGE HAS BEEN LOST.

CHAP. 18. (16.)—BIRDS WHICH ARE BORN WITH THE TAIL FIRST.

CHAP. 19. (17.)—THE OWLET.

CHAP. 20. (18.)—THE WOOD-PECKER OF MARS.

CHAP. 21. (19.)—BIRDS WHICH HAVE HOOKED TALONS.

CHAP. 22. (20.)—THE PEACOCK.

CHAP. 23.—WHO WAS THE FIRST TO KILL THE PEACOCK FOR FOOD.—WHO FIRST TAUGHT THE ART OF CRAMMING THEM.

CHAP. 24. (21.)—THE DUNGHILL COCK.

CHAP. 25.—HOW COCKS ARE CASTRATED. A COCK THAT ONCE SPOKE.

CHAP. 26. (22.)—THE GOOSE.

CHAP. 27.—WHO FIRST TAUGHT US TO USE THE LIVER OF TEE GOOSE FOR FOOD.

CHAP. 28.—OF THE COMMAGENIAN MEDICAMENT.

CHAP. 29.—THE CHENALOPEX, THE CHENEROS, THE TETRAO, AND THE OTIS.

CHAP. 30. (23.)—CRANES.

CHAP. 31.—STORKS.

CHAP. 32.—SWANS.

CHAP. 33.—FOREIGN BIRDS WHICH VISIT US; THE QUAIL, THE GLOTTIS, THE CYCHRAMUS, AND THE OTUS.

CHAP. 34. (24.)—SWALLOWS.

CHAP. 35.—BIRDS WHICH TAKE THEIR DEPARTURE FROM US, AND WHITHER THEY GO; THE THRUSH, THE BLACKBIRD, AND THE STARLING—BIRDS WHICH LOSE THEIR FEATHERS DURING THEIR

CHAP. 36. (25.)—BIRDS WHICH REMAIN WITH US THROUGHOUT THE YEAR; BIRDS WHICH REMAIN WITH US ONLY SIX OR THREE MONTHS; WITWALLS AND HOOPOES.

CHAP. 37. (26.)—THE MEMNONIDES.

CHAP. 38.—THE MELEAGRIDES.

CHAP. 39. (27.)—THE SELEUCIDES.

CHAP. 40. (28.)—THE IBIS.

CHAP. 41. (29.)—PLACES IN WHICH CERTAIN BIRDS ARE NEVER FOUND.

CHAP. 42.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF BIRDS WHICH AFFORD OMENS BY THEIR NOTE—BIRDS WHICH CHANGE THEIR COLOUR AND THEIR VOICE.

CHAP. 43.—THE NIGHTINGALE.

CHAP. 44.—THE MELANCORYPHUS, THE ERITHACITS, AND THE PHŒNICURUS.

CHAP. 45.—THE ŒNANTHE, THE CHLORION, THE BLACKBIRD, AND THE IBIS.

CHAP. 46. (31.)—THE TIMES OF INCUBATION OF BIRDS.

CHAP. 47. (32.)—THE HALCYONES: THE HALCYON DAYS THAT ARE FAVOURABLE TO NAVIGATION.

CHAP. 48.—OTHER KINDS OF AQUATIC BIRDS.

CHAP. 49. (33.)—THE INSTINCTIVE CLEVERNESS DISPLAYED BY BIRDS IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF THEIR NESTS. THE WONDER- FUL WORKS OF THE SWALLOW. THE BANK-SWALLOW.

CHAP. 50.—THE ACANTHYLLIS AND OTHER BIRDS.

CHAP. 51.—THE MEROPS—PARTRIDGES.

CHAP. 52. (34.)—PIGEONS.

CHAP. 53.—WONDERFUL THINGS DONE BY THEM; PRICES AT WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN SOLD.

CHAP. 54. (38.)—DIFFERENT MODES OF FLIGHT AND PROGRES- SION IN BIRDS.

CHAP. 55. (39.)—THE BIRDS CALLED APODES, OR CYPSELI.

CHAP. 56. (40.)—RESPECTING THE FOOD OF BIRDS–THE CAPRI- MULGUS, THE PLATEA.

CHAP. 57. (41.)—THE INSTINCTS OF BIRDS—THE CARDUELIS, THE TAURUS, THE ANTHUS.

CHAP. 58.—BIRDS WHICH SPEAK-THE PARROT.

CHAP. 59.—THE PIE WHICH FEEDS ON ACORNS.

CHAP. 60. (43.)—A SEDITION THAT AROSE AMONG THE ROMAN PEOPLE, IN CONSEQUENCE OF A RAVEN SPEAKING.

CHAP. 61. (44.)—THE BIRDS OF DIOMEDES.

CHAP. 62. (45.)—ANIMALS THAT CAN LEARN NOTHING.

CHAP. 63. (46.)—THE MODE OF DRINKING WITH BIRDS. THE PORPHYRIO.

CHAP. 64. (47.)—THE HÆMATOPOUS.

CHAP. 65.—THE FOOD OF BIRDS.

CHAP. 66.—THE PELICAN.

CHAP. 67.—FOREIGN BIRDS: THE PHALERIDES, THE PHEASANT, AND THE NUMIDICÆ.

CHAP. 68.—THE PEŒNICOPTERITS, THE ATTAGEN, THE PHALACRO- CORAX, THE PYBRHOCORAX, AND THE LAGOPUS.

CHAP. 69. (49.)—THE NEW BIRDS. THE VIPIO.

CHAP. 70.—FABULOUS BIRDS.

CHAP. 71. (50.)—WHO FIRST INVENTED THE ART OF CRAMMING POULTRY: WHY THE FIRST CENSORS FORBADE THIS PRACTICE.

CHAP. 72.—WHO FIRST INVENTED AVIARIES. THE DISH OF ÆSOPUS.

CHAP. 73. (52.)—THE GENERATION OF BIRDS: OTHER OVIPAROUS ANIMALS.

CHAP. 74.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF EGGS, AND THEIR NATURE.

CHAP. 75. (54.)—DEFECTS IN BROOD-HENS, AND THEIR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 76. (55.)—AN AUGURY DERIVED FROM EGGS BY AN EMPRESS.

CHAP. 77. (56.)—THE BEST KINDS OF FOWLS.

CHAP. 78. (57.)—THE DISEASES OF FOWLS, AND THEIR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 79. (58.)—WHEN BIRDS LAY, AND HOW MANY EGGS. THE VARIOUS KINDS OF HERONS.

CHAP. 80.—WHAT EGGS ARE CALLED HYPENEMIA, AND WHAT CYNOSURA. HOW EGGS ARE BEST KEPT.

CHAP. 81. (61.)—THE ONLY WINGED ANIMAL THAT IS VIVIPAROUS, AND NURTURES ITS YOUNG WITH ITS MILK.

CHAP. 82. (62.)—TERRESTRIAL ANIMALS THAT ARE OVIPAROUS.— VARIOUS KINDS OF SERPENTS.

CHAP. 83. (63.)—GENERATION OF ALL KINDS OF TERRESTRIAL ANIMALS.

CHAP. 84. (64.)—THE POSITION OF ANIMALS IN THE UTERUS.

CHAP. 85.—ANIMALS WHOSE ORIGIN IS STILL UNKNOWN.

CHAP. 86. (66.)—SALAMANDERS.

CHAP. 87. (68.)—ANIMALS WHICH ARE BORN OF BEINGS THAT HAVE NOT BEEN BORN THEMSELVES—ANIMALS WHICH ARE BORN THEMSELVES BUT ARE NOT REPRODUCTIVE—ANIMALS WHICH ARE OF NEITHER SEX.

CHAP. 88. (69.)—THE SENSES OF ANIMALS—THAT ALL HAVE THE SENSES OF TOUCH AND TASTE—THOSE WHICH ARE MORE REMARK- ABLE FOR THEIR SIGHT, SMELL, OR HEARING—MOLES—WHETHER OYSTERS HAVE THE SENSE OF HEARING.

CHAP. 89. (70.)—WHICH FISHES HAVE THE BEST HEARING.

CHAP. 90.—WHICH FISHES HAVE THE FINEST SENSE OF SMELL.

CHAP. 91.—DIVERSITIES IN THE FEEDING OF ANIMALS.

CHAP. 92. (72.)—ANIMALS WHICH LIVE ON POISONS.

CHAP. 93.—ANIMALS WHICH LIVE ON EARTH-ANIMALS WHICH WILL NOT DIE OF HUNGER OR THIRST.

CHAP. 94.—DIVERSITIES IN THE DRINKING OF ANIMALS.

CHAP. 95. (74.)—ANTIPATHIES OF ANIMALS. PROOFS THAT THEY ARE SENSIBLE OF FRIENDSHIP AND OTHER AFFECTIONS.

CHAP. 96.—INSTANCES OF AFFECTION SHOWN BY SERPENTS.

CHAP. 97. (75.)—THE SLEEP OF ANIMALS.

CHAP. 98.—WHAT ANIMALS ARE SUBJECT TO DREAMS.

BOOK XI. THE VARIOUS KINDS OF INSECTS. CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE EXTREME SMALLNESS OF INSECTS.

BOOK XI. THE VARIOUS KINDS OF INSECTS.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE EXTREME SMALLNESS OF INSECTS.

CHAP. 2. (3.)—WHETHER INSECTS RESPIRE, AND WHETHER THEY HAVE BLOOD.

CHAP. 3. (4.)—THE BODIES OF INSECTS.

CHAP. 4. (5.)—BEES.

CHAP. 5. (6.)—THE ORDER DISPLAYED IN THE WORKS OF BEES.

CHAP. 6. (5.)—THE MEANING OF THE TERMS COMMOSIS, PISSO- CEROS, AND PROPOLlS.

CHAP. 7.—THE MEANING OF ERITHACE, SANDARACA, OR CERINTHOS.

CHAP. 8. (8.)—WHAT FLOWERS ARE USED BY THE BEES IN THEIR WORK.

CHAP. 9. (9.)—PERSONS WHO HAVE MADE BEES THEIR STUDY.

CHAP. 10. (10.)—THE MODE IN WHICH BEES WORK.

CHAP. 11.—DRONES.

CHAP. 12.—THE QUALITIES OF HONEY.

CHAP. 13. (13.)—WHERE THE BEST HONEY IS PRODUCED.

CHAP. 14. (14.)—THE KINDS OF HONEY PECULIAR TO VARIOUS PLACES.

CHAP. 15. (15.)—HOW HONEY IS TESTED. ERICÆUM. TETRA- LIX, OR SISIRUM.

CHAP. 16.—THE REPRODUCTION OF BEES.

CHAP. 17. (17.)—THE MODE OF GOVERNMENT OF THE BEES.

CHAP. 18.—HAPPY OMENS SOMETIMES AFFORDED BY A SWARM OF BEES.

CHAP. 19. (18.)—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF BEES.

CHAP. 20.—THE DISEASES OF BEES.

CHAP. 21.—THINGS THAT ARE NOXIOUS TO BEES.

CHAP. 22. (20.)—How TO KEEP BEES TO THE HIVE.

CHAP. 23.—METHODS OF RENEWING THE SWARM.

CHAP. 24. (21.)—WASPS AND HORNETS: ANIMALS WHICH APPRO- PRIVATE WHAT BELONGS TO OTHERS.

CHAP. 25. (22.)—THE BOMBYX OF ASSYRIA.

CHAP. 26.—THE LARVÆ OF THE SILK-WORM-WHO FIRST INVENTED SILK CLOTHS.

CHAP. 27. (23.)—THE SILK-WORM OF COS—HOW THE COAN VESTMENTS ARE MADE.

CHAP. 28. (24.)—SPIDERS; THE KINDS THAT MAKE WEBS; THE MATERIALS USED BY THEM IN SO DOING.

CHAP. 29.—THE GENERATION OF SPIDERS.

CHAP. 30. (25.)—SCORPIONS.

CHAP. 31. (26.)—THE STELLIO.

CHAP. 32.—THE GRASSHOPPER: THAT IT HAS NEITHER MOUTH NOR OUTLET FOR FOOD.

CHAP. 33. (28.)—THE WINGS OF INSECTS.

CHAP. 34.—THE BEETLE. THE GLOW-WORM. OTHER KINDS OF BEETLES.

CHAP. 35.—LOCUSTS.

CHAP. 36. (30.)—ANTS.

CHAP. 37. (32.)—THE CHRYSALIS.

CHAP. 38. (33.)—ANIMALS WHICH BREED IN WOOD.

CHAP. 39.—INSECTS THAT ARE PARASITES OF MAN. WHICH IS THE SMALLEST OF ANIMALS? ANIMALS FOUND IN WAX EVEN.

CHAP. 40. (34.)—AN ANIMAL WHICH HAS NO PASSAGE FOR THE EVACUATIONS.i

CHAP. 41. (35.)—MOTHS, CANTHARIDES, GNATS–AN INSECT THAT BREEDS IN THE SNOW.

CHAP. 42. (36.)—AN ANIMAL FOUND IN FIRE—-THE PYRALLIS OR PYRAUSTA.

CHAP. 43.—THE ANIMAL CALLED HEMEROBION.

CHAP. 44. (37.)—THE NATURE AND CHARACTERISTICS OF ALL ANIMALS CONSIDERED LIMB BY LIMB. THOSE WHICH HAVE TUFTS AND CRESTS.

CHAP. 45.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF HORNS. ANIMALS IN WHICH THEY ARE MOVEABLE.

CHAP. 46.—THE HEADS OF ANIMALS. THOSE WHICH HAVE NONF.

CHAP. 47.—THE HAIR.

CHAP. 48.—THE BONES OF THE HEAD.

CHAP. 49.—THE BRAIN.

CHAP. 50.—THE EARS. ANIMALS WHICH HEAR WITHOUT EARS OR APERTURES.

CHAP. 51.—THE FACE, THE FOREHEAD, AND THE EYE-BROWS.

CHAP. 52.—THE EYES—ANIMALS WHICH HAVE NO EYES, OR HAVE ONLY ONE EYE.

CHAP. 53.—THE DIVERSITY OF THE COLOUR OF THE EYES.

CHAP. 54.—THE THEORY OF SIGHT—PERSONS WHO CAN SEE BY NIGHT.

CHAP. 55.—THE NATURE OF THE PUPIL-EYES WHICH DO NOT SHUT.

CHAP. 56.—THE HAIR OF THE EYE-LIDS; WHAT ANIMALS ARE WITHOUT THEM. ANIMALS WHICH CAN SEE ON ONE SIDE ONLY.

CHAP. 57.—ANIMALS WHICH HAVE NO EYELIDS.

CHAP. 58.—THE CHEEKS.

CHAP. 59.—THE NOSTRILS.

CHAP. 60.—THE MOUTH; THE LIPS; THE CHIN; AND THE JAW-BONE.

CHAP. 61.—THE TEETH; THE VARIOUS KINDS OF TEETH; IN WHAT ANIMALS THEY ARE NOT ON BOTH SIDES OF THE MOUTH: ANIMALS WHICH HAVE HOLLOW TEETH.

CHAP. 62.—THE TEETH OF SERPENTS; THEIR POISON. A BIRD WHICH HAS TEETH.

CHAP. 63.—WONDERFUL CIRCUMSTANCES CONNECTED WITH THE TEETH.

CHAP. 64.—HOW AN ESTIMATE IS FORMED OF THE AGE OF ANIMALS FROM THEIR TEETH.

CHAP. 65.—THE TONGUE; ANIMALS WHICH HAVE NO TONGUE. THE NOISE MADE BY FROGS. THE PALATE.

CHAP. 66.—THE TONSILS; THE UVA; THE EPIGLOSSIS; THE ARTERY; THE GULLET.

CHAP. 67.—THE NECK; THE THROAT; THE DORSAL SPINE.

CHAP. 68.—THE THROAT; THE GULLET; THE STOMACH.

CHAP. 69.—THE HEART; THE BLOOD; THE VITAL SPIRIT.

CHAP. 70.—THOSE ANIMALS WHICH HAVE THE LARGEST HEART, AND THOSE WHICH HAVE THE SMALLEST. WHAT ANIMALS HAVE TWO HEARTS.

CHAP. 71.—WHEN THE CUSTOM WAS FIRST ADOPTED OF EXAMINING THE HEART IN THE INSPECTION OF THE ENTRAILS.

CHAP. 72.—THE LUNGS: IN WHAT ANIMALS THEY ARE THE LAR- GEST, AND IN WHAT THE SMALLEST. ANIMALS WHICH HAVE NOTHING BUT LUNGS IN THE INTERIOR OF THE BODY. CAUSES WHICH PRODUCE EXTRAORDINARY SWIFTNESS IN ANIMALS.

CHAP. 73.—THE LIVER: IN WHAT ANIMALS, AND IN WHAT PART THERE ARE TWO LIVERS FOUND.

CHAP. 74.—THE GALL; WHERE SITUATE, AND IN WHAT ANIMALS IT IS DOUBLE. ANIMALS WHICH HAVE NO GALL, AND OTHERS IN WHICH IT IS NOT SITUATE IN THE LIVER.

CHAP. 75.—THE PROPERTIES OF THE GALL.

CHAP. 76.—IN WHAT ANIMALS THE LIVER INCREASES AND DE- CREASES WITH THE MOON. OBSERVATIONS OF THE ARUSPICES RELATIVE THERETO, AND REMARKABLE PRODIGIES.

CHAP. 77.—THE DIAPHRAGM. THE NATURE OF LAUGHTER.

CHAP. 78.—THE BELLY: ANIMALS WHICH HAVE NO BELLY. WHICH ARE THE ONLY ANIMALS THAT VOMIT.

CHAP. 79.—THE SMALL GUTS, THE FRONT INTESTINES, THE ANUS, THE COLON. THE CAUSES OF THE INSATIATE VORACITY OF CER- TAIN ANIMALS.

CHAP. 80.—THE OMENTUM: THE SPLEEN; ANIMALS WHICH ABE WITHOUT IT.

CHAP. 81.—THE KIDNEYS: ANIMALS WHICH HAVE FOUR KID- NEYS. ANIMALS WHICH HAVE NONE.

CHAP. 82.—THE BREAST: THE RIBS.

CHAP. 83.—THE BLADDER: ANIMALS WHICH HAVE NO BLADDER.

CHAP. 84.—THE WOMB: THE WOMB OF THE SOW: THE TEARS.

CHAP. 85.—ANIMALS WHICH HAVE SUET: ANIMALS WHICH DO NOT GROW FAT.

CHAP. 86.—THE MARROW: ANIMALS WHICH HAVE NO MARROW.

CHAP. 87.—BONES AND FISH-BONES: ANIMALS WHICH HAVE NEITHER. CARTILAGES.

CHAP. 88.—THE NERVE: ANIMALS WHICH HAVE NONE.

CHAP. 89.—THE ARTERIES; THE VEINS: ANIMALS WITHOUT ARTERIES OR VEINS. THE BLOOD AND THE SWEAT.

CHAP. 90. (38.)—ANIMALS, THE BLOOD OF WHICH COAGULATES WITH THE GREATEST RAPIDITY: OTHER ANIMALS, THE BLOOD OF WHICH DOES NOT COAGULATE. ANIMALS WHICH HAVE THE THICKEST BLOOD: THOSE THE BLOOD OF WHICH IS THE THINNEST: ANIMALS WHICH HAVE NO BLOOD.

CHAP. 91.—ANIMALS WHICH ARE WITHOUT BLOOD AT CERTAIN PERIODS OF THE YEAR.

CHAP. 92. (39.)—WHETHER THE BLOOD IS THE PRINCIPLE OF LIFE.

CHAP. 93.—THE HIDE OF ANIMALS.

CHAP. 94.—THE HAIR AND THE COVERING OF THE SKIN.

CHAP. 95.—THE PAPS: BIRDS THAT HAVE PAPS. REMARKABLE FACT'S CONNECTED WITH THE DUGS OF ANIMALS.

CHAP. 96. (41.)—THE MILK: THE BIESTINGS. CHEESE; OF WHAT MILK CHEESE CANNOT BE MADE. RENNET; THE VARIOUS KINDS OF ALIMENT IN MILK.

CHAP. 97. (42.)—VARIOUS KINDS OF CHEESE.

CHAP. 98. (43.)—DIFFERENCES OF THE MEMBERS OF MAN FROM THOSE OF OTHER ANIMALS.

CHAP. 99.—THE FINGERS, THE ARMS.

CHAP. 100. (44.)—RESEMBLANCE OF THE APE TO MAN.

CHAP. 101. (45.)—THE NAILS.

CHAP. 102.—THE KNEES AND THE HAMS.

CHAP. 103.—PARTS OF THE HUMAN BODY TO WHICH CERTAIN RELIGIOUS IDEAS ARE ATTACHED.

CHAP. 104.—VARICOSE VEINS.

CHAP. 105.—THE GAIT, THE FEET, THE LEGS.

CHAP. 106. (46.)—HOOFS.

CHAP. 107. (47.)—THE FEET OF BIRDS.

CHAP. 108. (48.)—THE FEET OF ANIMALS, FROM THOSE HAVING TWO FEET TO THOSE WITH A HUNDRED.—DWARFS.

CHAP. 109.—THE SEXUAL PARTS.—HERMAPHRODITES.

CHAP. 110.—THE TESTES—THE THREE CLASSES OF EUNUCHS.

CHAP. 111. (50.)—TE TAILS OF ANIMALS.

CHAP. 112. (51.)—THE DIFFERENT VOICES OF ANIMALS.

CHAP. 113. (52.)—SUPERFLUOUS LIMBS.

CHAP. 114.—SIGNS OF VITALITY AND OF THE MORAL DISPOSITION OF MAN, FROM THE LIMBS.

CHAP. 115. (53.)—RESPIRATION AND NUTRIMENT.

CHAP. 116.—ANIMALS WHICH WHEN FED UPON POISON DO NOT DIE, AND THE FLESH OF WHICH IS POISONOUS.

CHAP. 117.—REASONS FOR INDIGESTION. REMEDIES FOR CRUDITY.

CHAP. 118.—FROM WHAT CAUSES CORPULENCE ARISES; HOW IT MAY BE REDUCED.

CHAP. 119.—WHAT THINGS, BY MERELY TASTING OF THEM, ALLAY HUNGER AND THIRST.

BOOK XII. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF TREES

CHAP. 1.—THE HONOURABLE PLACE OCCUPIED BY TREES IN THE SYSTEM OF NATURE.

CHAP. 2. (1.)—THE EARLY HISTORY OF TREES.

CHAP. 3.—EXOTIC TREES. WHEN THE PLANE-TREE FIRST APPEARED IN ITALY, AND WHENCE IT CAME.

CHAP. 4.—THE NATURE OF THE PLANE-TREE.

CHAP. 5.—REMARKABLE FACTS CONNECTED WITH THE PLANE-TREE.

CHAP. 6. (2.)—THE CHAMÆPLATANUS. WHO WAS THE FIRST TO CLIP GREEN SHRUBS.

CHAP. 7. (3.)—HOW THE CITRON IS PLANTED.

CHAP. 8. (4.)—THE TREES OF INDIA.

CHAP. 9.—WHEN EBONY WAS FIRST SEEN AT ROME. THE VARIOUS KINDS OF EBONY.

CHAP. 10. (5.)—THE INDIAN THORN.

CHAP. 11.—THE INDIAN FIG.

CHAP. 12. (6.)—THE PALA: THE FRUIT CALLED ARIENA.

CHAP. 13.—INDIAN TREES, THE NAMES OF WHICH ARE UNKNOWN. INDIAN TREES WHICH BEAR FLAX.

CHAP. 14. (7.)—THE PEPPER-TREE.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF PEPPER—BREGMA—ZINGIBERI, OR ZIMPIBERI.

CHAP. 15.—CARYOPHYLLON, LYCION, AND THE CHIRONIAN PYXACANTHUS.

CHAP. 16. (8.)—MACIR.

CHAP. 17.—SUGAR.

CHAP. 18.—TREES OF ABIANA, GEDROSIA, AND HYRCANIA.

CHAP. 19. (9.)—TREES OF BACTRIANA, BDELLIUM, OR BROCHON, OTHERWISE MALACHA, OR MALDACON, SCORDASTUM. ADULTERATIONS USED IN ALL SPICES AND AROMATICS; THE VARIOUS TESTS OF THEM AND THEIR RESPECTIVE VALUES.

CHAP. 20.—TREES OF PERSIS.

CHAP. 21. (10.)—TREES OF THE ISLANDS OF THE PERSIAN SEA. THE COTTON TREE.

CHAP. 22.—THE TREE CALLED CYNA. TREES FROM WHICH FABRICS FOR CLOTHING ARE MADE IN THE EAST.

CHAP. 23.—A COUNTRY WHERE THE TREES NEVER LOSE THEIR LEAVES.

CHAP. 24.—THE VARIOUS USEFUL PRODUCTS OF TREES.

CHAP. 25. (12.)—COSTUS.

CHAP. 26.—NARD. THE TWELVE VARIETIES OF THE PLANT.

CHAP. 27. (13.)—ASARUM, OR FOAL-FOOT.

CHAP. 28.—AMOMUM.—AMOMIS.

CHAP. 29.—CARDAMOMUM.

CHAP. 30.—THE COUNTRY OF FRANKINCENSE.

CHAP. 31.—THE TREES THAT BEAR FRANKINCENSE.

CHAP. 32.—VARIOUS KINDS OF FRANKINCENSE.

CHAP. 33. (15.)—MYRRH.

CHAP. 34.—THE TREES WHICH PRODUCE MYRRH.

CHAP. 35.—THE NATURE AND VARIOUS KINDS OF MYRRH.

CHAP. 36. (17.)—MASTICH.

CHAP. 37.—LADANUM AND STOBOLON.

CHAP. 38.—ENHÆMON.

CHAP. 39.—THE TREE CALLED BRATUS.

CHAP. 40.—THE TREE CALLED STOBRUM.

CHAP. 41. (18.)—WHY ARABIA WAS CALLED "HAPPY."

CHAP. 42. (19.)—CINNAMOMUM.

XYLOCINNAMUM.

CHAP. 43.—CASSIA.

CHAP. 44.—CANCAMUM AND TARUM.

CHAP. 45. (21.)—SERICHATUM AND GABALIUM.

CHAP. 46.—MYROBALANUM.

CHAP. 47. (22.)—PHŒNICOBALANUS.

CHAP. 48.—THE SWEET-SCENTED CALAMUS;

THE SWEET-SCENTED RUSH.

CHAP. 49.—HAIMONIACUM.

CHAP. 50.—SPHAGNOS.

CHAP. 51.—CYPROS.

CHAP. 52.—ASPALATHOS, OR ERYSISCEPTRUM.

CHAP. 53.—MARON.

CHAP. 54. (25.)—BALSAMUM; OPOBALSAMUM; AND XYLOBAL- SAMUM.

CHAP. 55.—STORAX.

CHAP. 56.—GALBANUM.

CHAP. 57. (26.)—PANAX.

CHAP. 58.—SPONDYLIUM.

CHAP. 59.—MALOBATHRUM.

CHAP. 60. (27.)—OMPHACIUM.

CHAP. 61. (28.)—BRYON, ŒNANTHE, AND MASSARIS.

CHAP. 62.—ELATE OR SPATHE.

CHAP. 63.—CINNAMON OR COMACUM.

BOOK XIII. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF EXOTIC TREES, AND AN

BOOK XIII. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF EXOTIC TREES, AND AN ACCOUNT OF UNGUENTS.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—UNGUENTS—AT WHAT PERIOD THEY WERE FIRST INTRODUCED.

CHAP. 2.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF UNGUENTS—TWELVE PRIN- CIPAL COMPOSITIONS.

CHAP. 3.—DIAPASMA, MAGMA; THE MODE OF TESTING UNGUENTS.

CHAP. 4. (3.)—THE EXCESSES TO WHICH LUXURY HAS RUN IN UNGUENTS.

CHAP. 5.—WHEN UNGUENTS WERE FIRST USED BY THE ROMANS.

CHAP. 6.—THE PALM-TREE.

CHAP. 7.—THE NATURE OF THE PALM-TREE.

CHAP. 8.—HOW THE PALM-TREE IS PLANTED.

CHAP. 9.—THE DIFFERENT VARIETIES OF PALM-TREES, AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS.

CHAP. 10. (5.)—THE TREES OF SYRIA: THE PISTACIA, THE COT- TANA, THE DAMASCENA, AND THE MYXA.

CHAP. 11.—THE CEDAR. TREES WHICH HAVE ON THEM THE FRUIT OF THREE YEARS AT ONCE.

CHAP. 12. (6.)—THE TEREBINTH.

CHAP. 13.—THE SUMACH-TREE.

CHAP. 14. (7.)—THE TREES OF EGYPT. THE FIG-TREE OF ALEXANDRIA.

CHAP. 15.—THE FIG-TREE OF CYPRUS.

CHAP. 16. (8.)—THE CAROB-TREE.

CHAP. 17. (9.)—THE PERSIAN TREE. IN WHAT TREES THE FRUITS GERMINATE THE ONE BELOW THE OTHER.

CHAP. 18.—THE CUCUS.

CHAP. 19.—THE EGYPTIAN THORN.

CHAP. 20. (11.)—NINE KINDS OF GUM. THE SARCOCOLLA.

CHAP. 21.—THE PAPYRUS: THE USE OF PAPER; WHEN IT WAS FIRST INVENTED.

CHAP. 22.—THE MODE OF MAKING PAPER.

CHAP. 23. (12)—THE NINE DIFFERENT KINDS OF PAPER.

CHAP. 24.—THE MODE OF TESTING THE GOODNESS OF PAPER.

CHAP. 25.—THE PECULIAR DEFECTS IN PAPER.

CHAP. 26.—THE PASTE USED IN THE PREPARATION OF PAPER.

CHAP. 27. (13.)—THE BOOKS OF NUMA.

CHAP. 28. (14.)—THE TREES OF ÆTHIOPIA.

CHAP. 29. (15.)—THE TREES OF MOUNT ATLAS. THE CITRUS, AND THE TABLES MADE OF THE WOOD THEREOF.

CHAP. 30.—THE POINTS THAT ARE DESIRABLE OR OTHERWISE IN THESE TABLES.

CHAP. 31.—THE CITRON-TREE.

CHAP. 32. (17.)—THE LOTUS.

CHAP. 33. (19.)—THE TREES OF CYENAICA. THE PALIURUS.

CHAP. 34.—NINE VARIETIES OF THE PUNIC APPLE. BALAUSTIUM.

CHAP. 35. (20.)—THE TREES OF ASIA AND GREECE; THE EPIPACTIS, THE ERICA, THE CNIDIAN GRAIN OR THYMELÆA, PYROSACHNE, CNESTRON, OR CNEORON.

CHAP. 36.—THE TRAGION: TRAGACANTHE.

CHAP. 37.—THE TRAGOS OR SCORPIO; THE MYRICA OR BRYA; THE OSTRYS.

CHAP. 38. (22.)—THE EUONYMOS.

CHAP. 39.—THE TREE CALLED EON.

CHAP. 40.—THE ANDRACHLE.

CHAP. 41.—THE COCCYGIA; THE APHARCE.

CHAP. 42.—THE FERULA.

CHAP. 43.—THE THAPSIA.

CHAP. 44. (23.)—THE CAPPARIS OR CYNOSBATON, OTHERWISE OPHIOSTAPHYLE.

CHAP. 45.—THE SARIPHA.

CHAP. 46. (24.)—THE ROYAL THORN.

CHAP. 47.—THE CYTISUS.

CHAP. 48. (25.)—THE TREES AND SHRUBS OF THE MEDITER- RANEAN. THE PHYCOS, PRASON, OR ZOSTER.

CHAP. 49.—THE SEA BRYON.

CHAP. 50.—PLANTS OF THE RED SEA.

CHAP. 51.—PLANTS OF THE INDIAN SEA.

CHAP. 52.—THE PLANTS OF THE TROGLODYTIC SEA; THE HAIR OF ISIS: THE CHARITO-BLEPHARON.

BOOK XIV. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE FRUIT TREES.

CHAPS. 1 & 2. (1.)—THE NATURE OF THE VINE. ITS MODE OF FRUCTIFICATION.

CHAP. 3.–THE NATURE OF THE GRAPE, AND THE CULTIVATION OF THE VINE.

CHAP. 4. (2.)—NINETY-ONE VARIETIES OF THE VINE.

CHAP. 5. (4.)—REMARKABLE FACTS CONNECTED WITH THE CULTURE OF THE VINE.

CHAP. 6.—THE MOST ANCIENT WINES.

CHAP. 7. (5.)—THE NATURE OF WINES.

CHAP. 8. (6.)—FIFTY KINDS OF GENEROUS WINES.

CHAP. 9. (7.)—THIRTY-EIGHT VARIETIES OF FOREIGN WINES.

CHAP. 10. (8.)—SEVEN KINDS OF SALTED WINES.

CHAP. 11. (9.)—EIGHTEEN VARIETEIS OF SWEET WINE. RAISIN-WINE AND HEPSEMA.

CHAP. 12. (10.)—THREE VARIETIES OF SECOND-RATE WINE.

CHAP. 13. (11.)—AT WHAT PERIOD GENEROUS WINES WERE FIRST COMMONLY MADE IN ITALY.

CHAP. 14. (12.)—THE INSPECTION OF WINE ORDERED BY KING ROMULUS.

CHAP. 15.—WINES DRUNK BY THE ANCIENT ROMANS.

CHAP. 16. (14.)—SOME REMARKABLE FACTS CONNECTED WITH WINE-LOFTS. THE OPIMIAN WINE.

CHAP. 17.—AT WHAT PERIOD FOUR KINDS OF WINE WERE FIRST SERVED AT TABLE.

CHAP. 18. (16.)—THE USES OF THE WILD VINE. WHAT JUICES ARE NATURALLY THE COLDEST OF ALL.

CHAP. 19.—SIXTY-SIX VARIETIES OF ARTIFICIAL WINE.

CHAP. 20. (1 7.)—HYDROMELI, OR MELICRATON.

CHAP. 21.—OXYMELI.

CHAP. 22. (18.)—TWELVE KINDS OF WINE WITH MIRACULOUS PROPERTIES.

CHAP. 23. (19.)—WHAT WINES IT IS NOT LAWFUL TO USE IN THE SACRED RITES.

CHAP. 24.—How MUST IS USUALLY PREPARED.

CHAP. 25. (20.)—PITH AND RESIN.

CHAP. 26.—VINEGAR-LEES OF WINE.

CHAP. 27. (21.)—WINE-VESSELS—WINE-CELLARS.

CHAP. 28. (22.)—DRUNKENNESS.

CHAP. 29.—LIQUORS WITH THE STRENGTH OF WINE MADE FROM WATER AND CORN.

BOOK XV. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE FRUIT-TREES.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE OLIVE.—HOW LONG IT EXISTED ONLY IN GREECE. AT WHAT PERIOD IT WAS FIRST INTRODUCED INTO ITALY, SPAIN, AND AFRICA.

CHAP. 2.—THE NATURE OF THE OLIVE, AND OF NEW OLIVE OIL.

CHAP. 3. (2.)—OLIVE OIL: THE COUNTRIES IN WHICH IT IS PRODUCED, AND ITS VARIOUS QUALITIES.

CHAP. 4.—FIFTEEN VARIETIES OF OLIVES.

CHAP. 5. (4.)—THE NATURE OF OLIVE OIL.

CHAP. 6. (5.)—THE CULTURE OF THE OLIVE: ITS MODE OF PRESERVATION. THE METHOD OF MAKING OLIVE OIL.

CHAP. 7. (7.)—FORTY-EIGHT VARIETIES OF ARTIFICIAL OILS. THE CICUS-TREE OR CROTON, OR SILI, OR SESAMUM.

CHAP. 8. (8.)—AMURCA.

CHAP. 9. (9.)—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF FRUIT-TREES AND THEIR NATURES. FOUR VARIETIES OF PINE-NUTS.

CHAP. 10. (11.)—THE QUINCE. FOUR KINDS OF CYDONIA, AND FOUR VARIETIES OF THE STRUTHEA.

CHAP. 11.—SIX VARIETIES OF THE PEACH.

CHAP. 12. (13).—TWELVE KINDS OF PLUMS.

CHAP. 13.—THE PEACH.

CHAP. 14. (14.)—THIRTY DIFFERENT KINDS OF POMES. AT WHAT PERIOD FOREIGN FRUITS WERE FIRST INTRODUCED INTO ITALY, AND WHENCE.

CHAP. 15.—THE FRUITS THAT HAVE BEEN MOST RECENTLY INTRODUCED.

CHAP. 16. (15.)—FORTY-ONE VARIETIES OF THE PEAR.

CHAP. 17.—VARIOUS METHODS OF GRAFTING TREES. EXPIATIONS FOR LIGHTNING.

CHAP. 18. (16.)—THE MODE OF KEEPING VARIOUS FRUITS AND GRAPES.

CHAP. 19. (18.)—TWENTY-NINE VARIETIES OF THE FIG.

CHAP. 20.—HISTORICAL ANECDOTES CONNECTED WITH THE FIG.

CHAP. 21.—CAPRIFICATION.

CHAP. 22. (20.)—THREE VARIETIES OF THE MEDLAR.

CHAP. 23. (21).—FOR VARIETIES OF THE SORB.

CHAP. 24. (22.)—NINE VARIETIES OF THE NUT.

CHAP. 25. (23.)—EIGHTEEN VARIETIES OF THE CHESNUT.

CHAP. 26. (24.)—THE CAROB.

CHAP. 27.—TE FLESHY FRUITS. THE MULBERRY.

CHAP. 28.—THE FRUIT OF THE ARBUTUS.

CHAP. 29.—THE RELATIVE NATURES OF BERRY FRUITS.

CHAP. 30. (25.)—NINE VARIETIES OF THE CHERRY.

CHAP. 31. (26.)—THE CORNEL. THE LENTISK.

CHAP. 32. (27.)—THIRTEEN DIFFERENT FLAVOURS OF JUICES.

CHAP. 33. (28.)—THE COLOUR AND SMELL OF JUICES.

CHAP. 34.—THE VARIOUS NATURES OF FRUIT.

CHAP. 35. (29).—THE MYRTLE.

CHAP. 36.—HISTORICAL ANECDOTES RELATIVE TO THE MYRTLE.

CHAP. 37.—ELEVEN VARIETIES OF THE MYRTLE.

CHAP. 38.—THE MYRTLE USED AT ROME IN OVATIONS.

CHAP. 39. (30.)—THE LAUREL; THIRTEEN VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 40.—HISTORICAL ANECDOTES CONNECTED WITH THE LAUREL.

BOOK XVI. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE FOREST TREES. CHAP. I.—COUNTRIES THAT HAVE NO TREES.

BOOK XVI. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE FOREST TREES.

CHAP. I.—COUNTRIES THAT HAVE NO TREES.

CHAP. 2.—WONDERS CONNECTED WITH TREES IN THE NORTHERN REGIONS.

CHAP. 3. (4.)—THE ACORN OAK. THE CIVIC CROWN.

CHAP. 4.—THE ORIGIN OF THE PRESENTATION OF CROWNS.

CHAP. 5.—PERSONS PRESENTED WITH A CROWN OF LEAVES.

CHAP. 6. (5.)—THIRTEEN VARIETIES OF THE ACORN.

CHAP. 7. (6.)—THE BEECH.

CHAP. 8.—THE OTHER ACORNS-WOOD FOR FUEL.

CHAP. 9.—THE GALL-NUT.

CHAP. 10.—OTHER PRODUCTIONS ON THESE TREES BESIDES THE ACORN.

CHAP. 11. (8.)—CACHRYS.

CHAP. 12.—THE KERMES BERRY.

CHAP. 13.—AGARIC.

CHAP. 14. (9.)—TREES OF WHICH THE BARK IS USED.

CHAP. 15. (10.)—SHINGLES.

CHAP. 16.—THE PINE.

CHAP. 17.—THE PINASTER.

CHAP. 18.—THE PITCH-TREE: THE FIR.

CHAP. 19.—THE LARCH: THE TORCH-TREE.

CHAP. 20.—THE YEW.

CHAP. 21. (11.)—METHODS OF MAKING TAR—HOW CEDRIUM IS MADE.

CHAP. 22.—METHODS BY WHICH THICK PITCH IS PREPARED.

CHAP. 23. (12.)—HOW THE RESIN CALLED ZOPISSA IS PREPARED.

CHAP. 24. (13.)—TREES THE WOOD OF WHICH IS HIGHLY VALUED. FOUR VARIETIES OF THE ASH.

CHAP. 25. (14.)—TWO VARIETIES OF THE LINDEN-TREE.

CHAP. 26. (15.)—TEN VARIETIES OF THE MAPLE.

CHAP. 27. (16.)—BERUSCUM: MOLLUSCUM; THE STAPHYLODENDRON.

CHAP. 28.—THREE VARIETIES OF THE BOX-TREE.

CHAP. 29. (17.)—FOUR VARIETIES OF THE ELM.

CHAP. 30. (18.)—THE, NATURES OF THE VARIOUS TREES ACCORDING TO THEIR LOCALITIES: THE MOUNTAIN TREES, AND THE TREES OF THE PLAIN.

CHAP. 31.—TREES WHICH GROW ON A DRY SOIL: THOSE WHICH ARE FOUND IN WET LOCALITIES: THOSE WHICH ARE FOUND IN BOTH INDIFFERENTLY.

CHAP. 32. (19.)—DIVISION OF TREES INTO VARIOUS SPECIES.

CHAP. 33. (20.)—TREES WHICH DO NOT LOSE THEIR FOLIAGE. THE RHODODOENDRON. TREES WHICH DO NOT LOSE THE WHOLE OF THEIR FOLIAGE. PLACES IN WHICH THERE ARE NO TREES.

CHAP. 34. (22.)—THE NATURE OF THE LEAVES WHICH WITHER AND FALL.

CHAP. 35.—TREES WHICH HAVE LEAVES OF VARIOUS COLOURS; TREES WITH LEAVES OF VARIOUS SHAPES. THREE VARIETIES OF THE POPLAR.

CHAP. 36.—LEAVES WHICH TURN ROUND EVERY YEAR.

CHAP. 37.—THE CARE BESTOWED ON THE LEAVES OF THE PALM, AND THE USES TO WHICH THEY ARE APPLIED.

CHAP. 38.—REMARKABLE FACTS CONNECTED WITH LEAVES.

CHAP. 39. (25.)—THE NATURAL ORDER OF THE PRODUCTION OF PLANTS.

CHAP. 40.—TREES WHICH NEVER BLOSSOM. THE JUNIPER

CHAP. 41.—THE FECUNDATION OF TREES. GERMINATION: THE APPEARANCE OF THE FRUIT.

CHAP. 42.—IN WHAT ORDER THE TREES BLOSSOM.

CHAP. 43. (26.)—AT WHAT PERIOD EACH TREE BEARS FRUIT. THE CORNEL.

CHAP. 44.—TREES WHICH BEAR THE WHOLE YEAR. TREES WHICH HAVE ON THEM THE FRUIT OF THREE YEARS.

CHAP. 45.—TREES WHICH BEAR NO FRUIT: TREES LOOKED UPON AS ILL-OMENED.

CHAP. 46.—TREES WHICH LOSE THEIR FRUIT OR FLOWERS MOST READILY.

CHAP. 47.—TREES WHICH ARE UNPRODUCTIVE IN CERTAIN PLACES.

CHAP. 48.—THE MODE IN WHICH TREES BEAR.

CHAP. 49.—TREES IN WHICH THE FRUIT APPEARS BEFORE THE LEAVES.

CHAP. 50. (27.)—TREES THAT BEAR TWO CROPS IN A YEAR. TREES THAT BEAR THREE CROPS.

CHAP. 51.—WHICH TREES BECOME OLD WITH THE GREATEST RAPIDITY, AND WHICH MOST SLOWLY.

CHAP. 52.—TREES WHICH BEAR VARIOUS PRODUCTS. CRATÆGUM.

CHAP. 53.—DIFFERENCES IN TREES IN RESPECT OF THE TRUNKS AND BRANCHES.

CHAP. 54.—THE BRANCHES OF TREES.

CHAP. 55. (31.)—THE BARK OF TREES.

CHAP. 56.—THE ROOTS OF TREES.

CHAP. 57.—TREES WHICH HAVE GROWN SPONTANEOUSLY FROM THE GROUND.

CHAP. 58.—HOW TREES GROW SPONTANEOUSLY—DIVERSITIES IN THEIR NATURE, THE SAME TREES NOT GROWING EVERYWHERE.

CHAP. 59.—PLANTS THAT WILL NOT GROW IN CERTAIN PLACES.

CHAP. 60. (33.)—THE CYPRESS.

CHAP. 61.—THAT THE EARTH OFTEN BEARS PRODUCTIONS WHICH IT HAS NEVER BORNE BEFORE.

CHAP. 62. (34.)—THE IVY-TWENTY VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 63. (35.)—THE SMILAX.

CHAP. 64. (36.)—WATER PLANTS: THE RUSH: TWENTY-EIGHT VARIETIES OF THE REED.

CHAP. 65.—REEDS USED FOR ARROWS, AND FOR THE PURPOSE OF WRITING.

CHAP. 60.—FLUTE REEDS: TET REEDOF ORCHOMENTFS; REEDS USED FOR FOWLING AND FISHING.

CHAP. 67.—THE VINE-DRESSERS' REED.

CHAP. 68.—THE WILLOW: EIEGT VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 69.—TREES IN ADDITION TO THE WILLOW, WHICH ARE OF USE IN MAKING WITHES.

CHAP. 70.—RUSHES: CANDLE-RUSHES: RUSHES FOR THATCHING.

CHAP. 71.—THE ELDER: THE BRAMBLE.

CHAP. 72. (38.)—THE JUICES OF TREES.

CHAP. 73.—TE VEINS AND FIBRES OF TREES.

CHAP. 74.—THE FELLING OF TREES.

CHAP. 75.—TE OPINION OF CATO ON THE FELLING OF TIMBER.

CHAP. 76.—THE SIZE OF TREES: THE NATURE OF WOOD: THE SAPPINUS.

CHAP. 77.—METHODS OF OBTAINING FIRE FROM WOOD.

CHAP. 78.—TREES WHICH ARE PROOF AGAINST DECAY: TREES WHICH NEVER SPLIT.

CHAP. 79.—HISTORICAL FACTS CONNECTED WITH THE DURABILITY OF WOOD.

CHAP. 80. (41.)—VARIETIES OF THE TEREDO.

CHAP. 81. (42.)—THE WOODS USED IN BUILDING.

CHAP. 82.—CARPENTERS' WOODS.

CHAP. 83. (43.)—WOODS UNITED WITH GLUE.

CHAP. 8.—VENEERING.

CHAP. 85. (44.)—THE AGE OF TREES. A TREE THAT WAS PLANTED BY THE FIRST SCIPIO AFRICANUS. A TREE AT ROME FIVE HUNDRED YEARS OLD.

CHAP. 86.—TREES AS OLD AS THE CITY.

CHAP. 87.—TREES IN THE SUBURBAN DISTRICTS OLDER THAN THE CITY.

CHAP. 88.—TREES PLANTED BY AGAMEMNON THE FIRST YEAR OF THE TROJAN WAR: OTHER TREES WHICH DATE FROM THE TIME THAT THE PLACE WAS CALLED ILIUM, ANTERIOR TO THE TROJAN WAR.

CHAP. 89.—TREES PLANTED AT ARGOS BY HERCULES: OTHERS PLANTED BY APOLLO. A TREE MORE ANCIENT THAN ATHENS ITSELF.

CHAP. 90.—TREES WHICH ARE THE MOST SHORT-LIVED.

CHAP. 91.—TREES THAT HAVE BEEN RENDERED FAMOUS BY REMARKABLE EVENTS.

CHAP. 92.—PLANTS THAT HAVE NO PECULIAR SPOT FOR THEIR GROWTH: OTHERS THAT GROW UPON TREES, AND WILL NOT GROW IN THE GROUND. NINE VARIETIES OF THEM: CADYTAS, POLYPODION, PHAULIAS, HIPPOPHÆSTON.

CHAP. 93.—THREE VARIETIES OF MISTLETOE. THE NATURE OF MISTLETOE AND SIMILAR PLANTS.

CHAP. 94.—THE METHOD OF MAKING BIRDLIME.

CHAP. 95.—HISTORICAL FACTS CONNECTED WITH THE MISTLETOE.

BOOK XVII. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE CULTIVATED TREES.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—TREES WHICH HAVE BEEN SOLD AT ENORMOUS PRICES.

CHAP. 2. (2.)—THE INFLUENCE OF WEATHER UPON THE TREES: WHAT IS THE PROPER SITUATION FOR THE VINE.

CHAP. 3.—WHAT SOILS ARE TO BE CONSIDERED THE BEST.

CHAP. 4. (6.)—THE EIGHT KINDS OF EARTH BOASTED OF BY THE GAULS AND GREEKS.

CHAP. 5. (9.)—THE EMPLOYMENT OF ASHES.

CHAP. 6.—MANURE.

CHAP. 7.—COPS WHICH TEND TO IMPROVE THE LAND: CROPS WHICH EXHAUST IT.

CHAP. 8.—THE PROPER MODE OF USING MANURE.

CHAP. 9. (10.)—THE MODES IN WHICH TREES BEAR.

CHAP. 10.—PLANTS WHICH ARE PROPAGATED BY SEED.

CHAP. 11.—TREES WHICH NEVER DEGENERATE.

CHAP. 12.—PROPAGATION BY SUCKERS.

CHAP. 13.—PROPAGATION BY SLIPS AND CUTTINGS.

CHAP. 14.—SEED-PLOTS.

CHAP. 15.—THE MODE OF PROPAGATING THE ELM.

CHAP. 16.—THE HOLES FOR TRANSPLANTING.

CHAP. 17. (12.)—THE INTERVALS TO BE LEFT BETWEEN TREES.

CHAP. 18.—THE NATURE OF THE SAD THROWN BY TREES.

CHAP. 19.—THE DROPPINGS OF WATER FROM THE LEAVES.

CHAP. 20. (13.)—TREES WHICH GROW BUT SLOWLY: THOSE WHICH GROW WITH RAPIDITY.

CHAP. 21.—TREES PROPAGATED FROM LAYERS.

CHAP. 22. (14.)—GRAFTING: THE FIRST DISCOVERY OF IT.

CHAP. 23.—INOCULATION OR BUDDING.

CHAP. 24.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF GRAFTING.

CHAP. 25.—GRAFTING THE VINE.

CHAP. 26. (16 )—GRAFTING BY SUTCHEONS.

CHAP. 27.—PLANTS WHICH GROW FROM A BRANCH.

CHAP. 28.—TREES WHICH GROW FROM CUTTINGS; THE MODE OF PLANTING THEM.

CHAP. 29. (18.)—THE CULTIVATION OF THE OLIVE.

CHAP. 30.—TRANSPLANTING OPERATIONS AS DISTRIBUTED THROUGHOUT THE VARIOUS SEASONS OF THE YEAR.

CHAP. 31.—CLEANING AND BARING THE ROOTS, AND MOULDING THEM.

CHAP. 32. (20.)—WILLOW-BEDS.

CHAP. 33.—REED-BEDS

CHAP. 34.—OTHER PLANTS THAT ARE CUT FOR POLES AND STAKES.

CHAP. 35. (21.)—THE CULTURE OF THE VINE AND THE VARIOUS SHRUBS WHICH SUPPORT IT.

CHAP. 36.—HOW GRAPES ARE PROTECTED FROM THE RAVAGES OF INSECTS.

CHAP. 37.—THE DISEASES OF TREES.

CHAP. 38. (25.)—PRODIGIES CONNECTED WITH TREES.

CHAP. 39. (26.)—TREATMENT OF THE DISEASES OF TREES.

CHAP. 40.—METHODS OF IRRIGATION.

CHAP. 41.—REMARKABLE FACTS CONNECTED WITH IRRIGATION.

CHAP. 42. (27.)—-INCISIONS MADE IN TREES.

CHAP. 43.—OTHER REMEDIES FOR THE DISEASES OF TREES.

CHAP. 44.—CAPRIFICATION, AND PARTICULARS CONNECTED WITH THE FIG.

CHAP. 45.—ERRORS THAT MAY BE COMMITTED IN PRUNING.

CHAP. 46.—THE PROPER MODE OF MANURING TREES.

CHAP. 47.—-MEDICAMENTS FOR TREES.

BOOK XVIII. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF GRAIN. CHAP. 1. (1.)—TASTE OF THE ANCIENTS FOR AGRICULTURE.

BOOK XVIII. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF GRAIN.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—TASTE OF THE ANCIENTS FOR AGRICULTURE.

CHAP. 2. (2.)—WHEN THE FIRST WREATHS OF CORN WERE USED AT ROME.

CHAP. 3. (3.—THE JUGERUM OF LAND.

CHAP. 4.—HOW OFTEN AND ON WHAT OCCASIONS CORN HAS SOLD AT A REMARKABLY LOW PRICE.

CHAP. 5.—ILLUSTRIOUS MEN WHO HAVE WRITTEN UPON AGRICULTURE.

CHAP. 6.—POINTS TO BE OBSERVED IN BUYING LAND.

CHAP. 7. (6.)—THE PROPER ARRANGEMENTS FOR A FARM-HOUSE.

CHAP. 8.—MAXIMS OF THE ANCIENTS ON AGRICULTURE.

CHAP. 9. (7.)—THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF GRAIN.

CHAP. 10.—THE HISTORY OF the VARIOUS KINDS OF GRAIN.

CHAP. 11.—SPELT.

CHAP. 12.—WHEAT.

CHAP. 13.—BARLEY: RICE.

CHAP. 14.—POLENTA.

CHAP. 15.—PTISAN.

CHAP. 16.—TRAGUM.

CHAP. 17.—AMYLUM.

CHAP. 18.—the NATURE OF BARLEY.

CHAP. 19. (8.)—ARINCA, AND OTHER KINDS OF GRAIN THAT ARE GROWN IN THE EAST.

CHAP. 20.—WINTER WHEAT. SIMILAGO, OR FINE FLOUR.

CHAP. 21.—THE FRUITFULNESS OF AFRICA IN WHEAT.

CHAP. 22.—SESAME. ERYSIMUM, OR IRIO. HORMINUTM.

CHAP. 23.—THE MODE OF GRINDING CORN.

CHAP. 24.—MILLET.

CHAP. 25.—PANIC.

CHAP. 26. (11)—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF LEAVEN.

CHAP. 27.—THE METHOD OF MAKING BREAD: ORIGIN OF THE ART.

CHAP. 28.—WHEN BAKERS WERE FIRST INTRODUCED AT ROME.

CHAP. 29.—ALTCA.

CHAP. 30. (12.)—THE LEGUMINOUS PLANTS: THE BEAN.

CHAP. 31.—LENTILS. PEASE.

CHAP. 32.—THE SEVERAL KINDS OF CHICK-PEASE.

CHAP. 33.—THE KIDNEY-BEAN.

CHAP. 34. (13.)—THE RAPE.

CHAP. 35.—THE TURNIP.

CHAP. 36. (14.)—THE LUPINE.

CHAP. 37. (15.)—THE VETCH.

CHAP. 38.—THE FITCH.

CHAP. 39. (16.)—SILICIA.

CHAP. 40.—SECALE OR ASIA.

CHAP. 41.—FARRAGO: THE CRACCA.

CHAP. 42.—OCINUM: ERVILIA.

CHAP. 43.—LUCERNE.

CHAP. 44. (17.)—the DISEASES OF GRAIN: THE OAT.

CHAP. 45.—THE BEST REMEDIES FOR THE DISEASES OF GRAIN.

CHAP. 46.—THE CROPS THAT SHOULD BE SOWN IN THE DIFFERENT SOILS.

CHAP. 47.—THE DIFFERENT SYSTEMS OF CULTIVATION EMPLOYED BY VARIOUS NATIONS.

CHAP. 48.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF PLOUGHS.

CHAP. 49. (19,)—THE MODE OF PLOUGHING.

CHAP. 50. (21.)—THE METHODS OF HARROWING, STUBBING, AND HOEING, EMPLOYED FOR EACH DESCRIPTION OF GRAIN. THE USE OF THE HARROW.

CHAP. 51. (22.)—EXTREME FERTILITY OF SOIL.

CHAP. 52. (23.)—THE METHOD OF SOWING MORE THAN ONCE IN THE YEAR.

CHAP. 53.—THE MANURING OF LAND.

CHAP. 54. (24.)—HOW TO ASCERTAIN THE QUALITY OF SEED.

CHAP. 55.—WHAT QUANTITY OF EACH KIND OF GRAIN IS REQUISlTE FOR SOWING A JUGEBRUM.

CHAP. 56.—THE PROPER TIMES FOR SOWING.

CHAP. 57. (25.)—ARRANGEMENT OF THE STARS ACCORDING TO THE TERRESTRIAL DAYS AND NIGHTS.

CHAP. 58.—THE RISING AND SETTING OF THE STARS.

CHAP. 59.—THE EPOCHS OF THE SEASONS.

CHAP. 60.—THE PROPER TIME FOR WINTER SOWING.

CHAP. 61.—WHEN TO SOW THE LEGUMINOUS PLANTS AND THE POPPY.

CHAP. 62.—WORK TO BE DONE IN THE COUNTRY IN EACH MONTH RESPECTIVELY.

CHAP. 63.—WORK TO BE DONE AT THE WINTER SOLSTICE.

CHAP. 64.—WORK TO BE DONE BETWEEN THE WINTER SOLSTICE AND THE PREVALENCE OF THE WEST WINDS.

CHAP. 65.—WORK TO BE DONE BETWEEN THE PREVALENCE OF THE WEST WINDS AND THE VERNAL EQUINOX.

CHAP. 66.—WORK TO BE DONE AFTER THE VERNAL EQUINOX.

CHAP. 67. (27.)—WORK TO BE DONE AFTER THE RISING OF THE VERGILIÆ: HAY-MAKING.

CHAP. 68.—THE SUMMER SOLSTICE.

CHAP. 69.—CAUSES OF STERILITY.

CHAP. 70.—REMEDIES AGAINST THESE NOXIOUS INFLUENCES.

CHAP. 71.—WORK TO BE DONE AFTER THE SUMMER SOLSTICE.

CHAP. 72. (30.)—THE HARVEST.

CHAP. 73—THE METHODS OF STORING CORN.

CHAP. 74. (31.)—THE VINTAGE, AND THE WORKS OF AUTUMN.

CHAP. 75. (32.)—THE REVOLUTIONS OF THE MOON.

CHAP. 76. (33.)—THE THEORY OF THE WINDS.

CHAP. 77. (34.)—THE LAYING OUT OF LANDS ACCORDING TO THE POINTS OF THE WIND.

CHAP. 78. (35.)—PROGNOSTICS DERIVED FROM THE SUN.

CHAP. 79.—PROGNOSTICS DERIVED FROM THE MOON.

CHAP. 80.—PROGNOSTICS DERIVED FROM THE STARS.

CHAP. 81.—PROGNOSTICS DERIVED FROM THUNDER.

CHAP. 82.—PROGNOSTICS DERIVED FROM CLOUDS.

CHAP. 83.—PROGNOSTICS DERIVED FROM MISTS.

CHAP. 84.—PROGNOSTICS DERIVED FROM FIRE KINDLED BY MAN.

CHAP. 85.—PROGNOSTICS DERIVED FROM WATER.

CHAP. 86.—PROGNOSTICS DERIVED FROM TEMPESTS THEMSELVES.

CHAP. 87.—PROGNOSTICS DERIVED FROM AQUATIC ANIMALS, AND BIRDS.

CHAP. 88.—PROGNOSTICS DERIVED FROM QUADRUPEDS.

CHAP. 89.—PROGNOSTICS DERIVED FROM PLANTS.

CHAP. 90.—PROGNOSTICS DERIVED FROM FOOD.

BOOK XIX.

THE NATURE AND CULTIVATION OF FLAX, AND AN ACCOUNT OF VARIOUS GARDEN PLANTS.

CHAP. 1.—THE NATURE OF FLAX—MARVELLOUS FACTS RELATIVE THERETO.

CHAP. 2. (1.)—HOW FLAX IS SOWN: TWENTY-SEVEN PRINCIPAL VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 3.—THE MODE OF PREPARING FLAX.

CHAP. 4.—LINEN MADE OF ASBESTOS.

CHAP. 5.—AT WHAT PERIOD LINEN WAS FIRST DYED.

CHAP. 6.—AT WHAT PERIOD COLOURED AWNINGS WERE FIRST EMPLOYED IN THE THEATRES.

CHAP. 7. (2.)—THE NATURE OF SPARTUM.

CHAP. 8.—THE MODE OF PREPARING SPARTUM.

CHAP. 9.—AT WHAT PERIOD SPARTUM WAS FIRST EMPLOYED.

CHAP. 10.—THE BULB ERIOPHORUS.

CHAP. 11.—PLANTS WHICH SPRING UP AND GROW WITHOUT A ROOT—PLANTS WHICH GROW, BUT CANNOT BE REPRODUCED FROM SEED.

CHAP. 12. (3.)—MISY; ITON; AND GERANION.

CHAP. 13.—PARTICULARS CONNECTED WITH THE TRUFFLE.

CHAP. 14.—THE PEZICA.

CHAP. 15.—LASERPITIUM, LASER, AND MASPETUM.

CHAP. 16.—MAGYDARIS.

CHAP. 17.—MADDER.

CHAP. 18.—THE RADICULA.

CHAP. 19. (4.)—THE PLEASURES OF THE GARDEN.

CHAP. 20.—THE LAYING OUT OF GARDEN GROUND.

CHAP. 21.—PLANTS OTHER THAN GRAIN AND SHRUBS.

CHAP. 22.—THE NATURAL HISTORY OF TWENTY DIFFERENT KINDS OF PLANTS WHICH GROW IN GARDENS—THE PROPER METHODS TO BE FOLLOWED IN SOWING THEM RESPECTIVELY.

CHAP. 23. (5.)—VEGETABLES OF A CARTILAGINOUS NATURE—CUCUMBERS. PEPONES.

CHAP. 24.—GOURDS.

CHAP. 25.—RAPE. TURNIPS.

CHAP. 26.—RADISHES.

CHAP. 27.—PARSNIPS.

CHAP. 28.—THE SKIRRET.

CHAP. 29.—ELECAMPANE.

CHAP. 30.—BULBS, SQUILLS, AND ARUM.

CHAP. 31. (6.)—THE ROOTS, FLOWERS, AND LEAVES OF ALL THESE PLANTS. GARDEN PLANTS WHICH LOSE THEIR LEAVES.

CHAP. 32.—VARIETIES OF THE ONION.

CHAP. 33.—THE LEEK.

CHAP. 34—GARLIC.

CHAP. 35. (7.)—THE NUMBER OF DAYS REQUIRED FOR THE RE- SPECTIVE PLANTS TO MAKE THEIR APPEARANCE ABOVE GROUND.

CHAP. 36.—THE NATURE OF THE VARIOUS SEEDS.

CHAP. 37.—PLANTS OF WHICH THERE IS BUT A SINGLE KIND PLANTS OF WHICH THERE ARE SEVERAL KINDS.

CHAP. 38.—THE NATURE AND VARIETIES OF TWENTY-THREE GARDEN PLANTS. THE LETTUCE; ITS DIFFERENT VARIETIES.

CHAP. 39.—ENDIVE.

CHAP. 40.—BEET: FOUR VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 41—CABBAGES; THE SEVERAL VARIETIES OF THEM.

CHAP. 42.—WILD AND CULTIVATED ASPARAGUS.

CHAP. 43.—THISTLES.

CHAP. 44.—OTHER PLANTS THAT ARE SOWN IN THE GARDEN: OCIMUM; ROCKET; AND NASTURTIUM.

CHAP. 45.—RUE.

CHAP. 46.—PARSLEY.

CHAP. 47.—MINT.

CHAP. 48.—OLUSATRUM.

CHAP. 49.—THE CARAWAY.

CHAP. 50.—LOVAGE.

CHAP. 51.—DITTANDER.

CHAP. 52.—GITH.

CHAP. 53.—THE POPPY.

CHAP. 54.—OTHER PLANTS WHICH REQUIRE TO BE SOWN AT THE AUTUMNAL EQUINOX.

CHAP. 55.—WILD THYME; SISYMBRIUM.

CHAP. 56. (9.)—FOUR KINDS OF FERULACEOUS PLANTS. HEMP.

CHAP. 57. (10.)—THE MALADIES OF GARDEN PLANTS.

CHAP. 58.—THE PROPER REMEDIES FOR THESE MALADIES. HOW ANTS ARE BEST DESTROYED. THE BEST REMEDIES AGAINST CATER- PILLARS AND FLIES.

CHAP. 59.—WHAT PLANTS ARE BENEFITTED BY SALT WATER.

CHAP. 60. (12.)—THE PROPER METHOD OF WATERING GARDENS.

CHAP. 61.—THE JUICES AND FLAVOURS OF GARDEN HERBS.

CHAP. 62.—PIPERITIS, LIBANOTIS, AND SMYRNIUM.

BOOK XX. CHAP. 1.—INTRODUCTION.

BOOK XX. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE GARDEN PLANTS.

CHAP. 1.—INTRODUCTION.

CHAP. 2. (1.)—THE WILD CUCUMBER; TWENTY-SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 3.—ELATERIUM; TWENTY-SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 4. (2.)—THE ANGUINE OR ERRATIC CUCUMBER: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 5.—THE CULTIVATED CUCUMBER: NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 6.—PEPONES: ELEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 7. (3.)—THE GOURD: SEVENTEEN REMEDIES. THE SOMPHUS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 8.—THE COLOCYNTHIS: TEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 9.—RAPE; NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 10.—WILD RAPE: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 11. (4.)—TURNIPS; THOSE KNOWN AS BUNION AND BUNIAS: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 12.—THE WILD RADISH, OR ARMORACIA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 13.—THE CULTIVATED RADISH: FORTY-THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 14.—THE PARSNIP: FIVE REMEDIES. THE HIBISCUM, WILD MALLOW, OR PLISTOLOCHIA: ELEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 15. (5.)—THE STAPHYLINOS, OR WILD PARSNIP: TWENTY-TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 16.—GINGIDION: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 17.—THE SKIRRET: ELEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 18.—SILE, OR HARTWORT: TWELVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 19.—ELECAMPANE: ELEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 20.—ONIONS: TWENTY-SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 21. (6.)—CUTLEEK: THIRTY-TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 22.—BULBED LEEK: THIRTY-NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 23.—GARLIC: SIXTY-ONE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 24.—THE LETTUCE: FORTY-TWO REMEDIES. THE GOAT- LETTUCE: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 25.—CÆSAPON: ONE REMEDY. ISATIS: ONE REMEDY. THE WILD LETTUCE: SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 26.—HAWK-WEED: SEVENTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 27. (8.)—BEET: TWENTY-FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 28.—LIMONION, OR NEUROIDES: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 29.—ENDIVE: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 30.—CICHORIUM OR CHRESTON, OTHERWISE CALLED PANCRATION, OK AMBULA: TWELVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 31.—HEDYPNOÏS: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 32.—SERIS, THREE VARIETIES OF IT: SEVEN REMEDIES BORROWED FROM IT.

CHAP. 33. (9).—THE CABBAGE: EIGHTY-SEVEN REMEDIES. RE- CIPES MENTIONED BY CATO.

CHAP. 34.—PINIONS OF THE GREEKS RELATIVE THERETO.

CHAP. 35.—CABBAGE-SPROUTS.

CHAP. 36.—THE WILD CABBAGE: THIRTY-SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 37.—THE LAPSANA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 38.—THE SEA-CABBAGE: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 39.—THE SQUILL: TWENTY-THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 40.—BULBS: THIRTY REMEDIES.

CHAP. 41.—BULBINE; ONE REMEDY. BULB EMETIC.

CHAP. 42. (10.)—GARDEN ASPARAGUS; WITH THE NEXT TWENTY-FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 43.—CORRUDA, LIBYCUM, OR ORMINUM.

CHAP. 44. (11.)—PARSLEY; SEVENTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 45.—APIASTRUM, OR MELISSOPHYLLUM.

CHAP. 46.—OLUSATRUM OR HIPPOSELINON: ELEVEN REMEDIES. OREOSELINON; TWO REMEDIES. HELIOSELINON; ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 47. (12.)—PETROSELINON; ONE REMEDY. BUSELINON; ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 48.—OCIMUM; THIRTY-FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 49.—ROCKET: TWELVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 50.—NASTURTIUM: FORTY-TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 51.—RUE: EIGHTY-FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 52. (14.)—WILD MINT: TWENTY REMEDIES.

CHAP. 53.—MINT: FORTY-ONE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 54.—PENNYROYAL: TWENTY-FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 55.—WILD PENNYROYAL: SEVENTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 56.—NEP: NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 57.—CUMMIN: FORTY-EIGHT REMEDIES. WILD CUMMIN: TWENTY-SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 58.—AMMI: TEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 59.—THE CAPPARIS OR CAPER: EIGHTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 60.—LIGUSTICUM, OR LOVAGE: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 61. (16.)—CUNILA BUBULA: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 62.—CUNILA GALLINACEA, OR ORIGANUM: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 63.—CUNILAGO: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 64.—SOFT CUNILA: THREE REMEDIES. LIBANOTIS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 65.—CULTIVATED CUNILA; THREE REMEDIES. MOUNTAIN CUNILA; SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 66. (17.)—PIPERITIS, OR SILIQUASTRUM: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 67.—ORIGANUM, ONITIS, OR PRASION: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 68.—TRAGORIGANUM: NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 69.—THREE VARIETIES OF HERACLEOTIC ORIGANUM: THIRTY REMEDIES.

CHAP. 70.—DITTANDER: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 71.—GITH, OR MELANTHION: TWENTY-THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 72.—ANISE: SIXTY-ONE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 73.—WHERE THE BEST ANISE IS FOUND: VARIOUS REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THIS PLANT.

CHAP. 74. (18.)—DILL: NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 75.—SACOPENIUM, OR SAGAPENON: THIRTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 76.—THE WHITE POPPY: THREE REMEDIES. THE BLACK POPPY: EIGHT REMEDIES. REMARKS ON SLEEP. OPIUM. REMARKS IN DISFAVOUR OF THE POTIONS KNOWN AS "ANODYNES, FEBRIFUGES, DIGESTIVES, AND CŒLIACS." IN WHAT WAY THE JUICES OF THESE PLANTS ARE TO BE COLLECTED.

CHAP. 77. (19.)—THE POPPY CALLED RHŒAS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 78.—THE WILD POPPY CALLED CERATITIS, GLAUCIUM, OR PARALIUM: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 79.—THE WILD POPPY CALLED HERACLIUM, OR APHRON: FOUR REMEDIES. DIACODION.

CHAP. 80.—THE POPPY CALLED TITHYMALON, OR PARALION: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 81. (20.)—PORCILLACA OR PURSLAIN, OTHERWISE CALLED PEPLIS: TWENTY-FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 82.—CORIANDER: TWENTY-ONE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 83.—ORAGE: FOURTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 84. (21.)—THE MALLOW CALLED MALOPE: THIRTEEN REME- DIES. THE MALLOW CALLED MALACHE: ONE REMEDY. THE MALLOW CALLED ALTHÆA, OR PLISTOLOCHIA: FIFTY-NINE REME- DIES.

CHAP. 85.—WILD LAPATHUM OR OXALIS, OTHERWISE CALLED LAPATHUM CANTHERINUM, OR RUMEX: ONE REMEDY. HYDROLAPATHUM: TWO REMEDIES. HIPPOLAPATHUM: SIX REMEDIES. OXYLAPATHUM: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 86.—CULTIVATED LAPATHUM: TWENTY-ONE REMEDIES. BULAPATHUM: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 87. (22.)—MUSTARD, THE THREE KINDS OF IT: FORTY-FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 88.—ADACA: FORTY-EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 89.—MARRUBIUM OR PRASION, OTHERWISE LINOSTROPHON, PHILOPAIS, OR PHILOCHARES: TWENTY-NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 90.—WILD THYME: EIGHTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 91.—SISYMBRIUM OR THYMBRÆUM: TWENTY-THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 92.—LINSEED: THIRTY REMEDIES.

CHAP. 93.—BLITE: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 94. (23.)—MEUM, AND MEUM ATHAMANTICUM: SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 95.—FENNEL: TWENTY-TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 96.—HIPPOMARATHRON, OR MYRSINEUM: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 97.—HEMP: NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 98.—FENNEL-GIANT: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 99.—THE THISTLE OR SCOLYMOS: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 100. (24.)—THE COMPOSITION OF THERIACA.

BOOK XXI. CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE NATURE OF FLOWERS AND GARLANDS.

BOOK XXI. AN ACCOUNT OF FLOWERS. AND THOSE USED FOR CHAPLETS MORE PARTICULARLY.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE NATURE OF FLOWERS AND GARLANDS.

CHAP. 2. (2.)—GARLANDS AND CHAPLETS.

CHAP. 3.—WHO INVENTED THE ART OF MAKING GARLANDS: WHEN THEY FIRST RECEIVED THE NAME OF "COROLLÆ," AND FOR WHAT REASON.

CHAP. 4. (3.)—WHO WAS THE FIRST TO GIVE CHAPLETS WITH LEAVES OF SILVER AND GOLD. LEMNISCI: WHO WAS THE FIRST TO EMBOSS THEM.

CHAP. 5.—THE GREAT HONOUR IN WHICH CHAPLETS WERE HELD BY THE ANCIENTS.

CHAP. 6.—THE SEVERITY OF THE ANCIENTS IN REFERENCE TO CHAPLETS.

CHAP. 7.—A CITIZEN DECKED WITH FLOWERS BY THE ROMAN PEOPLE.

CHAP. 8.—PLAITED CHAPLETS. NEEDLE-WORK CHAPLETS. NARD-LEAF CHAPLETS. SILKEN CHAPLETS.

CHAP. 9.—AUTHORS WHO HAVE WRITTEN ON FLOWERS. AN ANECDOTE RELATIVE TO QUEEN CLEOPATRA AND CHAPLETS.

CHAP. 10. (4.)—THE ROSE: TWELVE VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 11. (5.)—THE LILY: FOUR VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 12.—THE NARCISSUS: THREE VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 13.—HOW SEED IS STAINED TO PRODUCE TINTED FLOWERS.

CHAP. 14. (6.)—HOW THE SEVERAL VARIETIES OF THE VIOLET ARE RESPECTIVELY PRODUCED, GROWN, AND CULTIVATED. THE THREE DIFFERENT COLOURS OF THE VIOLET. THE FIVE VARIETIES OF THE YELLOW VIOLET.

CHAP. 15.—THE CALTHA. THE SCOPA REGIA.

CHAP. 16.—THE BACCHAR. THE COMBRETUM. ASARUM.

CHAP. 17.—SAFFRON: IN WHAT PLACES IT GROWS BEST. WHAT FLOWERS WERE KNOWN AT THE TIME OF THE TROJAN WAR.

CHAP. 18.—THE NATURE OF ODOURS.

CHAP. 19.—THE IRIS.

CHAP. 20.—THE SALIUNCA.

CHAP. 21.—THE POLIUM, OR TEUTHRION.

CHAP. 22. (8.)—FABRICS WHICH RIVAL THE COLOURS OF FLOWERS.

CHAP. 23.—THE AMARANTH.

CHAP. 24.—THE CYANOS: THE HOLOCHRYSOS.

CHAP. 25.—THE PETILIUM: THE BELLIO.

CHAP. 26.—THE CHRYSOCOME, OR CHRYSITIS.

CHAP. 27. (9.)—SHRUBS, THE BLOSSOMS OF WHICH ARE USED FOR CHAPLETS.

CHAP. 28.—SHRUBS, THE LEAVES OF WHICH ARE USED FOR CHAPLETS.

CHAP. 29.—THE MELOTHRON, SPIRÆA, AND ORIGANUM. THE CNEORUM OR CASSIA; TWO VARIETIES OF IT. THE MELISSOPHYLLUM OR MELITTÆNA. THE MELILOTE, OTHERWISE KNOWN AS CAMPANIAN GARLAND.

CHAP. 30.—THREE VARIETIES OF TREFOIL: THE MYOPHONUM.

CHAP. 31.—TWO VARIETIES OF THYME. PLANTS PRODUCED FROM BLOSSOMS AND NOT FROM SEED.

CHAP. 32.—CONYZA.

CHAP. 33.—THE FLOWER OF JOVE. THE HEMEROCALLES. THE HELENIUM. THE PHLOX. PLANTS IN WHICH THE BRANCHES AND ROOTS ARE ODORIFEROUS.

CHAP. 34.—THE ABROTONUM. THE ADONIUM: TWO VARIETIES OF IT. PLANTS WHICH REPRODUCE THEMSELVES. THE LEUCANTHEMUM.

CHAP. 35. (11.)—TWO VARIETIES OF THE AMARACUS.

CHAP. 36.—THE NYCTEGRETON, CHENOMYCHE, OR NYCTALOPS.

CHAP. 37.—WHERE THE MELILOTE IS FOUND.

CHAP. 38.—THE SUCCESSION IN WHICH FLOWERS BLOSSOM: THE SPRING FLOWERS. THE VIOLET. THE CHAPLET ANEMONE. THE ŒNANTHE. THE MELANION. THE HELICHRYSOS. THE GLADIOLUS. THE HYACINTH.

CHAP. 39.—THE SUMMER FLOWERS—THE LYCHNIS: THE TIPHYON. TWO VARIETIES OF THE POTHOS. TWO VARIETIES OF THE ORSI- NUM. THE VINCAPERIVINCA OR CHAMÆDAPHNE—A PLANT WHICH IS AN EVER-GREEN.

CHAP. 40.—THE DURATION OF LIFE IN THE VARIOUS KINDS OF FLOWERS.

CHAP. 41. (12.)—PLANTS WHICH SHOULD BE SOWN AMONG FLOWERS FOR BEES. THE CERINTHA.

CHAP. 42.—THE MALADIES OF BEES, AND THE REMEDIES FOR THEM.

CHAP. 43.—THE FOOD OF BEES.

CHAP. 44.—POISONED HONEY, AND THE REMEDIES TO BE EMPLOYED BY THOSE WHO HAVE EATEN OF IT.

CHAP. 45.—MADDENING HONEY.

CHAP. 46. (14.)—HONEY THAT FLIES WILL NOT TOUCH.

CHAP. 47.—BEEHIVES, AND THE ATTENTION WHICH SHOULD BE PAID TO THEM.

CHAP. 48.—THAT BEES ARE SENSIBLE OF HUNGER.

CHAP. 49.—THE METHOD OF PREPARING WAX. THE BEST KINDS OF WAX. PUNIC WAX.

CHAP. 50. (15.)—PLANTS WHICH GROW SPONTANEOUSLY: THE USE MADE OF THEM BY VARIOUS NATIONS, THEIR NATURE, AND REMARKABLE FACTS CONNECTED WITH THEM. THE STRAW- BERRY, THE TAMNUS, AND THE BUTCHER'S BROOM. THE BATIS, TWO VARIETIES OF IT. THE MEADOW PARSNIP. THE HOP.

CHAP. 51.—THE COLOCASIA.

CHAP. 52.—THE CICHORIUM. THE ANTHALIUM OR ANTICELLIUM, OR ANTHYLLUM. THE ŒTUM. THE ARACHIDNA. THE ARACOS. THE CANDRYALA. THE HYPOCHŒRIS. THE CAUCALIS. THE ANTHRISCUM. THE SCANDIX. THE TRAGOPOGON. THE PAR- THENIUM OR LEUCANTHES, AMARACUS, PERDICIUM, OR MURALIS. THE TRYCHNUM OR STRYCHNUM, HALICACABUM, CALLIAS, DOR- YCNION, MANICON, PERITTON, NEURAS, MORIO, OR MOLY. THE CORCHORUS. THE APHACE. THE ACYNOPOS. THE EPIPETRON. PLANTS WHICH NEVER FLOWER. PLANTS WHICH ARE ALWAYS IN FLOWER.

CHAP. 53.—FOUR VARIETIES OF THE CNECOS.

CHAP. 54.—PLANTS OF A PRICKLY NATURE: THE ERYNGE, THE GLYCYRRIZA, THE TRIBULUS, THE ANONIS, THE PHEOS OR STŒBE, AND THE HIPPOPHAES.

CHAP. 55.—FOUR VARIETIES OF THE NETTLE. THE LAMIUM AND THE SCORPIO.

CHAP. 56. (16).—THE CARDUUS, THE ACORNA, THE PHONOS, THE LEUCACANTHOS, THE CHALCEOS, THE CNECOS, THE POLYACAN- THOS, THE ONOPYXOS, THE HELXINE, THE SCOLYMOS, THE CHA- MÆLEON, THE TETRALIX, AND ACANTHICE MASTICHE.

CHAP. 57.—THE CACTOS; THE PIERNIX, PAPPUS, AND ASCALIAS.

CHAP. 58.—THE TRIBULUS: THE ANONIS.

CHAP. 59.—PLANTS CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO THEIR STEMS: THE CORONOPUS, THE ANCHUSA, THE ANTHEMIS, THE PHYLLANTHES, THE CREPIS, AND THE LOTUS.

CHAP. 60.—PLANTS CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO THEIR LEAVES. PLANTS WHICH NEVER LOSE THEIR LEAVES: PLANTS WHICH BLOSSOM A LITTLE AT A TIME: THE HELIOTROPIUM AND THE ADIANTUM, THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM WHICH WILL BE MENTIONED IN THE FOLLOWING BOOK.

CHAP. 61.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF EARED PLANTS: THE STAN- YOPS; THE ALOPECUROS; THE STELEPHUROS, ORTYX, OR PLAN- TAGO; THE THRYALLIS.

CHAP. 62—THE PERDICIUM. THE ORNITHOGALE.

CHAP. 63.—PLANTS WHICH ONLY MAKE THEIR APPEARANCE AT THE END OF A YEAR. PLANTS WHICH BEGIN TO BLOSSOM AT THE TOP. PLANTS WHICH BEGIN TO BLOSSOM AT THE LOWER PART.

CHAP. 64.—THE LAPPA, A PLANT WHICH PRODUCES WITHIN ITSELF. THE OPUNTIA, WHICH THROWS OUT A ROOT FROM THE LEAF.

CHAP. 65.—THE IASIONE. THE CHONDRYLLA. THE PICRIS, WHICH REMAINS IN FLOWER THE WHOLE YEAR THROUGH.

CHAP. 66.—PLANTS IN WHICH THE BLOSSOM MAKES ITS APPEAR- ANCE BEFORE THE STEM. PLANTS IN WHICH THE STEM APPEARS BEFORE THE BLOSSOM. PLANTS WHICH BLOSSOM THREE TIMES IN THE YEAR.

CHAP. 67.—THE CYPIROS. THE THESION.

CHAP. 68.—THE ASPHODEL, OR ROYAL SPEAR. THE ANTHERICUS OR ALBUCUS.

CHAP. 69. (18.)—SIX VARIETIES OF THE RUSH: FOUR REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE CYPIROS.

CHAP. 70.—THE CYPEROS: FOURTEEN REMEDIES. THE CYPERIS. THE CYPIRA.

CHAP. 71.—THE HOLOSCHŒNUS.

CHAP. 72.—TEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE SWEET-SCENTED RUSH, OR TEUCHITES.

CHAP. 73.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE FLOWERS BEFORE MEN- TIONED: THIRTY-TWO REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE ROSE.

CHAP. 74.—TWENTY-ONE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE LILY.

CHAP. 75.—SIXTEEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE NARCISSUS.

CHAP. 76.—SEVENTEEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE VIOLET.

CHAP. 77.—SEVENTEEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE BACCHAR. ONE REMEDY DERIVED FROM THE COMBRETUM.

CHAP. 78.—EIGHT REMEDIES DERIVED FROM ASARUM.

CHAP. 79. (20.)—EIGHT REMEDIES DERIVED FROM GALLIC NARD.

CHAP. 80.—FOUR REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE PLANT CALLED "PHU."

CHAP. 81.—TWENTY REMEDIES DERIVED FROM SAFFRON.

CHAP. 82.—SYRIAN CROCOMAGNA: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 83.—FORTY-ONE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE IRIS: TWO REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE SALIUNCA.

CHAP. 84.—EIGHTEEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE POLIUM.

CHAP. 85.—THREE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE HOLOCHRYSOS. SIX REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE CHRYSOCOME.

CHAP. 86.—TWENTY-ONE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM MELISSOPHYLLUM.

CHAP. 87.—THIRTEEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE MELILOTE.

CHAP. 88. (21.)—FOUR REMEDIES DERIVED FROM TREFOIL.

CHAP. 89.—TWENTY-EIGHT REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THYME.

CHAP. 90.—FOUR REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE HEMEROCALLES.

CHAP. 91.—FIVE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE HELENIUM.

CHAP. 92.—TWENTY-TWO REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE ABROTONUM.

CHAP. 93. (22.)—ONE REMEDY DERIVED FROM THE LEUCANTHEMUM. NINE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE AMARACUS.

CHAP. 94. (23.)—TEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE ANEMONE OR PHRENION.

CHAP. 95. (24.)—SIX REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE ŒNANTHE.

CHAP. 96. (25.)—ELEVEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE HELICHRYSOS.

CHAP. 97. (26.)—EIGHT REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE HYACINTH.

CHAP. 98.—SEVEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE LYCHNIS.

CHAP. 99. (27.)—FOUR REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE VINCAPERVINCA.

CHAP. 100.—THREE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM BUTCHER'S BROOM.

CHAP. 101.—TWO REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE BATIS.

CHAP. 102. (28.)—TWO REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE COLOCASIA.

CHAP. 103. (29.)—SIX REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE ANTHYLLIUM OR ANTHYLLUM.

CHAP. 104. (30.)—EIGHT REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE PARTHENIUM, LEUCANTHES, OR AMARACUS.

CHAP. 105. (31.)—EIGHT REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE STRYCHNUM OR STRYCHNUM, HALICACABUM, CALLIAS, DORCYNION, MANICON, NEURAS, MORIO, OR MOLY.

CHAP. 106.—SIX MEDICINES DERIVED FROM THE CORCHORUS.

CHAP. 107.—THREE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE CNECOS.

CHAP. 108. (33.)—ONE REMEDY DERIVED FROM THE PESOLUTA.

CHAP. 109. (34.)—AN EXPLANATION OF GREEK TERMS RELATIVE TO WEIGHTS AND MEASURES.

BOOK XXII. CHAP. 1.—THE PROPERTIES OF PLANTS.

BOOK XXII. THE PROPERTIES OF PLANTS AND FRUITS.

CHAP. 1.—THE PROPERTIES OF PLANTS.

CHAP. 2. (1.)—PLANTS USED BY NATIONS FOR THE ADORNMENT OF THE PERSON.

CHAP. 3. (2.)—EMPLOYMENT OF PLANTS FOR DYEING. EXPLANATION OF THE TERMS SAGMEN, VERBENA, AND CLARIGATIO.

CHAP. 4. (3.)—THE GRASS GROWN: HOW RARELY IT HAS BEEN AWARDED.

CHAP. 5. (5.)—THE ONLY PERSONS THAT HAVE BEEN PRESENTED WITH THIS CROWN.

CHAP. 6. (6.)—THE ONLY CENTURION THAT HAS BEEN THUS HONOURED.

CHAP. 7.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM OTHER CHAPLET PLANTS.

CHAP. 8. (7.)—THE ERYNGE OR ERYNGIUM.

CHAP. 9. (8.)—THE ERYNGIUM, CALLED CENTUM CAPITA: THIRTY REMEDIES.

CHAP. 10. (9.)—THE ACANOS; ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 11.—THE GLYCYRRHIZA OR ADIPSOS: FIFTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 12. (10.)—TWO VARIETIES OF THE TRIBULUS; TWELVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 13. (11.)—THE STŒBE OR PHEOS.

CHAP. 14. (12.)—TWO VARIETIES OF THE HIPPOPHAES: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 15. (13.)—THE NETTLE: SIXTY-ONE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 16. (14.)—THE LAMIUM: SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 17. (15.)—THE SCORPIO, TWO KINDS OF IT: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 18. (16.)—THE LEUCACANTHA, PHYLLOS, ISCHIAS, OR POLYGONATOS: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 19. (17).—THE HELXINE: TWELVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 20.—THE PERDICIUM, PARTHENIUM, URCEOLARIS, OR ASTERCUM: ELEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 21. (18.)—THE CHASMÆLEON, IXIAS, ULOPRONON, OR CYNOZOLON; TWO VARIEIES OF IT: TWELVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 22. (19.)—THE CORONOPUS.

CHAP. 23. (20.)—THE ANCHUSA: FOURTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 24.—THE PSEUDOANCHUSA, ECHIS, OR DORIS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 25. (21.)—THE ONOCHILON, ARCHEBION, ONOCHELIS, RHEXIA, OR ENCHRYSA: THIRTY REMEDIES.

CHAP. 26.—THE ANTHEMIS, LEUCANTHEMIS, LEUCANTHEMUM, CHAMÆXMELUM, OR MELANTHIUM; THREE VARIETIES OF IT: ELEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 27.—THE LOTUS PLANT: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 28.—THE LOTOMETRA: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 29.—THE HELIOTROPIUM, HELIOSCOPIUM, OR VERRUCARIA: TWELVE REMEDIES. THE HELIOTROPIUM, TRICOCCUM, OR SCORPIURON: FOURTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 30.—THE ADIANTUM, CALLITRICHOS, TRICHOMANES, POLYTRICHOS, OR SAXIFRAGUM; TWO VARIETIES OF IT: TWENTY-EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 31. (22.)—THE PICRIS; ONE REMEDY. THE THESION; ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 32.—THE ASPHODEL; FIFTY-ONE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 33.—THE HALIMON: FOURTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 34.—THE ACANTHUS, PÆDEROS, OR MELAMPHYLLOS: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 35.—THE BUPLEURON: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 36.—THE BUPRESTIS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 37.—THE ELAPHOBOSCON: NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 38.—THE SCANDIX: NINE REMEDIES. THE ANTHRISCUM: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 39.—THE IASIONE; FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 40.—THE CAUCALIS: TWELVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 41.—THE SIUM: ELEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 42.—THE SILLYBUM.

CHAP. 43.—THE SCOLYMOS OR LIMONIA: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 44.—THE SONCHOS; TWO VARIETIES: FIFTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 45.—THE CONDRION OR CHONDRYLLA: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 46.—MUSHROOMS: PECULIARITIES OF THEIR GROWTH.

CHAP. 47. (23.)—FUNGI; SIGNS BY WHICH THE VENOMOUS KINDS MAY BE RECOGNIZED: NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 48.—SULPHUR: SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 49.—LASER: THIRTY-NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 50. (24.)—PROPOLIS: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 51.—THE VARIOUS INFLUENCES OF DIFFERENT ALIMENTS UPON THE DISPOSITION.

CHAP. 52.—HYDROMEL: EIGHTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 53.—HONIED WINE: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 54.—MELITITES: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 55.—WAX: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 56.—REMARKS IN DISPARAGEMENT OF MEDICINAL COMPOSITIONS.

CHAP. 57.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM GRAIN. SILIGO: ONE REMEDY. WHEAT: ONE REMEDY. CHAFF: TWO REMEDIES. SPELT: ONE REMEDY. BRAN: ONE REMEDY. OLYRA, OR ARINCA: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 58.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF MEAL: TWENTY-EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 59.—POLENTA: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 60.—FINE FLOUR: FIVE REMEDIES. PULS: ONE REMEDY. MEAL USED FOR PASTING PAPYRUS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 61.—ALICA: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 62.—MILLET: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 63.—PANIC: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 64.—SESAME: SEVEN REMEDIES. SESAMOIDES: THREE REMEDIES. ANTICYRICUM: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 65.—BARLEY: NINE REMEDIES. MOUSE-BARLEY, BY THE GREEKS CALLED PHŒNICE: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 66.—PTISAN: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 67.—AMYLUM: EIGHT REMEDIES. OATS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 68.—BREAD: TWENTY-ONE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 69.—BEANS: SIXTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 70.—LENTILS: SEVENTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 71.—THE ELELISPHACOS, SPHACOS, OR SALVIA: THIRTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 72.—THE CHICKPEA AND THE CHICHELING VETCH: TWENTY-THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 73.—THE FITCH: TWENTY REMEDIES.

CHAP. 74.—LUPINES: THIRTY-FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 75.—IRIO, OR ERYSIMUM, BY THE GAULS CALLED VELA: FIFTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 76.—HORMINUM: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 77.—DARNEL: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 78.—THE PLANT MILIARIA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 79.—BROMOS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 80.—OROBANCHE, OR CYNOMORION: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 81.—REMEDIES FOR INJURIES INFLICTED BY INSECTS WHICH BREED AMONG LEGUMINOUS PLANTS.

CHAP. 82.—THE USE MADE OF THE YEAST OF ZYTHUM.

BOOK XXIII. CHAP. 1. (1.)—INTRODUCTION.

BOOK XXIII. THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE CULTIVATED TREES.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—INTRODUCTION.

CHAP. 2.—THE VINE.

CHAP. 3.—THE LEAVES AND SHOOTS OF THE VINE: SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 4.—OMPHACIUM EXTRACTED FROM THE VINE: FOURTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 5.—ŒNANTHE: TWENTY-ONE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 6.—GRAPES, FRESH GATHERED.

CHAP. 7.—VARIOUS KINDS OF PRESERVED GRAPES: ELEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 8.—CUTTINGS OF THE VINE: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 9.—GRAPE-STONES: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 10.—GRAPE-HUSKS: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 11.—THE GRAPES OF THE THERIACA: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 12.—RAISINS, OR ASTAPHIS: FOURTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 13—THE ASTAPHISAGRIA, OTHERWISE CALLED STAPHIS OR TAMINIA: TWELVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 14.—THE LABRUSCA, OR WILD VINE: TWELVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 15.—THE SALICASTRUM: TWELVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 16.—THE WHITE VINE, OTHERWISE CALLED AMPELOLEUCE, STAPHYLE, MELOTHRON, PSILOTRUM, ARCHEZOSTIS, CEDROSTIS, OR MADON: THIRTY-ONE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 17.—THE BLACK VINE, OTHERWISE CALLED BRYONA, CHIRONIA, GYNÆCANTHE, OR APRONIA: THIRTY-FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 18.—MUST: FIFTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 19.—PARTICULARS RELATIVE TO WINE.

CHAP. 20.—THE SURRENTINE WINES: THREE REMEDIES. THE ALBAN WINES: TWO REMEDIES. THE FALERNIAN WINES: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 21.—THE SETINE WINES; ONE OBSERVATION UPON THEM. THE STATAN WINES; ONE OBSERVATION UPON THEM. THE, SIGNIAN WINES; ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 22.—OTHER WINES: SIXTY-FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 23.—SIXTY-ONE OBSERVATIONS RELATIVE TO WINE.

CHAP. 24.—IN WHAT MALADIES WINE SHOULD BE ADMINISTERED; HOW IT SHOULD BE ADMINISTERED, AND AT WHAT TIMES.

CHAP. 25.—NINETY-ONE OBSERVATIONS WITH REFERENCE TO WINE.

CHAP. 26.—ARTIFICIAL WINES.

CHAP. 27.—VINEGAR: TWENTY-EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 28. (2.)—SQUILL VINEGAR: SEVENTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 29.—OXYMELI: SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 30.—SAPA: SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 31.—LEES OF WINE: TWELVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 32.—LEES OF VINEGAR: SEVENTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 33.—LEES OF SAPA: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 34. (3.)—THE LEAVES OF THE OLIVE: TWENTY-THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 35—THE BLOSSOM OF THE OLIVE: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 36.—WHITE OLIVES: FOUR REMEDIES. BLACK OLIVES: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 37.—AMURCA OF OLIVES: TWENTY-ONE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 38. (4.)—THE LEAVES OF THE WILD OLIVE: SIXTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 39.—OMPHACIUM: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 40.—OIL OF ŒNANTHE: TWENTY-EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 41.—CASTOR OIL: SIXTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 42.—OIL OF ALMONDS: SIXTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 43.—OIL OF LAUREL: NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 44.—OIL OF MYRTLE: TWENTY REMEDIES.

CHAP. 45.—OIL OF CHAMÆMYRSINE OR OXYMYRSINE; OIL OF CYPRESS; OIL OF CITRUS; OIL OF WALNUTS; OIL OF CNIDIUM: OIL OF MASTICH; OIL OF BALANUS; VARIOUS REMEDIES.

CHAP. 46.—THE CYPRUS, AND THE OIL EXTRACTED FROM IT; SIXTEEN REMEDIES. GLEUCINUM: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 47.—OIL OF BALSAMUM: FIFTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 48.—MALOBATHRUM: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 49.—OIL OF HENBANE: TWO REMEDIES. OIL OF LUPINES: ONE REMEDY. OIL OF NARCISSUS: ONE REMEDY. OIL OF RADISHES: FIVE REMEDIES. OIL OF SESAME: THREE REMEDIES. OIL OF LILIES: THREE REMEDIES. OIL OF SELGA: ONE REMEDY. OIL OF IGUVIUM: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 50.—ELÆOMELI: TWO REMEDIES. OIL OF PITCH: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 51.—THE PALM: NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 52. (5.)—THE PALM WHICH PRODUCES MYROBALANUM: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 53.—THE PALM CALLED ELATE: SIXTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 54. (6.)—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE BLOSSOMS, LEAVES, FRUIT, BRANCHES, BARK, JUICES, WOOD, ROOTS, AND ASHES OF VARIOUS KINDS OF TREES. SIX OBSERVATIONS UPON APPLES. TWENTY-TWO OBSERVATIONS UPON QUINCES. ONE OBSERVATION UPON STRUTHEA.

CHAP. 55.—THE SWEET APPLES CALLED MELIMELA: SIX OBSERVATIONS UPON THEM. SOUR APPLES: FOUR OBSERVATIONS UPON THEM.

CHAP. 56.—CITRONS: FIVE OBSERVATIONS UPON THEM.

CHAP. 57.—PUNIC APPLES OR POMEGRANATES: TWENTY-SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 58.—THE COMPOSITION CALLED STOMATICE: FOURTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 59.—CYTINUS: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 60.—BALAUSTIUM: TWELVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 61.—THE WILD POMEGRANATE.

CHAP. 62. (7.)—PEARS: TWELVE OBSERVATIONS UPON THEM.

CHAP. 63.—FIGS: ONE HUNDRED AND ELEVEN OBSERVATIONS UPON THEM.

CHAP. 64.—THE WILD FIG: FORTY-TWO OBSERVATIONS UPON IT.

CHAP. 65.—THE HERB ERINEON: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 66.—PLUMS: FOUR OBSERVATIONS UPON THEM.

CHAP. 67.—PEACHES: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 68.—WILD PLUMS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 69.—THE LICHEN ON PLUM-TREES: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 70.—MULBERRIES: THIRTY-NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 71.—THE MEDICAMENT CALLED STOMATICE, ARTERIACE, OR PANCHRESTOS. FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 72.—CHERRIES: FIVE OBSERVATIONS UPON THEM.

CHAP. 73.—MEDLARS: TWO REMEDIES. SORBS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 74. (8.)—PINE-NUTS: THIRTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 75.—ALMONDS: TWENTY-NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 76.—GREEK NUTS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 77.—WALNUTS: TWENTY-FOUR REMEDIES. THE MITHRIDATIC ANTIDOTE.

CHAP. 78.—HAZEL-NUTS: THREE OBSERVATIONS UPON THEM. PISTACHIO-NUTS: EIGHT OBSERVATIONS UPON THEM. CHESNUTS: FIVE OBSERVATIONS UPON THEM.

CHAP. 79.—CAROBS: FIVE OBSERVATIONS UPON THEM. THE CORNEL; ONE REMEDY. THE FRUIT OF THE ARBUTUS.

CHAP. 80.—THE LAUREL; SIXTY-NINE OBSERVATIONS UPON IT.

CHAP. 81.—MYRTLE; SIXTY OBSERVATIONS UPON IT.

CHAP. 82.—MYRTIDANUM: THIRTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 83.—THE WILD MYRTLE, OTHERWISE CALLED OXYMYRSINE, OR CHAMÆMYRSINE, AND THE RUSCUS: SIX REMEDIES.

BOOK XXIV.

BOOK XXIV. THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE FOREST TREES.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE ANTIPATHIES AND SYMPATHIES WHICH EXIST AMONG TREES AND PLANTS.

CHAP. 2. (2.)—THE LOTUS OF ITALY: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 3. (3.)-ACORNS: THIRTEEN REMEDTES.

CHAP. 4. (4.)—TIE KERMES-BERRY OF THE HOLM-OAK: THREE: REMEDIES.

CHAP. 5.—GALL-NUTS: TWENTY-THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 6.—MISTLETOE: ELEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 7.—THE EXCRESCENCES WHICH GROW ON THE ROBUR: ONE REMEDY. THE CHRRUS: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 8.—THE-CORK TREE: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 9. (5.)—THE BEECUH: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 10.—THE CYPRESS: TWENTY-THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 11.—THE CEDAR: THIRTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 12.—CEDRIDES: TEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 13.—GALBANUM: TWENTY-THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 14. (6.)—HAMMONIACUM: TWENTY-FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 15.—STORAX: TEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 16.—SPONDYLIUM: SEVENTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 17.—SPHAGNOS, SPHACOS, OR BRYON: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 18.—THE TEREBINTH: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 19.—THE PITCH-TREE AND THE LARCH: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 20.—THE CHAMÆPITYS: TEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 21.—THE PITYUSA: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 22.—RESINS: TWENTY-TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 23. (7.)—PITCH: TWENTY-THEEE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 24.—PISSELÆON AND PALIMPISSA: SIXTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 25.—PISSASPHALTOS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 26.—ZOPISSA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 27.—THE TORCH-TREE: ONE BEMEDY.

CHAP. 28.—THE LENTISK: TWENTY-TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 29. (8.)—THE PLANE-TREE: TWENTY-FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 30.—THE ASH: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 31.—THE MAPLE: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 32.—THE POPLAR: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 33.—THE ELM: SIXTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 34.—THE LINDEN-TREE: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 35.—THE ELDER: FIFTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 36.—THE JUNIPER: TWENTY-OXE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 37. (9.)—THE WILLOW: FOURTEEN REMEDIES. THE WILLOW OF AMLERIA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 38.—THE VITEX: THIRTY-THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 39.—THE ERICA; ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 40.—THE BROOM; FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 41.—THE MYRICA, OTHERWISE CALLED TAMARICA, OR TAMARIX: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 42.—THE BBYA: TWENTY-NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 43.—THE BLOOD-RED SHRUB: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 44.—THE SILER: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 45.—THE PRIVATE: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 46.—THE ALDER: ONE KEMEDY.

CHAP. 47.—THE SEVERAL VARIETIES OF THE IVY: THIRTY-NINE REMEDIES

CHAP. 48.—THE CISTHOS: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 49.—THE CISSOS ERYTIRANOS: TWO REMEDIES. THE CHAMÆCISSOS: TWO REMIEDIES. THE SMILAX: THREE RE- MEDIES. THE CLEMATIS: EIGHTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 50. (11.)—THE REED: NINETEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 51.—THE PAPYRUS AND THE PAPER MADE FROM IT: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 52.—THE EBONY: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 53—THE RHODODENDRON: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 54.—THE RHUS OR SUMACH-TREE; TWO VARIETIES OF IT: EIGHT REMEDIES. STOMATICE.

CHAP. 55.—RHUS ERYTHROS: NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 56.—THE ERYTHIRODANXU: ELEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 57.—THE ALYSSON: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 58.—THE RADICULT OR STRUTHION: THIRTEEN REMEDIES. THE APOCYNUMI: TWO OBSERVATIONS UPON IT.

CHAP. 59.—ROSEMARY: EIGHTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 60.—THE SEED CALLED CACHRYS.

CHAP. 61.—THE HERB SAVIN: SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 62.—SELAGO: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 63.—SAMOLUS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 64.—GUM: ELEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 65. (12.)—THE EGYPTIAN OR ARABIAN THORN: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 66.—THE WHITE THORN: TWO REMEDIES. THE ACANTHION; ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 67.—GUM ACACIA: EIGHTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 68. (13.)—ASPALATHOS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 69.—THE ERYSISCEPTRUM, ADIPSATHEON, OR DIAXYLON: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 70.—THE THORN CALLED APPENDIX: TWO REMEDIES. THE PYRACANTHA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 71.—THE PALIURUS: TEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 72.—THE AGRIFOLIA. THE AQUIFOLIA: ONE REMEDY. THE YEW: ONE PROPERTY BELONGING TO IT.

CHAP. 73.—THE BRAMBLE: FIFTY-ONE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 74.—HE CYNOSBATOS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 75.—THE IDÆAN BRAMBLE.

CHAP. 76.—THE RHAMNOS; TWO VARIETIES OF IT: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 77.—LYCIIUM: EIGHTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 78.—SARCOCOLLA: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 79.—OPORICE: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 80.—THE TRIXAGO, CHAMÆDRYS, CHAMÆDROPS, OR TECRIA: SIXTEEN REMEDIES,

CHAP. 81.—THE CHAMÆDAPHNE: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 82.—THE CHAMELÆA: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 83.—THE CHAMÆSYCE: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 84.—THE CHAMÆCISSOS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 85.—THE CHAMÆLEUCE, FARFARUM, OR FARFUGIUM: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 86.—THE CHAMÆPEUCE: FIVE REMEDIES. THE CHAM- CYPARISSOS: TWO REMEDIES. TIHE AMPELOPRASON; SIX RE- MEDIES. THE STACHYS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 87.—THE CLINOPODION, CLEONICION, ZOPYRON, OR OCIMOÏDES: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 88.—THE CLEMATIS CENTUNCULUS; THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 89.—THE CLEMATIS ECHITES, OR LAIINE.

CHAP. 90.—THE EGYPTIAN CLEMATIS, DAPHNODES, OR POLY- GONOÏDES: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 91. (16.)—DIFFERENT OPINIONS ON THE DRACONTIUM.

CHAP. 92.—THE AON: THIRTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 93.—THE DRACUNCLUS; TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 94.—THE ARISAXOS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 95.—THE MILLEFOIJUM OR MYRIOPHYLLON; SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 96.—THE PSEUDOBUNION: FOUR REMEDIES

CHAP. 97.—THE MYRRHIS, MYRZA, OR MYRIRHA: SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 98.—THE ONOBRYCHIS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 99. (17.)—CORACESTA AND CALLICIA.

CHAP. 100.—THE MINSAS OR CORINTHIA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 101.—THE APROXIS: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 102.—THE AGLAOPHOTIS OR MARMARITIS. THE ACHLE- MENIS OR HIPPOPHOBAS. THE THEOBROTION OR SEMNION. THE ADAMANTIS. THE ARIANIS. THE THŒRIONARCA. THE, ÆTHIOPIS OR MEROIS. THE OPHIUSA. THE THALASSEGLE OR POTAM- AUGIS. THE THEANGELIS. THE GELOTOPHYLLIS. THE HESTI- ATORIS OR PROTOMEDIA. THE CASIGNETES OR DIONYSONYMPHAS. THE HELIANTHES OR HELIOCALLIS. HERMESIAS. THE ÆSCHY- NOMENE. THE CROCIS. THE ŒNOTHERIS. THE ANACAMPIS- EROS.

CHAP. 103. (18.)—THE ERIPIHA.

CHAP. 104.—THE WOOL PLANT: ONE REMEDY. THE, LACTORIS: ONE REMEDY. THE MILlTARIS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 105.—THE STRATIOTES: FIVE- REMEDIES.

CHAP. 106. (19.)—A PLANT GROWING ON THE HEAD OF A STATUE: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 107.—A PLANT GROWING ON THE BANKS OF A RIVER: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 108.—THE HERB CALLED IJNGUA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 109.—PLANTS THAT TAKE ROOT IN A SIEVE: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 110.—PLANTS GROWING UPONDUNGHILLS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 111.—PLANTS THAT HAVE BEEN MOISTENED WITH THE URINE OF A DOG: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 112.—THE RODARUM: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 113.—THE PLANT CALLED IMPIA: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 114.—THE PLANT CALLED VENUS' COMB: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 115.—THE EXEDUNM. THE PLANT CALLED NOTIA: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 116.—THE PHILANTHROPOS: ONE REMEDY. THE LAPPA CANARIA: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 117.—TORDYLON OR SYREON: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 118.—GRAMEN: SEVENTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 119.—DACTYLOS; FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 120.—FENUGREEK OR SILICIA: THIRTY-ONE REMEDIES.

BOOK XXV.

BOOK XXV. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF WILD PLANT

CHAP. 1. (1.)—WHEN THE WAILD PLANTS WERE FIRST BROUGHT INTO USE.

CHAP. 2. (2.)—THE LATIN AUTHORS WHO HAVE WRITTEN UPON THESE PLANTS.

CHAP. 3.—AT WHAT PERIOD THE ROMANS ACQUIRED SOME KNOW- LEDGE OF THIS SUBJECT.

CHAP. 4.—GREEK AUTHORS WHO HAVE DELINEATED THE PLANTS IN COLOURS.

CHAP. 5.—THE FIRST GREEK AUTHORS WHO WROTE UPON PLANTS.

CHAP. 6.—WHY A FEW OF THE PLANTS ONLY HAVE BEEN USED MEDICINALLY. PLANTS, THE MEDICINAL PROPERTIES OF WHICH HAVE BEEN MIRACULOUSLY DISCOVERED. THE CYNORRHODOS: TWO REMEDIES. THE PLANT CALLED DRACUNCULUS: ONE REMEDY. THE BRITANNICA: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 7.—WHAT DISEASES ARE ATTENDED WITH THE GREATEST PAIN. NAMES OF PERSONS WHO HAVE DISCOVERED FAMOUS PLANTS.

CHAP. 8. (4.)—MOLY: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 9.—THE DODECATHEOS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 10.—THE PÆONIA, PENTOROBUS, OR GLYCYSIDE: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 11.—THE PANACES ASCLEPION: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 12.—THE PANACES HERACLEON: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 13.—THE PANACES CHIRONION: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 14.—THE PANACES CENTAURION OR PHARNACION: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 15.—THE HERACLEON SIDERION: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 16.—THE AMPELOS CHIRONIA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 17.—HYOSCYAMOS, KNOWN ALSO AS THE APOLLINARIS OR ALTERCUM; FIVE VARIETIES OF IT: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 18. (5.)—LINOZOSTIS, PARTHENION, HERMUPOA, OR MER- CURIALIS; TWO VARIETIES OF IT: TWENTY-TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 19.—THE ACIIILLEOS, SIDERITIS, PANACES HERACLEON, MILLEFOLIUM, OR SCOPÆ REGLÆ; SIX VARIETIES OF IT: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 20.—THE TEUCRION, HEMIONION, OR SPLENION: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 21.—MELAMIPODIUM, HELLEBORE, OR VERATRUM: THREE VARIETES OF IT. THE WAY IN WHICH IT IS GATHERED, AND HOW THES QUALITY OF IT IS TESTED.

CHAP. 22.—TWENTY-FOUR REMEDIES DERIVED FROM BLACK HELLE- BORE. HOW IT SHOULD BE TAKEN.

CHAP. 23.—TWENTY-THREE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM WHITE HELLEBORE.

CHAP. 24.—EIGHTY-EIGHT OBSERVATIONS UPON THE TWO KINDS OF HELLEBORE.

CHAP. 25.—TO WHAT PERSONS HELLEBORE SHOULD NEVER BE ADMINISTERED.

CHAP. 26. (6.)—THE MITHRIDATIA.

CHAP. 27.—THE SCORDOTIS OR SCORDION: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 28.—THE POLEMONIA, PHILETÆRIA, OR CHILIODYNAMUS: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 29.—THE EUPATORIA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 30.—CENTAURION OR CHIRONION: TWENTY REMEDIES.

CHAP. 31.—THE CENTAURION LEPTON, OR LIBATION, KNOWN ALSO AS FELL TERRÆ: TWENTY-TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 32.—THE CENTAURIS TRIORCHIS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 33. (7).—CLYMENUS : TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 34.—GENTIAN: THIRTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 35.—THE LYSIMACHIA: EIGHT REMEDIES,

CHAP. 36.—ARTEMISIA, PARTHENIS, BOTRYS, OR AMBROSIA: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 37.—NYMPHÆA, HERACLEON, RHOPALON, OR MADON; TWO VARIETIES OF IT: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 38.—TWO VARIETIES OF EUPHORBIA: FOUR REMEDIES. THE CHAMELÆA.

CHAP. 39. (8.)—TWO VARIETIES OF THE PLANTAGO: FORTY-SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 40.—BUGLOSSOS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 41.—CYNOGLOSSOS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 42.—THE BUPHTALMOS OR CACHLA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 43.—PLANTS WHICH HAVE BEEN DISCOVERED BY CERTAIN NATIONS. THE SCYTHICE: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 44.—THE HIPPACE: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 45.—THE ISCHÆMON: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 46.—THE CESTROS, PSYCHOTROPEION, VETTONICA, OR SERRA- TULA: FORTY-EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 47.—THE CANTABRICA: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 48.—CONSILIGO: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 49.—THE IBERIS: SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 50.—PLANTS WHICH HAVE BEEN DISCOVERED BY CERTAIN ANIMALS. CHELIDONIA: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 51.—THE DOG-PLANT: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 52.—THE ELAPHOBOSCON.

CHAP. 53.—DICTAMNON: EIGHT REMEDIES. PSEUDODICTAMNON OR CHONDRIS. IN WHAT PLACES THE MOST POWERFUL PLANTS ARE FOUND. HOW THAT MILK IS DRUNK IN ARCADIA FOR THE BENEFICIAL EFFECTS OF THE PLANTS UPON WHICH THE CATTLE FEED.

CHAP. 54.—THE ARISTOLOCHIA, CLEMATITIS, CRETICA, PLISTOTO- CHIA, LOCHIA POLYRRHIZOS, OR APPLE OF THE EARTH: TWENTY- TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 55.—THE EMPLOYMENT OF THESE PLANTS FOR INJURIES INFLICTED BY SERPENTS.

CHAP. 56. (9.)—THE ARIGEMONIA: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 57.—AGARIC: THIRTY-THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 58.—THE ECHIOS; THREE VARIETIES OF IT: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 59.—HIERABOTANE, PERISTEREON, OR VERBENACA; TWO VARIETIES OF IT: TEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 60.—THE BLATTARIA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 61.—LEMONIUM : ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 62.—QUINQUEFOLIUM, KNOWN ALSO AS PENTAPETES, PEN- TAPHYLLON, OR CHAMÆZELON: THIRTY-THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 63.—THE SPARGANION : ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 64.—FOUR VARIETIES OF THE DAUCUS: EIGHTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 65.—THE THERIONARCA: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 66.—THE PERSOLATA OR ARCION; EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 67.—CYCLAMINOS OR TUBER TERRÆ: TWELVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 68.—THE CYCLAMINOS CISSANTHEMOS: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 69.—THE CYCLAMINOS CHAMÆCISSOS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 70.—PEUCEDANUM: TWENTY-EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 71. (10.)—EBULUM : SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 72.—POLEMONIA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 73.—PHLOMOS OR VERBASCUM: FIFTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 74.—THE PHLOMIS: ONE REMEDY. THE LYCHNITIS OR THRYALLIS.

CHAP. 75.—THE THELYPHONON OR SCORPIO: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 76.—THE PHLYNION, NEURAS, OR POTERION ; ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 77.—THE ALISMA, DAMASONION, OR LYRON: SEYENTEEN REMEDIES

CHAP. 78.—PERISTEREOS: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 79.— REMEDIES AGAINST CERTAIN POISONS.

CHAP. 80.—THE ANTIRREHINUM, ANARRHlNON, OR LYCHNIS AGRIA: THREE REMDIES.

CHAP. 81.—EUCLEA: ONE EBMEDY.

CHAP. 82.—TIE PERICARPUM; TWO VARIETIES OF IT: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 83. (11.)—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE HEAD. NYMPHÆA HERACLIA: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 84.—THE LINGULACA : ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 85.—THE CACALIA OR LEONTICE: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 86.—THE CALLITRICHOS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 87.—HYSSOP: TEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 88.—THE LONCHITIS : FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 89.—THE XIPHION OR PHASGANION: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 90.—PSYLLION, CYNOÏDES, CRYSTALLION, SICELICON, OR CYNOMYIA; SIXTEEN REMEDIES. TIRYSELINUM: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 91. (12.)—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE EYES.

CHAP. 92. (13.)—THE ANAGALLIS, OR CORCHORON; TWO VARIE- TIES OF IT: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 93.—THE ÆGILOPS : TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 94.—MANDRAGORA, CIRCÆON, MORION, OR HIPPOPHLOMOS; TWO VARIETIES OF IT: TWENTY-FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 95.—HEMLOCK: THIRTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 96.—CRETHMOS AGRIOS : ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 97.—MOLYBDÆNA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 98.—THE FIRST KIND OF CAPNOS, KNOWN ALSO AS CHICKEN'S FOOT: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 99.—THE ARBORESCENT CAPNOS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 100.—THE ACORON OR AGRION: FOURTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 101.—THE COTYLEDON: TWO VARIETIES OF IT: SIXTY-ON, REMEDIES.

CHAP. 102.—THE GREATER AIZOÜM, ALSO CALLED BUPHTHALMOS, ZOÖPHTHALMOS, STERGETHRON, HYPOGESON, AMBROSION, AME- RIMNON, SEDTUM MAGNUM, OR DIGITELLUS: THIRTY-SIX REMIIE- DIES. TIHE SMALLER AIZOÜM, ALSO CALLED ERITHALES, TRI- THALES, CHRYSOTHALES, ISOETES OR SEDUM: THIRTY-TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 103.—THE ANDRACHLE AGRIA OR ILLECEBRA: THIRTY-TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 104.—A REMEDY FOR DISEASES OF THE NOSTRILS.

CHAP. 105.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE TEETH.

CHAP. 106.—ERIGERON, PAPPUS, ACANTHIS, OR SENECIO: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 107.—THE EPHEMERON: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 108.—THE LABRUM VENEREUM : ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 109.—THE BATRACHION, RANUNCULUS, OR STRUMUS ; FOUR VARIETIES OF IT: FOURTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 110.—REMEDIAL PREPARATIONS FOR OFFENSIVE BREATH : TWO KINDS OF THEM.

BOOK XXVI. CHAP. 1. (1.)—NEW FORMS OF DISEASE.

BOOK XXVI. A CONTINUATION OF THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM PLANTS, CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO PARTICULAR DISEASES.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—NEW FORMS OF DISEASE.

CHAP. 2.—THE NATURE OF LICHEN.

CHAP. 3.—AT WHAT PERIOD LICHEN FIRST MADE ITS APPEARANCE IN ITALY.

CHAP. 4.—CARBUNCLE.

CHAP. 5—ELEPHANTIASIS.

CHAP. 6.—COLIC.

CHAP. 7. (3.)—TE NEW SYSTEM OF MEDICINE: ASCLEPIADES THE PHYSICIAN.

CHAP. 8.—TIE CHANGES EFFECTED BY ASCLEPIADES IN THE PRACTICE OF MEDICINE.

CHAP. 9. (4).—REMARKS IN DISPRAISE OF THE PRACTICES OF MAGIC.

CHAP. 10.—LICHEN: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 11.—QUINZY.

CHAP. 12. (5.)—SCROFULA.

CHAP. 13.—THE PLANT CALLED BELLIS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 14.—THE CONDURDUM.

CHAP. 15.—COUGH.

CHAP. 16.—BECHION, OTHERWISE KNOWN AS ARCION, CHAMÆ LEUCE OR TUSSILAGO: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 17.—THE BECHION, KNOWN ALSO AS SALVIA: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 18. (7.)—AFFECTIONS OF THE SIDE, CHEST, AND STOMACH.

CHAP. 19.—MOLON OR SYRON. AMOMUM.

CHAP. 20—THE EPHEDRA OR ANABASIS; THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 21.—GEUM: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 22.—TRIPOLIUM : THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 23.—THE GROMPHÆNA.

CHAP. 24.—THE MALUNDRUM : TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 25.—CHALCETUM; TWO REMEDIES. MOLEMONIUM; ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 26.—HALUS OR COTONEA: FIVE REMEDIES,

CHAP. 27.—THE CHAMSHOPS: ONE REMEDY. THE STŒCHAS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 28. (8.)—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE BELLY.

CHAP. 29.—THE ASTRAGALUS: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 30.—LADANUM: EIGHTEEN REMEDIES

CHAP. 31.—CHONDRIS OR PSEUDODICTAMNON: ONE REMEDY. HYPO- CISTHIS OR OROBETHRON; TWO VARIETIES: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 32.—LAVER OR SION: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 33.—POTAMOGITON: EIGHT REMEDIES. THE STATICE: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 34.—THE CERATIA: TWO REMEDIES. LEONTOPODION, LEU- CEORON, DORIPETRON, OR THORYBETHRON. LAGOPUS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 35.—EPITHYMON OR HIPPOPHEOS: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 36.—PYCNOCOMON; FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 37.—POLYPODION: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 38.—SCAMMONY; EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 39.—THE TITHYMALOS CHARACIAS.

CHAP. 40.—THE TITHYMALOS MYRTITES, OR CARYITES; TWENTY- ONE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 41.—THE TITHYMALOS PARALIOS, OR TITHYMALIS: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 42.—THE TITHYMALOS HELIOSCOPIOS : EIGHTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 43.—THE TITHYMALOS CYPARISSIAS : EIGHTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 44.—THE TITHYMALOS PLATYPHYLLOS, CORYMBITES, OR AMYGDALITES: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 45.—THE TITHYMALOS DENDROÏDES, COBIOS, OR LEPTO- PHYLLOS: EIGHTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 46.—THE APIOS ISCHAS, OR RAPHANOS AGRIA: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 47.—REMEDIES FOR GRIPING PAINS IN THE BOWELS.

CHAP. 48.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE SPLEEN.

CHAP. 49.—REMEDIES FOR CALCULI AND DISEASES OF THE BLADDER.

CHAP. 50.—CRETHMOS: ELEVEN REMEDIES. CACHRY.

CHAP. 51.—THE ANTHYLLION; TWO REMEDIES THE ANTHYLLIS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 52.—CEPÆA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 53.— HYPERICON, CHAMÆPITYS, OR CORISON: NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 54.—CAROS OR HYPERICON: TEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 55.—THE CALLITHRIX: ONE REMEDY. THE PERPRESSA: ONE REMEDY. THE CHRYSANTHEMUM: ONE REMEDY. THE ANTHEMIS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 56.—SILAUS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 57.—THE PLANT OF FULVIUS.

CHAP. 58.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE TESTES AND OF THE FUNDAMENT.

CHAP. 59.—INGUINALIS OR ARGEMO.

CHAP. 60.—REMEDIES FOR INFLAMED TUMOURS. CHRYSIPPIOS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 61. (10.)—APHRODISIACS AND ANT APHRODISIACS.

CHAP. 62.—THE ORCHIDS OR SERAPES: FIVE MEDICINAL PROPERTIES. SATYR ION.

CHAP. 63.—SATYRION: THREE MEDICINAL PROPERTIES. SATY- RION ERYTHRAÏCON: FOUR MEDICINAL PROPERTIES.

CHAP. 64.—REMEDIES FOR THE GOUT AND DISEASES OF THE FEET.

CHAP. 65.—LAPPAGO OR MOLLUGO: ONE REMEDY. ASPERUGO: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 66.—PHYCOS THALASSION OR SEA-WEED: THREE VARIETIES OF IT. LAPPA BOARIA.

CHAP. 67.—MALADIES WHICH ATTACK THE WHOLE OF THE BODY.

CHAP. 68.—THE GERANION, MYRRHIS, OR MYRTIS; THREE VARIE- TIES OF IT: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 69.—THE ONOTHERAS OR ONEAR: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 70.—REMEDIES FOR EPILEPSY.

CHAP. 71.—REMEDIES FOR FEVERS.

CHAP. 72.—REMEDIES FOR PHRENITIS, LETHARGY, AND CARBUNCLES.

CHAP. 73.—REMEDIES FOR DROPSY. ACTE OR EBULUM. CHAMÆACTE.

CHAP. 74.—REMEDIES FOR ERYSIPELAS.

CHAP. 75. (12.)—REMEDIES FOR SPRAINS.

CHAP. 76.—REMEDIES FOR JAUNDICE.

CHAP. 77.—REMEDIES FOR BOILS.

CHAP. 78.—REMEDIES FOR FISTULA.

CHAP. 79.—REMEDIES FOR ABSCESSES AND HARD TUMOURS.

CHAP. 80.—REMEDIES FOR BURNS.

CHAP. 81.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE SINEWS AND JOINTS.

CHAP. 82.—REMEDIES FOR HÆMORRHAGE.

CHAP. 83. (13.)—HIPPURIS, OTHERWISE CALLED EPHEDRON, ANABASIS, OR EQUISÆTUM; THREE KINDS OF IT: EIGHTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 84.—STEPHANOMELIS.

CHAP. 85.—REMEDIES FOR RUPTURES AND CONVULSIONS. ERYSITHALES: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 86.—REMEDIES FOR PHTHIRIASIS.

CHAP. 87. (14.)—REMEDIES FOR ULCERS AND WOUNDS.

CHAP. 88.—POLYCNEMON: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 89.—REMEDIES FOR WARTS. AND APPLICATIONS FOR THE REMOVAL OF SCARS.

CHAP. 90.—REMEDIES FOR FEMALE DISEASES.

CHAP. 91.—ARSENOGONON: ONE MEDICINAL PROPERTY. THELY- GONON: ONE MEDICINAL PROPERTY.

CHAP. 92.—MASTOS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 93.—APPLICATIONS FOR THE HAIR. LYSIMACHIA. OPHRYS.

BOOK XXVII.

BOOK XXVII. A DESCRIPTION OF PLANTS, AND OF THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THEM.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—RESEARCHES OF THE ANCIENTS UPON THIS SUBJECT.

CHAP. 2. (2.)—ACONITE, OTHERWISE CALLED THELYPHONON, CAM- MARON, PARDALIANCHES, OR SCORPIO; FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 3. (4.)—-ÆTHIOPIS: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 4.—AGERATON: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 5.—THE ALOE; TWENTY-NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 6.—ALCEA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 7.—THE ALYPON: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 8.—ALSINE, A PLANT USED FOR THE SAME PURPOSES AS HELXINE: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 9.—THE ANDROSACES: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 10.—ANDROSÆMON OR ASCYRON: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 11.—AMBROSIA, BOTRYS, OR ARTEMISTA: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 12.—THE ADONIS OR ONONIS: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 13.—THE ANAGYROS OR ACOPON: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 14.—THE ANONYMOS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 15. (5.)—APARINE, OMPHIALOCARPOS, OR PHILANTHROPOS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 16.—THE ARCTION OR ARCTURUM: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 17.—THE ASPLENON OR HEMIONION: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 18.—THE ASCLEPIAS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 19.—THE ASTER OR BUBONION: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 20.—ASCYRON AND ASCYROÏDES: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 21.—THE APHACA: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 22.—ALCIBIUM : ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 23.—ALECTOROSLOPHOS OR CRISTA: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 24. (6.)—ALUM, ALSO CALLED SYMPHYTON PETRÆON: FOURTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 25. (7.)—ALGA RUFA OR RED SEA-WEED: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 26.—ACTÆA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 27.—THE AMPELOS AGRIA, OR WILD VINE: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 28.—-ABSINTHIUM OR WORMWOOD; FOUR VARIETIES: FORTY-EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 29.—ABSINTHIUM: MARINUM OR SERIPHUM.

CHAP. 30. (8.)—THE BALLOTES, MELAMPRASION, OR BLACK LEEK: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 31.—BOTRYS, AMBROSIA, OR ARTEMISIA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 32.—THE BRABYLA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 33.—BRYON MARITIMUM: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 34.—THE BUPLEURON: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 35.—THE CATANANCE; ONE OBSERVATION UPON IT. THE CEMOS: ONE OBSERVATION UPON IT.

CHAP. 36.—THE CALYX: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 37.—THE CALYX, KNOWN ALSO AS ANCHUSA OR ONOCLIA: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 38.—THE CIRCÆA: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 39.—THE CIRSION: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 40.—THE CRATÆGONON; TWO KINDS OF IT: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 41.—THE CROCODILEON: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 42.—THE CYNOSORCHIS OR ORCHIS: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 43.—THE CHRYSOLACHANUM; TWO VARIETIES OF IT: THREE REMEDIES. COAGULUM: TERAÆ: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 44.—THE CUCUBALUS, STRUMUS, OR STRYCHNON: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 45.—THE CONFERVA: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 46. (9.)—THE COCCUS CNIDIUS, OR GRAIN OF CNIDOS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 47.—THE DIPSACOS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 48.—THE DRYOPTERIS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 49.—THE DRYOPHONON.

CHAP. 50.—THE ELATINE: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 51.—EMPETROS. BY OUR PEOPLE CALLED CALCIFRAGA: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 52.—THE EPIPACTIS OR ELLEBORINE: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 53.—THE EPIMEDION: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 54.—THE ENNEAPHYLLON: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 55.—TWO VARIETIES OF FILIX OR FERN, KNOWN TO THE GREEKS AS PTERIS, OR BLACHNON, AND AS THELYPTERIS, OR NYMPHÆ PTERIS: ELEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 56.—FEMUR BUBULUM, OR OX THIGH.

CHAP. 57.—GALEOPSIS, GALEOBDOLON, OR GALION: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 58.—THE GLAUX: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 59. (10).—GLAUCION: THREE REMEDIES. DIAGLAUCIA: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 60.—THE GLYCYSIDE, PÆONIA, OR PENTOROBOS: TWENTY REMEDIES.

CHAP. 61.—GNAPHALIUM OR CHAMÆZELON: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 62.—THE GALLIDRAGA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 63.—HOLCUS OR ARISTIS.

CHAP. 64.—HYOSERIS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 65.—THE HOLOSTEON: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 66.—THE HIPPOPHÆSTON: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 67. (11.)—THE HYPOGLOSSA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 68.—HYPECOÖN.

CHAP. 69.—THE IDÆA HERBA, OR PLANT OF IDA: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 70.—THE ISOPYRON OR PHASIOLON: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 71.—THE LATHYRIS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 72.—THE LEONTOPETALON OR PARDALION: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 73.—THE LYCAPSOS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 74.—THE LITHOSPERMUM, EXONYCHON, DIOSPYRON, OR HERACLEOS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 75.—LAPIDIS MUSCUS, OR STONE MOSS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 76.—THE LIMEUM: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 77.—THE LEUCE, MESOLEUCON, OR LEUCAS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 78.—THE LEUCOGRAPHIS: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 79. (12.)—THE MEDION: TREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 80.—THE MYOSOTA OR MYOSOTIS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 81.—TE MYAGROS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 82.—THE NYMA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 83.—THE NATRIX: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 84.—ODONTITIS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 85.—THE OTHONNA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 86.—THE ONOSMA: ONE PROPERTY.

CHAP. 87.—THE ONOPORDON: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 88.—THE OSYRIS: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 89.—THE OXYS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 90.—THE POLYANTHEMUM OR BATRACHION: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 91.—THE POLYGONOS, POLYGONATOS, TEUTHALIS, CARCI- NETHRON, CLEMA, OR MYRTOPETALOS, OTHERWISE KNOW AS SANGUINARIA OR ORIOS; FOUR VARIETIES OF IT: FORTY REMEDIES.

CHAP. 92.—THE PANCRATIUM: TWELVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 93.—THE PEPLIS, SYCE, MECONION, OR MECON APHRODES: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 94.—THE PERICLYMENOS: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 95.—PELECINON: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 96.—POLYGALA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 97.—POTERION, PHRYNION, OR NEURAS: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 98.—THE PHALANGITIS, PHALANGION, OR LEUCACANTHA: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 99.—THE PHYTEUMA: ONE PROPERTY.

CHAP. 100.—THE PHYLLON: ONE PROPERTY.

CHAP. 101.—THE PHELLANDRION: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 102.—THE PHALARIS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 103.—THE POLYRRHIZON: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 104.—THE PROSERPINACA: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 105.—RHACOMA: THIRTY-SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 106.—THE RESEDA: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 107.—THE STŒCHAS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 108.—THE SOLANUM, BY THE GREEKS CALLED STRYCHNON: TWO REMEDIAL PROPERTIES.

CHAP. 109.—SMYRNION: THIRTY-TWO REMEDIES. SINON: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 110.—TELEPHION: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 11.—THE TRICHOMANES: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 112.—THE THALICTRUM: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 113.—THLASPI AND PERSICON NAPY: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 114.—THE TRACHINIA: ONE PROPERTY.

CHAP. 115.—THE TRAGONIS OR TRAGION: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 116.—THE TRAGOS OR SCORPION: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 117.—THE TRAGOPOGON OR COME.

CHAP. 118.—THE AGES OF PLANTS.

CHAP. 119.—HOW THE GREATEST EFFICACY IN PLANTS MAY BE ENSURED.

CHAP. 120.—MALADIES PECULIAR TO VARIOUS NATIONS.

BOOK XXVIII. CHAP. 1. (1.)—INTRODUCTION.

BOOK XXVIII. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM LIVING CREATURES.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—INTRODUCTION.

CHAP. 2.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM MAN.

CHAP. 3. (2.)—WHETHER WORDS ARE POSSESSED OF ANY HEALING EFFICACY.

CHAP. 4.—THAT PRODIGIES AND PORTENTS MAY BE CONFIRMED, OR MADE OF NO EFFECT.

CHAP. 5.—A DESCRIPTION OF VARIOUS USAGES.

CHAP. 6. (3.)—TWO HUNDRED AND TWENTY-SIX OBSERVATIONS ON REMEDIES DERIVED FROM MAN. EIGHT REMEDIES DERIVED, FROM CHILDREN.

CHAP. 7.—PROPERTIES OF THE HUMAN SPITTLE.

CHAP. 8.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE WAX OF THE HUMAN EAR.

CHAP. 9.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE HUMAN HAIR, TEETH, ETC.

CHAP. 10.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE HUMAN BLOOD, THE SEXUAL CONGRESS, ETC.

CHAP. 11.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE DEAD.

CHAP. 12.—VARIOUS REVERIES AND DEVICES OF THE MAGICIANS.

CHAP. 13.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE HUMAN EXCRETIONS.

CHAP. 14.—REMEDIES DEPENDING UPON THE HUMAN WILL.

CHAP. 15. (6.)—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM SNEEZING.

CHAP. 16.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE SEXUAL CONGRESS.

CHAP. 17.—VARIOUS OTHER REMEDIES.

CHAP. 18.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE URINE.

CHAP. 19.—INDICATIONS OF HEALTH DERIVED FROM THE URINE.

CHAP. 20. (7.)—FORTY-ONE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE FEMALE SEX.

CHAP. 21.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM WOMAN'S MILK.

CHAP. 22.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE SPITTLE OF FEMALES.

CHAP. 23.—FACTS CONNECTED WITH THE MENSTRUAL DISCHARGE.

CHAP. 24. (8.)—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM FOREIGN ANIMALS: THE ELEPHANT, EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 25.—TEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE LION.

CHAP. 26.—TEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE CAMEL.

CHAP. 27.—SEVENTY-NINE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE HYÆNA.

CHAP. 28.—NINETEEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE CROCODILE.

CHAP. 29.—FIFTEEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE CHAMÆLEON.

CHAP. 30.—FOUR REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE SCINCUS.

CHAP. 31.—SEEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE HIPPOPOTAMUS.

CHAP. 32.—FIVE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE LYNX.

CHAP. 33. (9.)—REMEDIES FURNISHED IN COMMON BY ANIMALS OF THE SAME CLASS, WHETHER WILD OR TAME. FIFTY-FOUR MEDICINAL USES OF MILK, WITH OBSERVATIONS THEREON.

CHAP. 34.—TWELVE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM CHEESE.

CHAP. 35.—TWENTY-FIVE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM BUTTER.

CHAP. 36.—OXYGALA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 37.—THE VARIOUS USES OF FAT AND OBSERVATIONS UPON IT, FIFTY-TWO IN NUMBER.

CHAP. 38.—SUET.

CHAP. 39.—MARROW.

CHAP. 40.—GALL.

CHAP. 41.—BLOOD.

CHAP. 42.—PECULIAR REMEDIES DERIVED FROM VARIOUS ANIMALS, AND CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO THE MALADIES. REMEDIES AGAINST THE POISON OF SERPENTS, DERIVED FROM THE STAG, THE FAWN, THE OPHION, THE SHE-GOAT, THE KID, AND THE ASS.

CHAP. 43.—REMEDIES FOR THE BITE OF THE MAD DOG. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE CALF, THE HE-GOAT, AND VARIOUS OTHER ANIMALS.

CHAP. 44.—REMEDIES TO BE ADOPTED AGAINST ENCHANTMENTS.

CHAP. 45.—REMEDIES FOR POISONS.

CHAP. 46. (11.)—-REMEDIES FOR DIEASES OF THE HEAD, AND FOR ALOPECY.

CHAP. 47.—-REMEDIES FOR AFFECTIONS OF THE EYES.

CHAP. 48.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES AND AFFECTIONS OF THE EARS.

CHAP. 49.—REMEDIES FOR TOOTH-ACHE.

CHAP. 50. (12.)—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE FACE.

CHAP. 51.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE TONSILLARY GLANDS, AND FOR SCROFULA.

CHAP. 52—REMEDIES FOR PAINS IN THE NECK.

CHAP. 53.—-REMEDIES FOR COUGH AND FOR SPITTING OF BLOOD.

CHAP. 54. (13.)—REMEDIES FOR AFFECTIONS OF THE STOMACH.

CHAP. 55.—REMEDIES FOR LIVER COMPLAINTS AND FOR ASTHMA.

CHAP. 56.—REMEDIES FOR PAINS IN THE LOINS.

CHAP. 57.—REMEDIES FOR AFFECTIONS OF THE SPLEEN.

CHAP. 58. (14.)—REMEDIES FOR BOWEL COMPLAINTS.

CHAP. 59.—REMEDES FOR TENESMUS, TAPEWORM, AND AFFECTIONS OF THE COLON.

CHAP. 60. (15.)—-REMEDIES FOR AFFECTIONS OF THE BLADDER, AND FOR URINARY CALCULI.

CHAP. 61.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE GENERATIVE ORGANS AND OF THE FUNDAMENT.

CHAP. 62. (16.)—REMEDIES FOR GOUT AND FOR DISEASES OF THE FEET.

CHAP. 63.—REMEDIES FOR EPILEPSY.

CHAP. 64.—REMEDIES FOR JAUNDICE.

CHAP. 65.—-REMEDIES FOR BROKEN BONES.

CHAP. 66.—REMEDIES FOR FEVERS.

CHAP. 67. (17.)—REMEDIES FOR MELANCHOLY, LETHARGY, AND PHTHSIS.

CHAP. 68.—REMEDIES FOR DROPSY.

CHAP. 69.—REMEDIES FOR ERYSIPELAS, AND FOR PURULENT ERUPTIONS.

CHAP. 70.—REMEDIES FOR SPRAINS, INDURATIONS, AND BOILS.

CHAP. 71.—REMEDIES FOR BURNS. THE METHOD OF TESTING BULL-GLUE; SEVEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM IT.

CHAP. 72.— REMEDIES FOR AFFECTIONS OF THE SINEWS AND FOR CONTUSIONS.

CHAP. 73. (18.)—REMEDIES FOR HÆMORRHAGE.

CHAP. 74.—REMEDIES FOR ULCERS AND CARACINOMATOUS SORES.

CHAP. 75.—REMEDIES FOR THE ITCH.

CHAP. 76.—METHODS OF EXTRACTING FOREIGN SUBSTANCES WHICH ADHERE TO THE, BODY, AND OF RESTORING SCARS TO THEIR NATURAL COLOUR.

CHAP. 77. (19.)—REMEDIES FOR FEMALE DISEASES.

CHAP. 78.—REMEDIES FOR THE DISEASES OF INFANTS.

CHAP. 79.—PROVOCATIVES OF SLEEP.

CHAP. 80.—STIMLANTS FOR THE SEXUAL PASSIONS.

CHAP. 81. (20.)—REMARKABLE FACTS RELATIVE TO ANIMALS.

BOOK XXIX. CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE ORIGIN OF THE MEDICAL ART.

BOOK XXIX. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM LIVING CREATURES.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE ORIGIN OF THE MEDICAL ART.

CHAP. 2.—PARTICULARS RELATIVE TO HIPPOCRATES. DATE OF THE ORIGIN OF CLINICAL PRACTICE AND OF THAT OF IATRALIPTICS.

CHAP. 3.—PARTICULARS RELATIVE TO CHRYSIPPUS AND ERASIS- TRATUS.

CHAP. 4.—THE EMPIRIC BRANCH OF MEDICINE.

CHAP. 5.—PARTICULARS RELATIVE TO HEROPHILUS AND OTHER CELEBRATED PHYSICIANS. THE VARIOUS CHANGES THAT HAVE BEEN MADE IN THE SYSTEM OF MEDICINE.

CHAP. 6.—WHO FIRST PRACTISED AS A PHYSICIAN AT ROME, AND AT WHAT PERIOD.

CHAP. 7.—THE OPINIONS ENTERTAINED BY THE ROMANS ON THE ANCIENT PHYSICIANS.

CHAP. 8.—EVILS ATTENDANT UPON THE PRACTICE OF MEDICINE.

CHAP. 9.—THIRTY-FIVE REMEDIES DEEIVED FROM WOOL.

CHAP. 10.—THIRTY-TWO REMEDIES DERIVED FROM WOOL-GREASE.

CHAP. 11. (3.)—TWENTY-TWO REMEDIES DERIVED FROM EGGS.

CHAP. 12.—SERPENTS' EGGS.

CHAP. 13.—THE METHOD OF PREPARING COMMAGENUM. FOUR REMEDIES DERIVED FROM IT.

CHAP. 14. (4.)—REMEDIES DERVED FROM THE DOO.

CHAP. 15.—REMEDIES CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO THE DIFFERENT MALADIES. REMEDIES FOR INJURIES INFLICTED BY SERPENTS. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM MICE.

CHAP. 16.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE WEASEL.

CHAP. 17.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM BUGS.

CHAP. 18.—PARTICULARS RELATIVE TO THE ASP.

CHAP. 19.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE BASILISK.

CHAP. 20.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE DRAGON.

CHAP. 21.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE VIPER.

CHAP. 22.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE OTHER SERPENTS.

CHAP. 23.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE SALAMANDER.

CHAP. 24.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM BIRDS FOR INJURIES IN- FLICTED BY SERPENTS. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE VULTURE.

CHAP. 25.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM POULTRY.

CHAP. 26.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM OTHER BIRDS.

CHAP. 27.—REMEDIES FOR THE BITE OF THE PHALANGIUM. THE SEVERAL VARIETIES OF THAT INSECT, AND OF THE SPIDER.

CHAP. 28.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE STELLIO OR SPOTTED LIZARD.

CHAP. 29.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM VARIOUS INSECTS.

CHAP. 30.—REMEDIES DERIVED :FROM CANTHARIDES.

CHAP. 31.—VARIOUS COUNTER-POISONS.

CHAP. 32.—REMEDIES FOR THE BITE OF THE MAD DOG.

CHAP. 33.—REMEDIES FOR THE OTHER POISONS.

CHAP. 34. (6.)—REMEDIES FOR ALOPECY.

CHAP. 35.—REMEDIES FOR LICE AND FOR PORRIGO.

CHAP. 36.—REMEDIES FOR HEAD-ACHE AND FOR WOUNDS ON THE HEAD.

CHAP. 37.—REMEDIES FOR AFFECTIONS OF THE EYELIDS.

CHAP. 38.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE EYES.

CHAP. 39.—REMEDIES FOR PAINS AND DISEASES OF THE EARS.

BOOK XXX. CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE ORIGIN OF THE MAGIC ART.

BOOK XXX. REMEDIES DERIEVED FROM LIVING CREATURES.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE ORIGIN OF THE MAGIC ART.

CHAP. 2.—WHEN AND WHERE THE ART OF MAGIC ORIGINATED: BY WHAT PERSONS IT WAS FIRST PRACTISED.

CHAP. 3.—WHETHER MAGIC WAS EVER PRACTISED IN ITALY. AT WHAT PERIOD THE SENATE FIRST FORBADE HUMAN SACRIFICES.

CHAP. 4.—THE DRUIDS OF THE GALLIC PROVINCES.

CHAP. 5. (2.)—THE VARIOUS BRANCHES OF MAGIC.

CHAP. 6.—THE SUBTERFUGES PRACTISED BY THE MAGICIANS.

CHAP. 7. (3.)—OPINIONS OF THE MAGICIANS RELATIVE TO THE MOLE. FIVE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM IT.

CHAP. 8.—THE OTHER REMEDIES DERIVED FROM LIVING CREATURES. CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO THE RESPECTIVE DISEASES. REMEDIES FOR TOOTH-ACHE.

CHAP. 9. (4.)—REMEDIES FOR OFFENSIVE ODOURS AND SORES OF THE MOUTH.

CHAP. 10.—REMEDIES FOR SPOTS UPON THE FACE.

CHAP. 11.—REMEDIES FOR AFFECTIONS OF THE THROAT.

CHAP. 12.—REMEDIES FOR QUINZY AND SCROFULA.

CHAP. 13.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE SHOULDERS.

CHAP. 14.—REMEDIES FOR PAINS IN THE VISCERA.

CHAP. 15.—REMEDIES FOR PAINS IN THE STOMACH.

CHAP. 16.—REMEDIES FOR PAINS IN THE LIVER, AND FOR SPITTING OF BLOOD.

CHAP. 17.—REMEDIES FOR AFFECTIONS OF THE SPLEEN.

CHAP. 18.—REMEDIES FOR PAINS IN THE SIDE AND IN THE LOINS.

CHAP. 19. (7.)—REMEDIES FOR DYSENTERY.

CHAP. 20.—REMEDES FOR THE ILIAC PASSION, AND FOR OTHER MALADIES OF THE BOWELS.

CHAP. 21. (8.)—REMEDIES FOR URINARY CALCULI AND AFFECTIONS OF THE BLADDER.

CHAP. 22.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE FUNDAMENT AND OF THE GENERATIVE ORGANS.

CHAP. 23. (9.)—REMEDIES FOR GOUT AND FOR DISEASES OF THE FEET.

CHAP. 24. (10.)—REMEDIES FOR EVILS WHICH ARE LIABLE TO AFFECT THE WHOLE BODY.

CHAP. 25.—REMEDIES FOR COLD SHIVERINGS.

CHAP. 26.—REMEDIES FOR PARALYSIS.

CHAP. 27.—REMEDIES FOR EPILEPSY.

CHAP. 28. (11.)—REMEDIES FOR JAUNDICE.

CHAP. 29.—REMEDIES FOR PHRENITIS.

CHAP. 30.—REMEDIES FOR FEVERS.

CHAP. 31.—REMEDIES FOR DROPSY.

CHAP. 32. (12).—REMEDIES FOR ERYSIPELAS.

CHAP. 33.—REMEDIES FOR CARBUNCLES.

CHAP. 34.—REMEDIES FOR BOILS.

CHAP. 35.—REMEDIES FOR BURNS.

CHAP. 36.—REMEDIES FOR AFFECTIONS OF THE SINEWS.

CHAP. 37.—REMEDIES FOR MALADIES OF THE NAILS AND FINGERS.

CHAP. 38. (13.)—METHODS FOR ARRESTING HÆMORRHAGE.

CHAP. 39.—REMEDIES FOR ULCEROUS SORES AND WOUNDS.

CHAP. 40.—REMEDIES FOR BROKEN BONES.

CHAP. 41.—APPLICATIONS FOR CICATRIZATIONS, AND FOR, THE CURE OF MORPHEW.

CHAP. 42.—METHODS OF EXTRICTXING FOREIGN SUBSTANCES FROM THE BODY.

CHAP. 43. (14.)—REMEDIES FOR FEMALE COMPLAINTS.

CHAP. 44.—METHODS OF FACILITATING DELIVERY.

CHAP. 45.—METHODS OF PRESERVING THE BREASTS FROM INJURY.

CHAP. 46.—VARIOUS KINDS OF DEPILATORIES.

CHAP. 47.—REMEDIES FOR THE DISEASES OF INFANTS.

CHAP. 48.—PROVOCATIYES OF SLEEP.

CHAP. 49.—APHRODISIACS AND ANTAPHRODISIACS.

CHAP. 50.—REMEDIES FOR PHTHIRIASIS, AND FOR VARIOUS OTHER AFFECTIONS.

CHAP. 51.—REMEDIES FOR INTOXICATION.

CHAP. 52.—PECULIARITIES RELATIVE TO CERTAIN ANIMALS.

CHAP. 53. (16.)—OTHER MARVELLOUS FACTS CONNECTED WITH ANIMALS.

BOOK XXXI. CHAP. 1. (1.)—REMARKABLE FACTS CONNECTED WITH WATER.

BOOK XXXI. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE AQUATIC PRODUCTION

CHAP. 1. (1.)—REMARKABLE FACTS CONNECTED WITH WATER.

CHAP. 2. (2.)—THE DIFFERENT PROPERTIES OF WATERS.

CHAP. 3.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM WATER.

CHAP. 4.—WATERS PRODUCTIVE OF FECUNDITY. WATERS CURATIVE OF INSANITY.

CHAP. 5.—WATERS REMEDIAL FOR URINARY CALCULI.

CHAP. 6.—WATERS CURATIVE OF WOUNDS.

CHAP. 7.—WATERS PREVENTIVE OF ABORTION.

CHAP. 8.—WATERS WHICH REMOVE MORPHEW.

CHAP. 9.—WATERS WITCH COLOUR THE HAIR.

CHAP. 10.—WATERS WHICH COLOUR THE HUMAN BODY.

CHAP. 11.—WATERS WHICH AID THE MEMORY, OR ARE PRODUCTIVE OF FORGETFULNESS.

CHAP. 12.—WATERS WHICH SHARPEN OR DULL THE SENSES. WATERS WHICH IMPROVE THE VOICE.

CHAP. 13.—WATERS WHICH CAUSE A DISTASTE FOR WINE. WATERS WHICH PRODUCE INEBRIETY.

CHAP. 14.—WATERS WHICH SERVE AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR OIL.

CHAP. 15.—SALT AND BITTER WATERS.

CHAP. 16.—WATERS WHICH THROW UP STONES. WATERS WHICH CAUSE LAUGHTER AND WEEPING. WATERS WHICH ARE SAID TO BF CURATIVE OF LOVE.

CHAP. 17.—WATERS WHICH PRESERVE THEIR WARMTH FOR THREE DAYS.

CHAP. 18.—OTHER MARVELLOUS FACTS CONNECTED WITH WATER. WATERS IN WHICH EVERYTHING WILL SINK. WATERS IN WHICH NOTHING WILL SINK.

CHAP. 19.—DEADLY WATERS. POISONOUS FISHES.

CHAP. 20.—WATERS WHICH PETRIFY, THEMSELVES, OR CAUSE OTHER OBJECTS TO PETRIFY.

CHAP. 21. (3.)—THE WHOLESOMIENESS OF WATERS.

CHAP. 22.—THE IMPURITIES OF WATER.

CHAP. 23.—THE MODES OF TESTING WATER.

CHAP. 24.—THE MARCIAN WATERS.

CHAP. 25.—THE VIRGIN WATERS.

CHAP. 26.—TE METHOD OF SEARCHING FOR WATER.

CHAP. 27.—SIGNS INDICATIVE OF THE PRESENCE OF WATER.

CHAP. 28.—DIFFERENCES IN WATERS, ACCORDING TO THE NATURE OF THE SOIL.

CHAP. 29.—THE QUALITIES OF WATER AT THE DIFFERENT SEASONS OF THE YEAR.

CHAP. 30.—HISTORICAL OBSERVATIONS UPON WATERS WHICH HAVE SUDDENLY MADE THEIR APPEARANCE OR SUDDENLY CEASED.

CHAP. 31. (6.)—THE METHOD OF CONVEYING WATER.

CHAP. 32—HOW MINERAL WATERS SHOULD BE USED.

CHAP. 33.—THE USES OF SEA-WATER. THE ADVANTAGES OF A SEA-VOYAGE.

CHAP. 34.—HOW ARTIFICIAL SEA-WATER MAY BE MADE IN PLACES AT A DISTANCE FROM THE SEA.

CHAP. 35.—HOW THALASSOMELI IS MADE.

CHAP. 36.—How HYDROMELI IS MADE.

CHAP. 37.—METHODS OF PROVIDING AGAINST THE INCONVENIENCE OF DRINKING SUSPECTED WATER.

CHAP. 38.—SIX REMEDIES DERIVED FROM MOSS. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM SAND.

CHAP. 39. (7.)—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF SALT; THE METHODS OF PREPARING IT, AND THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM IT. TWO HUNDRED AND FOUR OBSERVATIONS THERE UPON.

CHAP. 40.—MURIA.

CHAP. 41.—THE VARIOUS PROPERTIES OF SALT: ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTY HISTORICAL REMARKS RELATIVE THERETO.

CHAP. 42.—FLOWER OF SALT: TWENTY REMEDIES. SALSUGO: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 43.—GARUM: FIFTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 44.—ALEX: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 45. (9.)—THE NATURE OF SALT.

CHAP. 46. (10.)—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF NITRUM, THE METHODS OF PREPARING IT, AND THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM IT: TWO HUNDRED AND TWENTY-ONE OBSERVATIONS THEREON.

CHAP. 47. (11.)—SPONGES, AND THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THEM: NINETY-TWO OBSERVATIONS THEREON.

BOOK XXXII. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM AQUATIC ANIMALS.

BOOK XXXII.

REMEDIES DERIVED FROM AQUATIC ANIMALS.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE POWER OF NATURE AS MANIFESTED IN ANTIPATHIES. THE ECHENEÏS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 2.—THE TORPEDO: NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 3.—THE SEA HARE: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 4.—MARVELS OF THE RED SEA.

CHAP. 5. (2.)—THE INSTINCTS OF FISHES.

CHAP. 6.—MARVELLOUS PROPERTIES BELONGING TO CERTAIN FISHES.

CHAP. 7.—PLACES WHERE FISH EAT FROM THE HAND.

CHAP. 8.—PLACES WHERE FISH RECOGNIZE THE HUMAN VOICE. ORACULAR RESPONSES GIVEN BY FISH.

CHAP. 9.—PLACES WHERE BITTER FISH ARE FOUND, SALT, OR SWEET.

CHAP. 10.—WHEN SEA-FISH WERE FIRST EATEN BY THE PEOPLE OF ROME. THE ORDINANCE OF KING NUMA AS TO FISH.

CHAP. 11.—CORAL: FORTY-THREE REMEDIES AND OBSERVATIONS.

CHAP. 12. —THE ANTIPATHIES AND SYMPATHIES WHICH EXIST BETWEEN CERTAIN OBJECTS. THE HATREDS MANIFESTED BY CERTAIN AQUATIC ANIMALS. THE PASTINACA: EIGHT REMEDIES. THE GALEOS: FIFTEEN REMEDIES. THE SUR-MULLET: FIFTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 13. (3).—AMPHIBIOUS ANIMALS. CASTOREUM: SIXTY-SIX REMEDIES AND OBSERVATIONS.

CHAP. 14. (4)—THE TORTOISE: SIXTY-SIX REMEDIES AND OBSERVATIONS.

CHAP. 15.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE AQUATIC ANIMALS, CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO THE RESPECTIVE DISEASES.

CHAP. 16. (5.)—REMEDIES FOR POISONS, AND FOR NOXIOUS SPELLS. THE DORADE: FOUR REMEDIES. THE SEA-STAR: SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 17.—REMEDIES FOR THE STINGS OF SERPENTS, FOR THE BITES OF DOGS, AND FOR INJURIES INFLICTED BY VENOMOUS ANIMALS, THE SEA-DRAGON: THREE REMEDIES. TWENTY-FIVE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM SALTED FISH. THE SARDA: ONE REMEDY. ELEVEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM CYBIUM.

CHAP. 18.—THE SEA-FROG: SIX REMEDIES. THE RIVER-FROG: FIFTY-TWO REMEDIES. THE BRAMBLE-FROG: ONE REMEDY. THIRTY-TWO OBSERVATIONS ON THESE ANIMALS.

CHAP. 19.—THE ENHYDRIS: SIX REMEDIES. THE RIVER-CRAB: FOURTEEN REMEDIES. THE SEA-CRAB: SEVEN REMEDIES. THE RIVER-SNAIL: SEVEN REMEDIES. THE CORACINUS: FOUR REMEDIES. THE SEA-PIG: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 20.—THE SEA-CALF: TEN REMEDIES. THE MURÆNA: ONE REMEDY. THE HIPPOCAMPUS: NINE REMEDIES. THE SEA-URCHIN: ELEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 21. (6.)—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF OYSTERS: FIFTY-EIGHT REMEDIES AND OBSERVATIONS. PURPLES: NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 22.—SEA-WEED: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 23. (7.)—REMEDIES FOR ALOPECY, CHANGE OF COLOUR IN THE HAIR, AND ULCERATIONS OF THE HEAD. THE SEA-MOUSE: TWO REMEDIES. THE SEA-SCORPION: TWELVE REMEDIES. THE LEECH: SEVEN REMEDIES. THE MUREX: THIRTEEN REMEDIES. THE CONCHYLIUM: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 24.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE EYES AND EYE-LIDS. TWO REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE FAT OF FISHES. THE CALLIONYMUS: THREE REMEDIES. THE GALL OF THE CORACINUS: ONE REMEDY. THE SÆPIA: TWENTY-FOUR REMEDIES. ICHTHYOCOLLA: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 25.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE EARS. THE BATIA: ONE REMEDY. THE BACCHUS OR MYXON: TWO REMEDIES. THE SEA-LOUSE: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 26.—REMEDIES FOR TOOTH-ACHE. THE DOG-FISH : FOUR REMEDIES. WHALE'S FLESH.

CHAP. 27.—REMEDIES FOR LICHENS, AND FOR SPOTS UPON THE FACE. THE DOLPHIN: NINE REMEDIES. COLUTHIA OR CORYPHIA: THREE REMEDIES. HALCYONEUM : SEVEN REMEDIES. THE TUNNY : FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 28.—REMEDIES FOR SCROFULA, IMPOSTHUMES OF THE PAROTID GLANDS, QUINSY, AND DISEASES OF THE FAUCES. THE MÆNA: THIRTEEN REMEDIES. THE SEA-SCOLOPENDRA: TWO REMEDIES. THE SAURUS: ONE REMEDY. SHELL-FISH: ONE REMEDY. THE SILURUS: FIFTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 29.—REMEDIES FOR COUGH AND DISEASES OF THE CHEST.

CHAP. 30. (9.)—REMEDIES FOR PAINS IN THE LIVER AND SIDE. THE ELONGATED CONCH: SIX REMEDIES. THE TETHEA: FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 31.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE BOWELS. SEA-WORT: ONE REMEDY. THE MYAX: TWENTY-FIVE REMEDIES. THE MITULUS: EIGHT REMEDIES. PELORIDES: ONE REMEDY. SERIPHUM: TWO REMEDIES. THE ERYTHINUS: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 32.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE SPLEEN, FOR URINARY CALCULI, AND FOR AFFECTIONS OF THE BLADDER. THE SOLE: ONE REMEDY. THE TURBOT: ONE REMEDY. THE BLENDIUS: ONE REMEDY. THE SEA-NETTLE: SEVEN REMEDIES. THE PULMO MARINUS: SIX REMEDIES. ONYCHES: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 33.—REMEDIES FOR INTESTINAL HERNIA, AND FOR DISEASES OF THE RECTUM. THE WATER-SNAKE: ONE REMEDY. THE HYDRUS: ONE REMEDY. THE MULLET: ONE REMEDY. THE PELAMIS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 34.—REMEDIES FOR INFLAMED TUMOURS, AND FOR DISEASES OF THE GENERATIVE ORGANS. THE SCIÆNA: ONE REMEDY. THE PERCH: FOUR REMEDIES. THE SQUATINA: THREE REMEDIES. THE SMARIS: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 36.—REMEDIES FOR GOUT, AND FOR PAINS IN THE FEET. THE BEAVER: FOUR REMEDIES. BRYON: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 37.—REMEDIES FOR EPILEPSY.

CHAP. 38. (10.)—REMEDIES FOR FEVERS. THE FISH CALLED ASELLUS: ONE REMEDY. THE PHAGRUS: ONE REMEDY. THE BALÆNA: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 39.—REMEDIES FOR LETHARGY, CACHEXY, AND DROPSY.

CHAP. 40.—REMEDIES FOR BURNS AND FOR ERYSIPELAS.

CHAP. 41.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE SINEWS.

CHAP. 42.—METHODS OF ARRESTING HÆMORRHAGE AND OF LETTING BLOOD. THE POLYP: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 43.—METHODS OF EXTRACTING FOREIGN BODIES FROM THE FLESH.

CHAP. 44.—REMEDIES FOR ULCERS, CARCINOMATA, AND CARBUNCLES.

CHAP. 45.—REMEDIES FOR WARTS, AND FOR MALFORMED NAILS. THE GLANIS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 46.—REMEDIES FOR FEMALE DISEASES. THE GLAUCISCUS: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 47.—METHODS OF REMOVING SUPERFLUOUS HAIR. DEPILATORIES.

CHAP. 48.—REMEDIES FOR THE DISEASES OF INFANTS.

CHAP. 49.—METHODS OF PREVENTING INTOXICATION. THE FISH CALLED RUBELLIO: ONE REMEDY. THE EEL: ONE REMEDY. THE GRAPE-FISH: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 50.—ANTAPHRODISIACS AND APHRODISIACS. THE HIPPOPOTAMUS: ONE REMEDY. THE CROCODILE: ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 51.—REMEDIES FOR THE DISEASES OF ANIMALS.

CHAP. 52.—OTHER AQUATIC PRODUCTIONS. ADARCA OR CALAMOCHNOS: THREE REMEDIES. REEDS: EIGHT REMEDIES. THE INK OF THE SÆPIA.

CHAP. 53. (11.)—THE NAMES OF ALL THE ANIMALS THAT EXIST IN THE SEA, ONE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY-SIX IN NUMBER.

CHAP. 54.—ADDITIONAL NAMES OF FISHES FOUND IN THE POEM OF OVID.

BOOK XXXIII. CHAP. 1. (1.)—METALS.

BOOK XXXIII. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF METALS.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—METALS.

CHAP. 2.—GOLD.

CHAP. 3.—WHAT WAS THE FIRST RECOMMENDATION OF GOLD.

CHAP. 4.—THE ORIGIN OF GOLD RINGS.

CHAP. 5.—THE QUANTITY OF GOLD POSSESSED BY THE ANCIENTS.

CHAP. 6.—THE RIGHT OF WEARING GOLD RINGS.

CHAP. 7.—THE DECURIES OF THE JUDGES.

CHAP. 8.—PARTICULARS CONNECTED WITH THE EQUESTRIAN ORDER.

CHAP. 9.—HOWOFTEN THE NAME OF THE EQUESTRIAN ORDER HAS BEEN CHANGED.

CHAP. 10.—GIFTS FOR MILITARY SERVICES, IN GOLD AND SILVER.

CHAP. 11.—AT WHAT PERIOD THE FIRST CROWN OF GOLD WAS PRESENTED.

CHAP. 12. (3.)—OTHER USES MADE OF GOLD, BY FEMALES.

CHAP. 13.—COINS OF GOLD. AT WHAT PERIODS COPPER, GOLD, AND SILVER WERE FIRST IMPRESSED. HOW COPPER WAS USED BEFORE GOLD AND SILVER WERE COINED. WHAT WAS THE LARGEST SUM OF MONEY POSSESSED BY ANY ONE AT THE TIME OF OUR FIRST CENSUS. HOW OFTEN, AND AT WHAT PERIODS, THE VALUE OF COPPER AND OF COINED MONEY HAS BEEN CHANGED.

CHAP. 14.—CONSIDERATIONS ON MAN'S CUPIDITY FOR GOLD.

CHAP. 15.—THE PERSONS WHO HAVE POSSESSED THE GREATEST QUANTITY OF GOLD AND SILVER.

CHAP. 16.—AT WHAT PERIOD SILVER FIRST MADE ITS APPEARANCE UPON THE ARENA AND UPON THE STAGE.

CHAP. 17.—AT WHAT PERIODS THERE WAS THE GREATEST QUANTITY OF GOLD AND SILVER IN THE TREASURY OF THE ROMAN PEOPLE.

CHAP. 18.—AT WHAT PERIOD CEILINGS WERE FIRST GILDED.

CHAP. 19.—FOR WHAT REASONS THE HIGHEST VALUE IS SET UPON GOLD.

CHAP. 20.—THE METHOD OF GILDING.

CHAP. 21. (4.)—HOW GOLD IS FOUND.

CHAP. 22.—ORPIMENT.

CHAP. 23.—ELECTRUM.

CHAP. 24.—THE FIRST STATUES OF GOLD.

CHAP. 25.—EIGHT REMEDIES DERIVED FROM GOLD.

CHAP. 26. (5.)—CHRYSOCOLLA.

CHAP. 27.—THE USE MADE OF CHRYSOCOLLA IN PAINTING.

CHAP. 28.—SEVEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM CHRYSOCOLLA.

CHAP. 29.—THE CHRYSOCOLLA OF THE GOLDSMITHS, KNOWN ALSO AS SANTERNA.

CHAP. 30.—THE MARVELLOUS OPERATIONS OF NATURE IN SOLDERING METALLIC SUBSTANCES, AND BRINGING THEM TO A STATE OF PERFECTION.

CHAP. 31. (6.)—SILVER.

CHAP. 32.—QUICKSILVER.

CHAP. 33.—STIMMI, STIBI, ALABASTRUM, LARBASIS, OR PLATYOPHTHALMON.

CHAP. 34.—SEVEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM STIMMI.

CHAP. 35.—THE SCORIA OF SILVER. SIX REMEDIES DERIVED FROM IT.

CHAP. 36. (7.)—MINIUM: FOR WHAT RELIGIOUS PURPOSES IT WAS USED BY THE ANCIENTS.

CHAP. 37.—THE DISCOVERY AND ORIGIN OF MINIUM.

CHAP. 38.—CINNABARIS.

CHAP. 39.—THE EMPLOYMENT OF CINNABARIS IN PAINTING.

CHAP. 40.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF MINIUM. THE USE MADE OF IT IN PAINTING.

CHAP. 41. (8.)—HYDRARGYROS. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM MINIUM.

CHAP. 42.—THE METHOD OF GILDING SILVER.

CHAP. 43.—TOUCHSTONES FOR TESTING GOLD.

CHAP. 44.—THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF SILVER, AND THE MODES OF TESTING IT.

CHAP. 45. (9.)—MIRRORS.

CHAP. 46.—EGYPTIAN SILVER.

CHAP. 47. (10.)—INSTANCES OF IMMENSE WEALTH. PERSONS WHO HAVE POSSESSED THE GREATEST SUMS OF MONEY.

CHAP. 48.—AT WHAT PERIOD THE ROMAN PEOPLE FIRST MADE VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS.

CHAP. 49. (11.)—INSTANCES OF LUXURY IN SILVER PLATE.

CHAP. 50.—INSTANCES OF THE FRUGALITY OF THE ANCIENTS IN REFERENCE TO SILVER PLATE.

CHAP. 51.—AT WHAT PERIOD SILVER WAS FIRST USED AS AN ORNAMENT FOR COUCHES.

CHAP. 52.—AT WHAT PERIOD SILVER CHARGERS OF ENORMOUS SIZE WERE FIRST MADE. WHEN SILVER WAS FIRST USED AS A MATERIAL FOR SIDEBOARDS. WHEN THE SIDEBOARDS CALLED TYMPANA WERE FIRST INTRODUCED.

CHAP. 53.—THE ENORMOUS PRICE OF SILVER PLATE.

CHAP. 54. (12.)—STATUES OF SILVER.

CHAP. 55.—THE MOST REMARKABLE WORKS IN SILVER, AND THE NAMES OF THE MOST FAMOUS ARTISTS IN SILVER.

CHAP. 56.—SIL: THE PERSONS WHO FIRST USED IT IN PAINTING, AND THE METHOD THEY ADOPTED.

CHAP. 57. (13.)—CÆRULEUM.

CHAP. 58.—TWO REMEDIES DERIVED FROM CÆRULEUM.

BOOK XXXIV. CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE ORES OF BRASS.

BOOK XXXIV. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF METALS.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE ORES OF BRASS.

CHAP. 2.—THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF COPPER.

CHAP. 3.—THE CORINTHIAN BRASS.

CHAP. 4.—THE DELIAN BRASS.

CHAP. 5.—THE ÆGINETAN BRASS.

CHAP. 6. (3.)—STANDS FOR LAMPS.

CHAP. 7.—ORNAMENTS OF THE TEMPLES MADE OF BRASS.

CHAP. 8.—COUCHES OF BRASS.

CHAP. 9. (4.)—WHICH WAS THE FIRST STATUE OF A GOD MADE OF BRASS AT ROME. THE ORIGIN OF STATUES, AND THE RESPECT PAID TO THEM.

CHAP. 10. (5.)—THE DIFFERENT KINDS AND FORMS OF STATUES. STATUES AT ROME WITH CUIRASSES.

CHAP. 11.—IN HONOUR OF WHOM PUBLIC STATUES WERE FIRST ERECTED: IN HONOUR OF WHOM THEY WERE FIRST PLACED ON PILLARS: WHEN THE ROSTRA WERE FIRST ERECTED.

CHAP. 12.—IN HONOUR OF WHAT FOREIGNERS PUBLIC STATUES WERE ERECTED AT ROME.

CHAP. 13.—THE FIRST EQUESTRIAN STATUES PUBLICLY ERECTED AT ROME, AND IN HONOUR OF WHAT FEMALES STATUES WERE PUBLICLY ERECTED THERE.

CHAP. 14.—AT WHAT PERIOD ALL THE STATUES ERECTED BY PRIVATE INDIVIDUALS WERE REMOVED FROM THE PUBLIC PLACES.

CHAP. 15.—THE FIRST STATUES PUBLICLY ERECTED BY FOREIGNERS.

CHAP. 16. (7.)—THAT THERE WERE STATUARIES IN ITALY ALSO AT AN EARLY PERIOD.

CHAP. 17.—THE IMMODERATE PRICES OF STATUES.

CHAP. 18.—THE MOST CELEBRATED COLOSSAL STATUES IN THE CITY.

CHAP. 19.—AN ACCOUNT OF THE MOST CELEBRATED WORKS IN BRASS, AND OF THE ARTISTS, 366 IN NUMBER.

CHAP. 20.—THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF COPPER AND ITS COMBINATIONS. PYROPUS. CAMPANIAN COPPER.

CHAP. 21.—THE METHOD OF PRESERVING COPPER.

CHAP. 22. (10.)—CADMIA.

CHAP. 23.—FIFTEEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM CADMIA. TEN MEDICINAL EFFECTS OF CALCINED COPPER.

CHAP. 24. (11.)—THE SCORIA OF COPPER.

CHAP. 25.—STOMOMA OF COPPER; FORTY-SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 26.—VERDIGRIS; EIGHTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 27.—HIERACIUM.

CHAP. 28. (12.)—SCOLEX OF COPPER; EIGHTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 29.—CHALCITIS: SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 30.—SORY: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 3—MISY: THIRTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 32.—CHALCANTHUM, OR SHOEMAKERS' BLACK: SIXTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 33. (13.)—POMPHOLYX.

CHAP. 34.—SPODOS; FIVE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 35.—FIFTEEN VARIETIES OF ANTISPODOS.

CHAP. 36.—SMEGMA.

CHAP. 37.—DIPHRYX.

CHAP. 38.—PARTICULARS RELATIVE TO THE SERVILIAN TRIENS.

CHAP. 39. (14).—IRON ORES.

CHAP. 40.—STATUES OF IRON; CHASED WORKS IN IRON.

CHAP. 41.—THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF IRON, AND THE MODE OF TEMPERING IT.

CHAP. 42.—THE METAL CALLED LIVE IRON.

CHAP. 43. (15.)—METHODS OF PREVENTING RUST.

CHAP. 44.—SEVEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM IRON.

CHAP. 45.—FOURTEEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM RUST.

CHAP. 46.—SEVENTEEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE SCALES OF IRON. HYGREMPLASTRUM.

CHAP. 47. (16.)—THE ORES OF LEAD.

CHAP. 48. (17.)—STANNUM. ARGENTARIUM.

CHAP. 49.—BLACK LEAD.

CHAP. 50. (18.)—FIFTEEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM LEAD.

CHAP. 51.—FIFTEEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE SCORIA OF LEAD.

CHAP. 52.—SPODIUM OF LEAD.

CHAP. 53.—MOLYBDÆNA: FIFTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 54.—PSIMITHIUM, OR CERUSE; SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 55.—SANDARACH; ELEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 56.—ARRHENICUM.

BOOK XXXV. CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE HONOUR ATTACHED TO PAINTING.

BOOK XXXV. AN ACCOUNT OF PAINTINGS AND COLOURS.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE HONOUR ATTACHED TO PAINTING.

CHAP. 2. (2.)—THE HONOUR ATTACHED TO PORTRAITS.

CHAP. 3. (3.)—WHEN SHIELDS WERE FIRST INVENTED WITH PORTRAITS UPON THEM; AND WHEN THEY WERE FIRST ERECTED IN PUBLIC.

CHAP. 4.—WHEN THESE SHIELDS WERE FIRST PLACED IN PRIVATE HOUSES.

CHAP. 5.—THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE ART OF PAINTING. MO- NOCHROME PAINTINGS. THE EARLIEST PAINTERS.

CHAP. 6.—THE ANTIQUITY OF PAINTING IN ITALY.

CHAP. 7. (4.)—ROMAN PAINTERS.

CHAP. 8.—AT WHAT PERIOD FOREIGN PAINTINGS WERE FIRST INTRODUCED AT ROME.

CHAP. 9.—AT WHAT PERIOD PAINTING WAS FIRST HELD IN HIGH ESTEEM AT ROME, AND FROM WHAT CAUSES.

CHAP. 10.—WHAT PICTURES THE EMPERORS HAVE EXHIBITED IN PUBLIC.

CHAP. 11. (5.)—THE ART OF PAINTING.

CHAP. 12. (6.)—PIGMENTS OTHER THAN THOSE OF A METALLIC ORIGIN. ARTIFICIAL COLOURS.

CHAP. 13.—SINOPIS: ELEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 14.—RUBRICA; LEMNIAN EARTH: FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 15.—EGYPTIAN EARTH.

CHAP. 16.—OCHRA: REMEDIES DERIVED FROM RUBRICA.

CHAP. 17.—LEUCOPHORON.

CHAP. 18.—PARÆTONIUM.

CHAP. 19.—MELINUM: SIX REMEDIES. CERUSE.

CHAP. 20.—USTA.

CHAP. 21.—ERETRIA.

CHAP. 22.—SANDARACH.

CHAP. 23.—SANDYX.

CHAP. 24.—SYRICUM.

CHAP. 25.—ATRAMENTUM.

CHAP. 26.—PURPURISSUM.

CHAP. 27.—INDICUM.

CHAP. 28.—ARMENIUM; ONE REMEDY.

CHAP. 29.—APPIANUM.

CHAP. 30.—ANULARIAN WHITE.

CHAP. 31. (7.)—WHICH COLOURS DO NOT ADMIT OF BEING LAID ON A WET COATING.

CHAP. 32.—WHAT COLOURS WERE USED BY THE ANCIENTS IN PAINTING.

CHAP. 33.—AT WHAT TIME COMBATS OF GLADIATORS WERE FIRST PAINTED AND PUBLICLY EXHIBITED.

CHAP. 34. (8.)—THE AGE OF PAINTING; WITH THE NAMES OF THE MORE CELEBRATED WORKS AND ARTISTS, FOUR HUNDRED AND FIVE IN NUMBER.

CHAP. 35. (9.)—THE FIRST CONTEST FOR EXCELLENCE IN THE PICTORIAL ART.

CHAP. 36.—ARTISTS WHO PAINTED WITH THE PENCIL.

CHAP. 37.—VARIOUS OTHER KINDS OF PAINTING.

CHAP. 38. (11.)—AN EFFECTUAL WAY OF PUTTING A STOP TO THE SINGING OF BIRDS.

CHAP. 39.—ARTISTS WHO HAVE PAINTED IN ENCAUSTICS OR WAX, WITH EITHER THE CESTRUM OR THE PENCIL.

CHAP. 40.—THE FIRST INVENTORS OF VARIOUS KINDS OF PAINTING. THE GREATEST DIFFICULTIES IN THE ART OF PAINTING. THE SEVERAL VARIETIES OF PAINTING. THE FIRST ARTIST THAT PAINTED CEILINGS. WHEN ARCHED ROOFS WERE FIRST PAINTED. THE MARVELLOUS PRICE OF SOME PICTURES.

CHAP. 41.—ENCAUSTIC PAINTING.

CHAP. 42.—THE COLOURING OF TISSUES.

CHAP. 43. (12.)—THE INVENTORS OF THE ART OF MODELLING.

CHAP. 44.—WHO WAS THE FIRST TO MOULD FIGURES IN IMITATION OF THE FEATURES OF LIVING PERSONS, OR OF STATUES.

CHAP. 45.—THE MOST FAMOUS MODELLERS.

CHAP. 46.—WORKS IN POTTERY.

CHAP. 47. (13.)—VARIOUS KINDS OF EARTH. THE PUTEOLAN DUST, AND OTHER EARTHS OF WHICH CEMENTS LIKE STONE ARE MADE.

CHAP. 48. (14.)—FORMACEAN WALLS.

CHAP. 49.—WALLS OF BRICK. THE METHOD OF MAKING BRICKS.

CHAP. 50. (15.)—SULPHUR, AND THE SEVERAL VARIETIES OF IT: FOURTEEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 51.—BITUMEN, AND THE SEVERAL VARIETIES OF IT; TWENTY-SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 52.—ALUMEN, AND THE SEVERAL VARIETIES OF IT; THIRTY-EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 53. (16.)—SAMIAN EARTH: THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 54.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF ERETRIA.

CHAP. 55.—THE METHOD OF WASHING EARTHS FOR MEDICINAL PURPOSES.

CHAP. 56.—CHIAN EARTH; THREE REMEDIES. SELINUSIAN EARTH; THREE REMEDIES. PNIGITIS; NINE REMEDIES. AMPELITIS; FOUR REMEDIES.

CHAP. 57. (17.)—CRETACEOUS EARTHS USED FOR SCOURING CLOTH. CIMOLIAN EARTH; NINE REMEDIES. SARDINIAN EARTH. UMBRIAN EARTH. SAXUM.

CHAP. 58.—ARGENTARIA. NAMES OF FREEDMEN WHO HAVE EITHER RISEN TO POWER THEMSELVES, OR HAVE BELONGED TO MEN OF INFLUENCE.

CHAP. 59. (19.)—THE EARTH OF GALATA; OF CLYPEA; OF THE BALEARES; AND OF EBUSUS.

BOOK XXXVI.

BOOK XXXVI. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF STONES.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—LUXURY DISPLAYED IN THE USE OF VARIOUS KINDS OF MARBLE.

CHAP. 2.—WHO WAS THE FIRST TO EMPLOY MARBLE IN PUBLIC BUILDINGS.

CHAP. 3. (3.)—WHO WAS THE FIRST TO ERECT COLUMNS OF FOREIGN MARBLE AT ROME.

CHAP. 4. (4.)—THE FIRST ARTISTS WHO EXCELLED IN THE SCULPTURE OF MARBLE, AND THE VARIOUS PERIODS AT WHICH THEY FLOURISHED. THE MAUSOLEUM IN CARIA. THE MOST CELEBRATED SCULPTORS AND WORKS IN MARBLE, TWO HUNDRED AND TWENTY-FIVE IN NUMBER.

CHAP. 5. (6.)—AT WHAT PERIOD MARBLE WAS FIRST USED IN BUILDINGS.

CHAP. 6.—WHO WERE THE FIRST TO CUT MARBLE INTO SLABS, AND AT WHAT PERIOD.

CHAP. 7.—WHO WAS THE FIRST TO ENCRUST THE WALLS OF HOUSES AT ROME WITH MARBLE.

CHAP. 8.—AT WHAT PERIOD THE VARIOUS KINDS OF MARBLE CAME INTO USE AT ROME.

CHAP. 9.—THE METHOD OF CUTTING MARBLE INTO SLABS. THE SAND USED IN CUTTING MARBLE.

CHAP. 10. (7.)—STONE OF NAXOS. STONE OF ARMENIA.

CHAP. 11.—THE MARBLES OF ALEXANDRIA.

CHAP. 12.—ONYX AND ALABASTRITES; SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 13.—LYGDINUS; CORALLITIC STONE; STONE OF ALABANDA; STONE OF THEBAIS; STONE OF SYENE.

CHAP. 14.—OBELISKS.

CHAP. 15. (10.)—THE OBELISK WHICH SERVES AS A DIAL IN THE CAMPUS MARTIUS.

CHAP. 16. (12.)—MARVELLOUS WORKS IN EGYPT. THE PYRAMIDS.

CHAP. 17.—THE EGYPTIAN SPHINX.

CHAP. 18.—THE PHAROS.

CHAP. 19. (13.)—LABYRINTHS.

CHAP. 20.—HANGING GARDENS. A HANGING CITY.

CHAP. 21. (14.)—THE TEMPLE OF DIANA AT EPHESUS.

CHAP. 22. (15.)—MARVELS CONNECTED WITH OTHER TEMPLES.

CHAP. 23.—THE FUGITIVE STONE. THE SEVEN-FOLD ECHO. BUILDINGS ERECTED WITHOUT THE USE OF NAILS.

CHAP. 24.—MARVELLOUS BUILDINGS AT ROME, EIGHTEEN IN NUMBER.

CHAP. 25. (16.)—THE MAGNET: THREE REMEDIES

CHAP. 26.—STONE OF SCYROS.

CHAP. 27. (17.)—SARCOPHAGUS, OR STONE OF ASSOS: TEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 28.—CHERNITES.

CHAP. 29. (18.)—OSSEOUS STONES. PALM STONES. CORANI. BLACK STONES.

CHAP. 30.—MOLAR STONES. PYRITES; SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 31.—OSTRACITES; FOUR REMEDIES. AMIANTHUS; TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 32.—GEODES; THREE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 33.—MELITINUS; SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 34.—GAGATES: SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 35.—SPONGITES: TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 36.—PHRYGIAN STONE.

CHAP. 37. (20.)—HÆMATITES: FIVE REMEDIES. SCHISTOS: SEVEN REMEDIES.

CHAP. 38.—ÆTHIOPIC HÆMATITES. ANDRODAMAS; TWO REMEDIES. ARABIAN HÆMATITES. MILTITES OR HEPATITES. ANTHRACITES.

CHAP. 39. (21)—AËTITES. TAPHIUSIAN STONE. CALLIMUS.

CHAP. 40.—SAMIAN STONE: EIGHT REMEDIES.

CHAP. 41.—ARABIAN STONE; SIX REMEDIES.

CHAP. 42.—PUMICE; NINE REMEDIES.

CHAP. 43. (22.)—STONES FOR MORTARS USED FOR MEDICINAL AND OTHER PURPOSES. ETESIAN STONE. THEBAIC STONE. CHALAZIAN STONE.

CHAP. 44.—STONE OF SIPHNOS. SOFT STONES.

CHAP. 45.—SPECULAR STONES.

CHAP. 46.—PHENGITES.

CHAP. 47.—WHETSTONES.

CHAP. 48.—TOPHUS.

CHAP. 49.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF SILEX..

CHAP. 50.—OTHER STONES USED FOR BUILDING.

CHAP. 51.—THE VARIOUS METHODS OF BUILDING.

CHAP. 52. (23.)—CISTERNS.

CHAP. 53.—QUICK-LIME.

CHAP. 54.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF SAND. THE COMBINATIONS OF SAND WITH LIME.

CHAP. 55.—DEFECTS IN BUILDING. PLASTERS FOR WALLS.

CHAP. 56.—COLUMNS. THE SEVERAL KINDS OF COLUMNS.

CHAP. 57. (24.)—FIVE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM LIME.

CHAP. 58.—MALTHA.

CHAP. 59.—gypsum.

CHAP. 60. (25.)—PAVEMENTS. THE ASAROTOS ŒCOS.

CHAP. 61.—THE FIRST PAVEMENTS IN USE AT ROME.

CHAP. 62.—TERRACE-ROOF PAVEMENTS.

CHAP. 63.—GRÆCANIC PAVEMENTS.

CHAP. 64.—AT WHAT PERIOD MOSAIC PAVEMENTS WERE FIRST INVENTED. AT WHAT PERIOD ARCHED ROOFS WERE FIRST DECORATED WITH GLASS.

CHAP. 65. (26.)—THE ORIGIN OF GLASS.

CHAP. 66.—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF GLASS, AND THE MODE OF MAKING IT.

CHAP. 67.—OBSIAN GLASS AND OBSIAN STONE.

CHAP. 68. (27.)—MARVELLOUS FACTS CONNECTED WITH FIRE.

CHAP. 69.—THREE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM FIRE AND FROM ASHES.

CHAP. 70.—PRODIGIES CONNECTED WITH THE HEARTH.

BOOK XXXVII. CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE FIRST USE OF PRECIOUS STONES.

BOOK XXXVII. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF PRECIOUS STONES.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE FIRST USE OF PRECIOUS STONES.

CHAP. 2.—THE JEWEL OF POLYCRATES.

CHAP. 3.—THE JEWEL OF PYRRBUS.

CHAP. 4.—WHO WERE THE MOST SKILFUL LAPIDARIES. THE FINEST SPECIMENS OF ENGRAVING ON PRECIOUS STONES.

CHAP. 5.—THE FIRST DACTYLIOTHECÆ AT ROME.

CHAP. 6.—JEWELS DISPLAYED AT ROME IN THE TRIUMPH OF POMPEIUS MAGNUS.

CHAP. 7.—AT WHAT PERIOD MURRHINE VESSELS WERE FIRST INTRODUCED AT ROME. INSTANCES OF LUXURY IN REFERENCE TO THEM.

CHAP. 8.—THE NATURE OF MURRHINE VESSELS.

CHAP. 9.—THE NATURE OF CRYSTAL.

CHAP. 10.—LUXURY DISPLAYED IN THE USE OF CRYSTAL. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM CRYSTAL.

CHAP. 11.—AMBER: THE MANY FALSEHOODS THAT HAVE BEEN TOLD ABOUT IT.

CHAP. 12.—THE SEVERAL KINDS OF AMBER: THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM IT.

CHAP. 13.—LYNCURIUM: TWO ASSERTED REMEDIES.

CHAP. 14.—THE VARIOUS PRECIOUS STONES, CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO THEIR PRINCIPAL COLOURS.

CHAP. 15. (4.)—ADAMAS: SIX VARIETIES OF IT. TWO REMEDIES.

CHAP. 16.—SMARAGDUS.

CHAP. 17.—TWELVE VARIETIES OF THE SMARAGDUS.

CHAP. 18.—DEFECTS IN THE SMARAGDUS.

CHAP. 19.—THE PRECIOUS STONE CALLED TANOS. CHALCOSMA-RAGDOS.

CHAP. 20.—BERYLS: EIGHT VARIETIES OF THEM. DEFECTS IN BERYLS.

CHAP. 21. (6.)—OPALS: SEVEN VARIETIES OF THEM.

CHAP. 22.—DEFECTS IN OPALS: THE MODES OF TESTING THEM.

CHAP. 23.—SARDONYX; THE SEVERAL VARIETIES OF IT. DEFECTS IN THE SARDONYX.

CHAP. 24.—ONYX: THE SEVERAL VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 25. (7.)—CARBUNCULUS: TWELVE VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 26.—DEFECTS IN CARBUNCULUS, AND THE MODE OF TESTING IT.

CHAP. 27. —ANTHRACITIS.

CHAP. 28. —SANDASTROS. SANDARESOS.

CHAP. 29.—LYCHNIS: FOUR VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 30.—CARCHEDONIA.

CHAP. 31.—SARDA : FIVE VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 32. (8.)—TOPAZOS: TWO VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 33.—CALLAINA.

CHAP. 34.—PRASIUS; THREE VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 35.—NILION.

CHAP. 36.—MOLOCHITIS.

CHAP. 37.—IASPIS; FOURTEEN VARIETIES OF IT. DEFECTS FOUND IN IASPIS.

CHAP. 38.—CYANOS; THE SEVERAL VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 39.—SAPPHIROS.

CHAP. 40.—AMETHYSTOS; FOUR VARIETIES OF IT. SOCONDION. SAPENOS. PHARANITIS. APHRODITES BLEPHARON, ANTEROS, OR PÆDEROS.

CHAP. 41.—HYACINTHOS.

CHAP. 42.—CHRYSOLITHOS: SEVEN VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 43.—CHRYSELECTRUM.

CHAP. 44.—LEUCOCHRYSOS: FOUR VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 45.—MELICHRYSOS. XUTHON.

CHAP. 46.—PÆDEROS, SANGENON, OR TENITES.

CHAP. 47.—ASTERIA.

CHAP. 48.—ASTRION.

CHAP. 49.—ASTRIOTES.

CHAP. 50.—ASTROBOLOS.

CHAP. 51.—CERAUNIA; FOUR VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 52.—IRIS; TWO VARIETIES OF IT.

CHAP. 53.—LEROS.

CHAP. 54.—ACHATES; THE SEVERAL VARIETIES OF IT. ACOPOS; THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM IT. ALABASTRITIS; THE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM IT. ALECTORIA. ANDRODAMAS. ARGYRODAMAS. ANTIPATHES. ARABICA. AROMATITIS. ASBESTOS. ASPISATIS. ATIZÖE. AUGETIS. AMPHIDANES OR CHRYSOCOLLA. APHRODISIACA. APSYCTOS. ÆGYPTILLA.

CHAP. 55.—BALANITES. BATRACHITIS. BAPTES. BELI OCULUS. BELUS. BAROPTENUS OR BARIPPE. BOTRYITIS. BOSTRYCHITIS. BUCARDIA. BRONTEA. BOLOS.

CHAP. 56.—CADMITIS. CALLAIS. CAPNITIS. CAPPADOCIA. CALLAICA. CATOCHITIS. CATOPTRITIS. CEPITIS OR CEPOLATITIS. CERAMITIS. CINÆDIA. CERITIS. CIRCOS. CORSOÏDES. CORALLOACHATES. CORALLIS. CRATERITIS. CROCALLIS. CYITIS. CHALCOPHONOS. CHELIDONIA. CHELONIA. CHELONITIS. CHLORITIS. CHOASPITIS. CHRYSOLAMPIS. CHRYSOPIS. CEPONIDES.

CHAP. 57.—DAPHNEA. DIADOCHOS. DIPHYES. DIONYSIAS. DRACONITIS.

CHAP. 58.—ENCARDIA OR ARISTE. ENORCHIS. EXEBENUS. ERYTHALLS. EROTYLOS. AMPHICOMOS, OR HIEROMNEMON. EUMECES. EUMITHRES. EUPETALOS. EUREOS. EUROTIAS. EUSEBES. EPIMELAS.

CHAP. 59.—GALAXIAS. GALACTITIS, LEUCOGÆA, LEUCOGRAPRITIS, OR SYNNEPHITIS. GALLAICA. GASSINADE. GLOSSOPETRA. GORGONIA. GONIAÆA.

CHAP. 60.—HELIOTROPIUM. HEPILESTITIS. HERMUAIDOION. HEXLCONTALITROS. HIERACITIS. HAMMITIS. HAMMONIS CORNU. HORMISCION. HYÆNIA. HÆMATITIS.

CHAP. 61.—IDÆI DACTYLI. ICTERIAS. JOVIS GEMMA. INDICA. ION.

CHAP. 62—LEPIDOTIS. LESBIAS. LEUCOPHTHALMOS. LEUCOPŒCILOS. LIBANOCHRUS. LIMONIATIS. LIPAREA. LYSIMACHOS. LEUCOCHRYSOS.

CHAP. 63.—MEMNONIA. MEDIA. MECONITIS. MITHRAX, MOROCHTHOS. MORMORION OR PROMNION. MURRHITIS. MYRMECIAS. MYRSINITIS. MESOLEUCOS. MESOMELAS.

CHAP. 64.—NASAMONITIS. NEBRITIS. NIPPARENE.

CHAP. 65.—OICA. OMBRIA OR NOTIA. ONOCARDIA. ORITIS OR SIDERITIS. OSTRACIAS. OSTRITIS. OPHICARDELON. OBSIAN STONE.

CHAP. 66.—PANCHRUS. PANGONUS. PANEROS OR PANERASTOS. PONTICA; FOUR VARIETIES OF IT. PHLOGINOS OR CHRYSITIS. PHŒNICITIS. PHYCITIS. PERILEUCOS. PÆANITIS OR GÆANIS.

CHAP. 67.—SOLIS GEMMA. SAGDA. SAMOTHRACIA. SAURITIS. SARCITIS. SELENITIS. SIDERITIS. SIDEROPŒCILOS. SPONGITIS. SYNODONTITIS. SYRTITIS. SYRINGITIS.

CHAP. 68.—TRICHRUS. THELYRRHIZOS. THELYCARDIOS OR MULC. THRACIA; THREE VARIETIES OF IT. TEPHRITIS. TECOLITHOS.

CHAP. 69.—VENERIS CRINES. VEIENTANA.

CHAP. 70.—ZATHENE. ZMILAMPIS. ZORANISCÆA.

CHAP. 71. (11.)—PRECIOUS STONES WHICH DERIVE THEIR NAMES FROM VARIOUS PARTS OF THE HUMAN BODY. HEPATITIS. STEATITIS. ADADUNEPHROS. ADADUOPHTHALMOS. ADADUDACTYLOS. TRIOPHTHALMOS.

CHAP. 72.—PRECIOUS STONES WHICH DERIVE THEIR NAMES FROM ANIMALS. CARCINIAS. ECHITIS. SCORPITIS. SCARITIS. TRIGLITIS. ÆGOPHTHALMOS. HYOPHTHALMOS. GERANITIS. HIERACITIS. AETITIS. MYRMECITIS. CANTHARIAS. LYCOPHTHALMOS. TAOS. TIMICTONIA.

CHAP. 73.—PRECIOUS STONES WHICH DERIVE THEIR NAMES FROM OTHER OBJECTS. HAMMOCHRYSOS. CENCHRITIS. DRYITIS. CISSITIS. NARCISSITIS. CYAMIAS. PYREN. PHŒNICITIS. CHALAZIAS. PYRITIS. POLYZONOS. ASTRAPÆA. PHLOGITIS. ANTHEACITIS. ENHYGROS. POLYTHRIX. LEONTIOS. PAEDALIOS. DROSOLITHOS. MELICHRUS. MELICHLOROS, CROCIAS. POLIAS. SPARTOPOLIAS. RHODITIS. CHALCITIS. SYCITIS. BOSTRYCHITIS. CHERNITIS. ANANCITIS. SYNOCHITIS. DENDRITIS.

CHAP. 74. (12.)—PRECIOUS STONES THAT SUDDENLY MAKE THEIR APPEARANCE. COCHLIDES.

CHAP. 75.—THE VARIOUS FORMS OF PRECIOUS STONES.

CHAP. 76. (13.)—THE METHODS OF TESTING PRECIOUS STONES.

CHAP. 77.—A COMPARATIVE VIEW OF NATURE AS SHE APPEARS IN DIFFERENT COUNTRIES. THE COMPARATIVE VALUES OF THINGS.

Current location in this text. Enter a Perseus citation to go to another section or work. Full search options are on the right side and top of the page.

BOOK XXXII. REMEDIES DERIVED FROM AQUATIC ANIMALS.

BOOK XXXII.

REMEDIES DERIVED FROM AQUATIC ANIMALS.

CHAP. 1. (1.)—THE POWER OF NATURE AS MANIFESTED IN ANTIPATHIES. THE ECHENEÏS: TWO REMEDIES.

FOLLOWING the proper order of things, we have now arrived at the culminating point of the wonders manifested to us by the operations of Nature. And even at the very outset, we find spontaneously presented to us an incomparable illustration of her mysterious powers: so much so, in fact, that beyond it we feel ourselves bound to forbear extending our enquiries, there being nothing to be found either equal or analogous to an element in which Nature quite triumphs over herself, and that, too, in such numberless ways. For what is there more unruly than the sea, with its winds, its tornadoes, and its tempests? And yet in what department of her works has Nature been more seconded by the ingenuity of man, than in this, by his inventions of sails and of oars? In addition to this, we are struck with the ineffable might displayed by the Ocean's tides,

as they constantly ebb and flow, and so regulate the currents of the sea as though they were the waters of one vast river. And yet all these forces, though acting in unison, and impelling in the same direction, a single fish, and that of a very diminutive size—the fish known as the "echeneïs"—possesses the power of counteracting. Winds may blow and storms may rage, and yet the echeneïs controls their fury, restrains their mighty force, and bids ships stand still in their career; a result which no cables, no anchors, from their ponderousness quite incapable of being weighed, could ever have produced! A fish bridles the impetuous violence of the deep, and subdues the frantic rage of the universe—and all this by no effort of its own, no act of resistance on its part, no act at all, in fact, but that of adhering to the bark! Trifling as this object would appear, it suffices to counteract all these forces combined, and to forbid the ship to pass onward in its way! Fleets, armed for war, pile up towers and bulwarks on their decks, in order that, upon the deep even, men may fight from behind ramparts as it were. But alas for human vanity!— when their prows, beaked as they are with brass and with iron, and armed for the onset, can thus be arrested and rivetted to the spot by a little fish, no more than some half foot in length! At the battle of Actium, it is said, a fish of this kind stopped the prætorian ship of Antonius in its course, at the moment that he was hastening from ship to ship to encourage and exhort his men, and so compelled him to leave it and go on board another. Hence it was, that the fleet of Cæsar gained the advantage in the onset, and charged with a redoubled impetuosity. In our own time, too, one of these fish arrested the ship of the Emperor Caius in its course, when he was returning from Astura to Antium: and thus, as the result proved, did an insignificant fish give presage of great events; for no sooner had the emperor returned to Rome than he was pierced by the weapons of his own soldiers. Nor did this sudden stoppage of the ship

long remain a mystery, the cause being perceived upon finding that, out of the whole fleet, the emperor's five-banked galley was the only one that was making no way. The moment this was discovered, some of the sailors plunged into the sea, and, on making search about the ship's sides, they found an echeneïs adhering to the rudder. Upon its being shown to the emperor, he strongly expressed his indignation that such an obstacle as this should have impeded his progress, and have rendered powerless the hearty endeavours of some four hundred men. One thing, too, it is well known, more particularly surprised him, how it was possible that the fish, while adhering to the ship, should arrest its progress, and yet should have no such power when brought on board. According to the persons who examined it on that occasion, and who have seen it since, the echeneïs bears a strong resemblance to a large slug. The various opinions entertained respecting it we have already noticed, when speaking of it in the Natural History of Fishes. There is no doubt, too, that all fish of this kind are possessed of a similar power; witness, for example, the well-known instance of the shells which are still preserved and consecrated in the Temple of Venus at Cnidos, and which, we are bound to believe, once gave such striking evidence of the possession of similar properties. Some of our own authors have given this fish the Latin name of "mora." It is a singular thing, but among the Greeks we find writers who state that, worn as an amulet, the echeneïs has the property, as already mentioned, of preventing miscarriage, and of reducing procidence of the uterus, and so permitting the fœtus to reach maturity: while others, again, assert that, if it is preserved in salt and worn as an amulet, it will facilitate parturition; a fact to which it is indebted for

another name which it bears, "odinolytes." Be all this as it may, considering this most remarkable fact of a ship being thus stopped in its course, who can entertain a doubt as to the possibility of any manifestation of her power by Nature, or as to the effectual operation of the remedies which she has centred in her spontaneous productions?

CHAP. 2.—THE TORPEDO: NINE REMEDIES.

And then, besides, even if we had not this illustration by the agency of the echeneïs, would it not have been quite sufficient only to cite the instance of the torpedo, another inhabitant also of the sea, as a manifestation of the mighty powers of Nature? From a considerable distance even, and if only touched with the end of a spear or staff, this fish has the property of benumbing even the most vigorous arm, and of rivetting the feet of the runner, however swift he may be in the race. If, upon considering this fresh illustration, we find ourselves compelled to admit that there is in existence a certain power which, by the very exhalations and, as it were, emanations therefrom, is enabled to affect the members of the human body, what are we not to hope for from the remedial influences which Nature has centred in all animated beings?

CHAP. 3.—THE SEA HARE: FIVE REMEDIES.

No less wonderful, too, are the particulars which we find stated relative to the sea-hare. Taken with the food or drink, it is a poison to some persons; while to others, again, the very sight of it is venomous. Indeed, if a woman in a

state of pregnancy so much as looks upon one of these fishes, she is immediately seized with nausea and vomiting—a proof that the injury has reached the stomach—and abortion is the ultimate result. The proper preservative against these baneful effects is the male fish, which is kept dried for the purpose in salt, and worn in a bracelet upon the arm. And yet this same fish, while in the sea, is not injurious, by its contact even. The only animal that eats it without fatal consequences, is the mullet; the sole perceptible result being that its flesh is rendered more tender thereby, but deteriorated in flavour, and consequently not so highly esteemed. Persons when poisoned by the sea-hare smell strongly of the fish—the first sign, indeed, by which the fact of their having been so poisoned is detected. Death also ensues at the end of as many days as the fish has lived: hence it is that, as Licinius Macer informs us, this is one of those poisons which have no definite time for their operation. In India, we are assured, the sea-hare is never taken alive; and, we are told that, in those parts of the world, man, in his turn, acts as a poison upon the fish, which dies instantly in the sea, if it is only touched with the human finger. There, like the rest of the animals, it attains a much larger size than it does with us.

CHAP. 4.—MARVELS OF THE RED SEA.

Juba, in those books descriptive of Arabia, which he has dedicated to Caius Cæsar, the son of Augustus, informs us that there are mussels on those coasts, the shells of which are capable of holding three semisextarii; and that, on one occasion, a whale, six hundred feet in length and three hundred and sixty feet broad, made its way up a river of Arabia,

the blubber of which was bought up by the merchants there. He tells us, too, that in those parts they anoint their camels with the grease of all kinds of fish, for the purpose of keeping off the gad-flies by the smell.

CHAP. 5. (2.)—THE INSTINCTS OF FISHES.

The statements which Ovid has made as to the instincts of fish, in the work of his known as the "Halieuticon," appear to me truly marvellous. The scarus, for instance, when enclosed in the wicker kype, makes no effort to escape with its head, nor does it attempt to thrust its muzzle between the oziers; but turning its tail towards them, it enlarges the orifices with repeated blows therefrom, and so makes its escape backwards. Should, too, another scarus, from without, chance to see it thus struggling within the kype, it will take the tail of the other in its mouth, and so aid it in its efforts to escape. The lupus, again, when surrounded with the net, furrows the sand with its tail, and so conceals itself, until the net has passed over it. The muræna, trusting in the slippery smoothness of its rounded back, boldly faces the meshes of the net, and by repeatedly wriggling its body, makes its escape. The polyp makes for the hooks, and, without swallowing the bait, clasps it with its feelers; nor does it quit its hold until it has eaten off the bait, or perceives itself being drawn out of the water by the rod. The mullet, too, is aware that within the bait there is a hook concealed, and is on its guard against the ambush; still however, so great is its voracity, that it beats the hook with its tail, and strikes away from it the bait. The lupus, again,

shows less foresight and address, but repentance at its imprudence arms it with mighty strength; for, when caught by the hook, it flounders from side to side, and so widens the wound, till at last the insidious hook falls from its mouth. The muræna not only swallows the hook, but catches at the line with its teeth, and so gnaws it asunder. The anthias, Ovid says, the moment it finds itself caught by the hook, turns its body with its back downwards, upon which there is a sharp knife-like fin, and so cuts the line asunder. According to Licinius Macer, the muræna is of the female sex only, and is impregnated by serpents, as already mentioned; and hence it is that the fishermen, to entice it from its retreat, and catch it, make a hissing noise in imitation of the hissing of a serpent. He states, also, that by frequently beating the water it is made to grow fat, that a blow with a stout stick will not kill it, but that a touch with a stalk of fennel- giant is instantly fatal. That in the case of this animal, the life is centred in the tail, there can be no doubt, as also that it dies immediately on that part of the body being struck; while, on the other hand, there is considerable difficulty in killing it with a blow upon the head. Persons who have come in contact with the razor-fish smell of iron. The hardest of all fishes, beyond a doubt, is that known as the "orbis:" it is spherical, destitute of scales, and all head.

CHAP. 6.—MARVELLOUS PROPERTIES BELONGING TO CERTAIN FISHES.

Trebius Niger informs us that whenever the loligo is seen darting above the surface of the water, it portends a change of weather: that the xiphias, or, in other words, the swordfish, has a sharp-pointed muzzle, with which it is able to pierce the sides of a ship and send it to the bottom: instances of which have been known near a place in Mauritania, known as Cotte, not far from the river Lixus. He says, too, that the loligo sometimes darts above the surface, in such vast numbers, as to sink the ships upon which they fall.

CHAP. 7.—PLACES WHERE FISH EAT FROM THE HAND.

At many of the country-seats belonging to the Emperor the fish eat from the hand: but the stories of this nature, told with such admiration by the ancients, bear reference to lakes formed by Nature, and not to fish-preserves; that at Elorus, a fortified place in Sicily, for instance, not far from Syracuse. In the fountain, too, of Jupiter, at Labranda, there are eels which eat from the hand, and wear ear-rings, it is said. The same, too, at Chios, near the Old Men's Temple there; and at the Fountain of Chabura in Mesopotamia, already mentioned.

CHAP. 8.—PLACES WHERE FISH RECOGNIZE THE HUMAN VOICE. ORACULAR RESPONSES GIVEN BY FISH.

At Myra, too, in Lycia, the fish in the Fountain of Apollo,

known as Surium, appear and give oracular presages, when thrice summoned by the sound of a flute. If they seize the flesh thrown to them with avidity, it is a good omen for the person who consults them; but if, on the other hand, they flap at it with their tails, it is considered an evil presage. At Hierapolis in Syria, the fish in the Lake of Venus there obey the voice of the officers of the temple: bedecked with ornaments of gold, they come at their call, fawn upon them while they are scratched, and open their mouths so wide as to admit of the insertion of the hands. Off the Rock of Hercules, in the territory of Stabiæ in Campania, the melanuri seize with avidity bread that is thrown to them in the sea, but they will never approach any bait in which there is a hook concealed.

CHAP. 9.—PLACES WHERE BITTER FISH ARE FOUND, SALT, OR SWEET.

Nor is it by any means the least surprising fact, that off the island of Pele, the town of Clazomenæ, the rock [of Scylla] in Sicily, and in the vicinity of Leptis in Africa, Eubœa, and Dyrrhachium, the fish are bitter. In the neighbourhood of Cephallenia, Ampelos, Paros, and the rocks of Delos, the fish are so salt by nature that they might easily be taken to have been pickled in brine. In the harbour, again, of the last-mentioned island, the fish are sweet: differences, all of them, resulting, no doubt, from the diversity of their food. Apion says that the largest among the fishes is the seapig, known to the Lacedæmonians as the "orthagoriscos;"

he states also that it grunts like a hog when taken. These accidental varieties in the natural flavour of fish—a thing that is still more surprising—may, in some cases, be owing to the nature of the locality; an apposite illustration of which is, the well-known fact that, at Beneventum in Italy, salted provisions of all kinds require to be salted over again.

CHAP. 10.—WHEN SEA-FISH WERE FIRST EATEN BY THE PEOPLE OF ROME. THE ORDINANCE OF KING NUMA AS TO FISH.

Cassius Hemina informs us that sea-fish have been in use at Rome from the time of its foundation. I will give his own words, however, upon the subject:—"Numa ordained that fish without scales should not be served up at the Festivals of the Gods; a piece of frugality, the intention of which was, that the banquets, both public and private, as well as the repasts laid before the couches of the gods, might be provided at a smaller expense than formerly: it being also his wish to preclude the risk that the caterers for the sacred banquets would spare no expense in buying provisions, and so forestall the market."

CHAP. 11.—CORAL: FORTY-THREE REMEDIES AND OBSERVATIONS.

In the same degree that people in our part of the world set a value upon the pearls of India—a subject on which we have already spoken on the appropriate occasion at sufficient length—do the people of India prize coral: it being the prevailing taste in each nation respectively that constitutes the value of things. Coral is produced in the Red Sea also,

but of a more swarthy hue than ours. It is to be found also in the Persian Gulf, where it is known by the name of "iace." But the most highly-esteemed of all, is that produced in the vicinity of the islands called Stœchades, in the Gallic Gulf, and near the Æolian Islands and the town of Drepana in the Sea of Sicily. Coral is to be found growing, too, at Graviscæ, and off the coast of Neapolis in Campania: as also at Erythræ, where it is intensely red, but soft, and consequently little valued. Its form is that of a shrub, and its colour green: its berries are white and soft while under water, but the moment they are removed from it, they become hard and red, resembling the berries of cultivated cornel in size and appearance. They say that, while alive, if it is only touched by a person, it will immediately become as hard as stone; and hence it is that the greatest pains are taken to prevent this, by tearing it up from the bottom with nets, or else cutting it short with a sharp-edged instrument of iron: from which last circumstance it is generally supposed to have received its name of "curalium." The reddest coral and the most branchy is held in the highest esteem; but, at the same time, it must not be rough or hard like stone; nor yet, on the other hand, should it be full of holes or hollow. The berries of coral are no less esteemed by the men in India than are the pearls of that country by the females among us: their soothsayers, too, and diviners look upon coral as an amulet endowed with sacred properties, and a sure preservative against all dangers: hence it is that they equally value it as an ornament and as an object of devotion. Before it was known in what estimation coral was held by the people of India, the Gauls were in the habit of adorning their swords,

shields, and helmets with it; but at the present day, owing to the value set upon it as an article of exportation, it has become so extremely rare, that it is seldom to be seen even in the regions that produce it. Branches of coral, hung at the neck of infants, are thought to act as a preservative against danger. Calcined, pulverized, and taken in water, coral gives relief to patients suffering from griping pains in the bowels, affections of the bladder, and urinary calculi. Similarly taken in wine, or, if there are symptoms of fever, in water, it acts as a soporific. It resists the action of fire a considerable time before it is calcined. There is also a statement made that if this medicament is frequently taken internally, the spleen will be gradually consumed. Powdered coral, too, is an excellent remedy for patients who bring up or spit blood. Calcined coral is used as an ingredient in compositions for the eyes, being productive of certain astringent and cooling effects: it makes flesh, also, in the cavities left by ulcers, and effaces scars upon the skin.

CHAP. 12. —THE ANTIPATHIES AND SYMPATHIES WHICH EXIST BETWEEN CERTAIN OBJECTS. THE HATREDS MANIFESTED BY CERTAIN AQUATIC ANIMALS. THE PASTINACA: EIGHT REMEDIES. THE GALEOS: FIFTEEN REMEDIES. THE SUR-MULLET: FIFTEEN REMEDIES.

In reference to that repugnance which exists between certain things, known to the Greeks as "antipathia," there is nothing more venomous than the pastinaca, a sea-fish which kills trees even with its sting, as already stated. And yet, poisonous as it is, the galeos pursues it; a fish which,

though it attacks other marine animals as well, manifests an enmity to the pastinaca in particular, just as on dry land the weasel does to serpents; with such avidity does it go in pursuit of what is poisonous even! Persons stung by the pastinaca find a remedy in the flesh of the galeos, as also in that of the sur-mullet and the vegetable production known as laser.

CHAP. 13. (3).—AMPHIBIOUS ANIMALS. CASTOREUM: SIXTY-SIX REMEDIES AND OBSERVATIONS.

The might of Nature, too, is equally conspicuous in the animals which live upon dry land as well; the beaver, for instance, more generally known as "castor," and the testes of which are called in medicine "castorea." Sextius, a most careful enquirer into the nature and history of medicinal substances, assures us that it is not the truth that this animal, when on the point of being taken, bites off its testes: he informs us, also, that these substances are small, tightly knit, and attached to the back-bone, and that it is impossible to remove them without taking the animal's life. We learn from him that there is a mode of adulterating them by substituting the kidneys of the beaver, which are of considerable size, whereas the genuine testes are found to be extremely diminutive: in addition to which, he says that they must not be taken to be bladders, as they are two in number, a provision not to be found in any animal. Within these pouches, he says, there is a liquid found, which is preserved by being put in salt; the genuine castoreum being easily known from the false, by the fact of its being contained in two pouches, attached by a single ligament. The genuine article, he says, is sometimes fraudulently sophisticated by the admixture of gum and blood, or else hammoniacum: as the pouches, in fact, ought to be of

the same colour as this last, covered with thin coats full of a liquid of the consistency of honey mixed with wax, possessed of a fetid smell, of a bitter, acrid taste, and friable to the touch. The most efficacious castoreum is that which comes from Pontus and Galatia, the next best being the produce of Africa. When inhaled, it acts as a sternutatory. Mixed with oil of roses and peucedanum, and applied to the head, it is productive of narcotic effects—a result which is equally produced by taking it in water; for which reason it is employed in the treatment of phrenitis. Used as a fumigation, it acts as an excitant upon patients suffering from lethargy: and similarly employed, or used in the form of a suppository, it dispels hysterical suffocations. It acts also as an emmenagogue and as an expellent of the afterbirth, being taken by the patient, in doses of two drachmæ, with pennyroyal, in water. It is employed also for the cure of vertigo, opisthotony, fits of trembling, spasms, affections of the sinews, sciatica, stomachic complaints, and paralysis, the patient either being rubbed with it all over, or else taking it as an electuary, bruised and incorporated with seed of vitex, vinegar, and oil of roses, to the consistency of honey. In the last form, too, it is taken for the cure of epilepsy, and in a potion, for the purpose of dispelling flatulency and gripings in the bowels, and for counteracting the effects of poison. When taken as a potion, the only difference is in the mode of mixing it, according to the poison that it is intended to neutralize; thus, for example, when it is taken for the sting of the scorpion, wine is used as the medium; and when for injuries inflicted by spiders or by the phalangium, honied wine where it is intended to be brought up again, and rue where it is desirable that it should remain upon the stomach. For injuries inflicted by the chalcis, it is taken with myrtle wine; for the sting of the cerastes or prester with panax or

rue in wine; and for those of other serpents, with wine only. In all these cases two drachmæ of castoreum is the proper dose, to one of the other ingredients respectively. It is particularly useful, also, in combination with vinegar, in cases where viscus has been taken internally, and, with milk or water, as a neutralizer of aconite: as an antidote to white hellebore it is taken with hydromel and nitre. It is curative, also, of tooth-ache, for which purpose it is beaten up with oil and injected into the ear, on the side affected. For the cure of ear-ache, the best plan is to mix it with meconium. Applied with Attic honey in the form of an ointment, it improves the eyesight, and taken with vinegar it arrests hiccup. The urine, too, of the beaver, is a neutralizer of poisons, and for this reason is used as an ingredient in antidotes. The best way of keeping it, some think, is in the bladder of the animal.

CHAP. 14. (4)—THE TORTOISE: SIXTY-SIX REMEDIES AND OBSERVATIONS.

The tortoise, too, is an animal that is equally amphibious with the beaver, and possessed of medicinal properties as strongly developed; in addition to which, it claims an equal degree of notice for the high price which luxury sets upon its shell, and the singularity of its conformation. Of tortoises, there are various kinds, land tortoises, sea tortoises, tortoises which live in muddy waters, and tortoises which live in fresh; these last being known to some Greek authors by the name of "emydes." The flesh of the land-tortoise is employed for fumigations more particularly, and we find it asserted that it is highly salutary for repelling the malpractices of magic, and for

neutralizing poisons. These tortoises are found in the greatest numbers in Africa; where the head and feet being first cut off, it is said, they are given to persons by way of antidote. Eaten, too, in a broth made from them, they are thought to disperse scrofula, diminish the volume of the spleen, and effect the cure of epilepsy. The blood of the land-tortoise improves the eyesight, and removes cataract: it is kept also, made up with meal into pills, which are given with wine when necessary, to neutralize the poison of all kinds of serpents, frogs, spiders, and similar venomous animals. It is found a useful plan, too, in cases of glaucoma, to anoint the eyes with gall of tortoises, mixed with Attic honey, and, for the cure of injuries inflicted by scorpions, to drop the gall into the wound. Ashes of tortoiseshell, kneaded up with wine and oil, are used for the cure of chaps upon the feet, and of ulcerations. The shavings of the surface of the shell, administered in drink, act as an antaphrodisiac: a thing that is the more surprising, from the fact that a powder prepared from the whole of the shell has the reputation of being a strong aphrodisiac. As to the urine of the land-tortoise, I do not think that it can be obtained otherwise than by opening it and taking out the bladder; this being one of those substances to which the adepts in magic attribute such marvellous properties. For the sting of the asp, they say, it is wonderfully effectual; and even more so, if bugs are mixed with it. The eggs of the tortoise, hardened by keeping, are applied to scrofulous sores and ulcers arising from burns or cold: they are taken also for pains in the stomach. The flesh of the sea-tortoise, mixed with that of frogs, is an excellent remedy for injuries caused by the salamander; indeed there is nothing that is a better neutralizer of the secretions of the salamander than the sea-tortoise. The blood of this animal reproduces the hair when lost through alopecy, and is curative of porrigo and all kinds of ulcerations of the head; the proper method of using it being to let it dry, and then gently wash it off. For the cure of ear-ache, this blood is injected with woman's milk, and for epilepsy it is eaten with fine wheaten flour, three heminæ of the blood being mixed with one hemina of vinegar. It is prescribed also for the cure of asthma; but in this case in combination with one

hemina of wine. Sometimes, too, it is taken by asthmatic patients, with barley-meal and vinegar, in pieces about the size of a bean; one of these pieces being taken each morning and evening at first, but after some days, two in the evening. In cases of epilepsy, the mouth of the patient is opened and this blood introduced. For spasmodic affections, when not of a violent nature, it is injected, in combination with castoreum, as a clyster. If a person rinses his teeth three times a year with blood of tortoises, he will be always exempt from tooth-ache. This blood is also a cure for asthmatic affections, and for the malady called "orthopnœa," being administered for these purposes in polenta. The gall of the tortoise improves the eye-sight, effaces scars, and cures affections of the tonsillary glands, quinsy, and all kinds of diseases of the mouth, cancers of that part more particularly, as well as cancer of the testes. Applied to the nostrils it dispels epilepsy, and sets the patient on his feet: incorporated in vinegar with the slough of a snake, it is a sovereign remedy for purulent discharges from the ears. Some persons add ox-gall and the broth of boiled tortoise-flesh, with an equal proportion of snake's slough; but in such case, care must be taken to boil the tortoise in wine. Applied with honey, this gall is curative of all diseases of the eyes; and for the cure of cataract, gall of the sea-tortoise is used, in combination with blood of the river-tortoise and milk. The hair, too, of females, is dyed with this gall. For the cure of injuries inflicted by the salamander, it will be quite sufficient to drink the broth of boiled tortoise-flesh. There is, again, a third kind of tortoise, which inhabits mud and swampy localities: the shell on its back is flat and broad, like that upon the breast, and the callipash is not arched and rounded, the creature being altogether of a repulsive appearance. However, there are some remedial medicaments to be derived even from this animal. Thus, for instance, three of them are thrown into a fire made with wood cuttings, and the moment their shells begin to separate they are taken off: the flesh is then removed, and boiled with a little salt, in one congius of water. When the water has boiled down to one third,

the broth is used, being taken by persons apprehensive of paralysis or of diseases of the joints. The gall, too, is found very useful for carrying off pituitous humours and corrupt blood: taken in cold water, it has an astringent effect upon the bowels. There is a fourth kind of tortoise, which frequents rivers. When used for its remedial properties, the shell of the animal is removed, and the fat separated from the flesh and beaten up with the plant aizoüm, in combination with unguent and lily seed: a preparation highly effectual, it is said, for the cure of quartan fevers, the patient being rubbed with it all over, the head excepted, just before the paroxysms come on, and then well wrapped up and made to drink hot water. It is stated also, that to obtain as much fat as possible, the tortoise should be taken on the fifteenth day of the moon, the patient being anointed on the sixteenth. The blood of this tortoise, dropt, by way of embrocation, upon the region of the brain, allays head-ache; it is curative also of scrofulous sores. Some persons recommend that the tortoise should be laid upon its back and its head cut off with a copper knife, the blood being received in a new earthen vessel; and they assure us that the blood of any kind of tortoise, when thus obtained, will be an excellent liniment for the cure of erysipelas, running ulcers upon the head, and warts. Upon the same authority, too, we are assured that the dung of any kind of tortoise is good for the removal of inflammatory tumours. Incredible also as the statement is, we find it asserted by some, that ships make way more slowly when they have the right foot of a tortoise on board.

CHAP. 15.—REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE AQUATIC ANIMALS, CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO THE RESPECTIVE DISEASES.

We will now proceed to classify the various remedies derived from the aquatic animals, according to the several diseases; not that we are by any means unaware that an exposition of all the properties of each animal at once, would be more to the reader's taste, and more likely to excite his admi-

ration; but because we consider it more conducive to the practical benefit of mankind to have the various recipes thus grouped and classified; seeing that this thing may <*> good for one patient, that for another, and that some of these remedies may be more easily met with in one place and some in another.

CHAP. 16. (5.)—REMEDIES FOR POISONS, AND FOR NOXIOUS SPELLS. THE DORADE: FOUR REMEDIES. THE SEA-STAR: SEVEN REMEDIES.

We have already stated in what country the honey is venomous: the fish known as the dorade is an antidote to its effects. Honey, even in a pure state, is sometimes productive of surfeit, and of fits of indigestion, remarkable for their severity; the best remedy in such case, according to Pelops, is to cut off the feet, head, and tail, of a tortoise, and boil and eat the body; in place, however, of the tortoise, Apelles mentions the scincus, an animal which has been described elsewhere We have already mentioned too, on several occasions, how highly venomous is the menstruous fluid: the surmullet, as already stated, entirely neutralizes its effects. This last fish, too, either applied topically or taken as food, acts as an antidote to the venom of the pastinaca, the land and sea scorpion, the dragon, and the phalangium. The head of this fish, taken fresh and reduced to ashes, is an active neutralizer of all poisons, that of fungi more particularly. It is asserted also, that if the fish called the sea-star is smeared with a fox's blood, and then nailed to the upper lintel of the door, or to the door itself, with a copper nail, no noxions spells will be able to obtain admittance, or, at all events, to be productive of any ill effects.

CHAP. 17.—REMEDIES FOR THE STINGS OF SERPENTS, FOR THE BITES OF DOGS, AND FOR INJURIES INFLICTED BY VENOMOUS ANIMALS, THE SEA-DRAGON: THREE REMEDIES. TWENTY-FIVE REMEDIES DERIVED FROM SALTED FISH. THE SARDA: ONE REMEDY. ELEVEN REMEDIES DERIVED FROM CYBIUM.

Stings inflicted by the sea-dragon or by the sea-scorpion, are cured by an application of the flesh of those animals to the wound; the bites, too, of spiders are healed by the same means. In fine, as an antidote to every kind of poison, whether taken internally or acting through the agency of a sting or bite, there is considered to be nothing in existence more effectual than a decoction of the sea-dragon and sea-scorpion. There are also certain remedies of this nature derived from preserved fish. Persons, for instance, who have received injuries from serpents, or have been bitten by other venomous animals, are recommended to eat salt fish, and to drink undiluted wine every now and then, so as, through its agency, to bring up the whole of the food again by vomit: this method being particularly good in cases where injuries have been received from the lizard called "chalcis," the cerastes, the reptile known as the "seps," the elops, or the dipsas. For the sting of the scorpion, salted fish should be taken in larger quantities, but not brought up again, the patient submitting to any amount of thirst it may create: salt fish, too, should be applied, by way of plaster, to the wound. For the bite of the crocodile there is no more efficient remedy known. For the sting of the serpent called "prester," the sarda is particularly good. Salt fish is employed also as a topical application for the bite of the mad dog; and even in cases where

the wound has not been cauterized with hot iron, this is found to be sufficiently effectual as a remedy. For injuries, also, inflicted by the sea-dragon, an application is made of salt fish steeped in vinegar. Cybium, too, is productive of similar effects. As a cure for the venomous sting inflicted with its stickle by the sea-dragon, the fish itself is applied topically to the wound, or else its brain, extracted whole.

CHAP. 18.—THE SEA-FROG: SIX REMEDIES. THE RIVER-FROG: FIFTY-TWO REMEDIES. THE BRAMBLE-FROG: ONE REMEDY. THIRTY-TWO OBSERVATIONS ON THESE ANIMALS.

The broth prepared from sea-frogs, boiled in wine and vinegar, is taken internally as a neutralizer of poisons and of the venom of the bramble-frog, as also for injuries inflicted by the salamander. For the cure of injuries caused by the seahare and the various serpents above mentioned, it is a good plan to eat the flesh of river-frogs, or to drink the liquor in which they have been boiled: as a neutralizer, too, of the venom of the scorpion, river-frogs are taken in wine. Democritus assures us that if the tongue is extracted from a live frog, with no other part of the body adhering to it, and is then applied—the frog being first replaced in the water—to a woman while asleep, just at the spot where the heart is felt to palpitate, she will be sure to give a truthful answer to any question that may be put to her. To this the Magi add some other particulars, which, if there is any truth in them, would lead us to believe that frogs ought to be considered much more useful to society than laws. They say, for instance, that if a man takes a frog and transfixes it with a reed, entering the body at the sexual parts and coming out at the mouth, and then dips the reed in the menstrual discharge of his wife, she will be sure to conceive an aversion for all paramours. That the flesh of frogs, attached

to the kype or hook, as the case may be, makes a most excellent bait, for purples more particularly, is a well-known fact. Frogs, they say, have a double liver; and of this liver, when exposed to the attacks of ants, the part that is most eaten away is thought to be an effectual antidote to every kind of poison. There are some frogs, again, which live only among brakes and thickets, for which reason they have received the name of "rubetæ," or "bramble-frogs," as already stated. The Greeks call them "phryni:" they are the largest in size of all the frogs, have two protuberances like horns, and are full of poison. Authors quite vie with one another in relating marvellous stories about them; such, for instance, as that if they are brought into the midst of a concourse of people, silence will instantly prevail; as also that by throwing into boiling water a small bone that is found in their right side, the vessel will immediately cool, and the water refuse to boil again until it has been removed. This bone, they say, may be found by exposing a dead bramble-frog to ants, and letting them eat away the flesh: after which the bones must be put into the vessel, one by one. On the other hand, again, in the left side of this reptile there is another bone, they say, which, thrown into water, has all the appearance of making it boil, and the name given to which is "apocynon." This bone, it is said, has the property of assuaging the fury of dogs, and, if put into the drink, of conciliating love and ending discord and strife. Worn, too, as an amulet, it acts as an aphrodisiac, we are told. The bone, on the contrary, which is taken from the right side, acts powerfully as a refrigerative upon boiling liquids, it is said: attached to the patient in a piece of fresh lamb's-skin, it has

the repute of assuaging quartan and other fevers, and of checking amorous propensities. The spleen of these frogs is used as an antidote to the various poisons that are prepared from them; and for all these purposes the liver is considered still more efficacious.

CHAP. 19.—THE ENHYDRIS: SIX REMEDIES. THE RIVER-CRAB: FOURTEEN REMEDIES. THE SEA-CRAB: SEVEN REMEDIES. THE RIVER-SNAIL: SEVEN REMEDIES. THE CORACINUS: FOUR REMEDIES. THE SEA-PIG: TWO REMEDIES.

There is also a snake which lives in the water, the fat and gall of which, carried about them by persons when in pursuit of the crocodile, are said to be marvellously efficacious, the beast not venturing, in such case, to make an attack upon them. As such preservative, they are still more effectual if mixed with the herbaceous plant known as potamogiton. River-crabs, taken fresh and beaten up and drunk in water, or the ashes of them, kept for the purpose, are useful in all cases of poisoning, as a counter-poison: taken with asses' milk they are particularly serviceable as a neutralizer of the venom of the scorpion; goats' milk or any other kind of milk being substituted where asses' milk cannot be procured. Wine, too, should also be used in all such cases. River-crabs, beaten up with ocimum, and applied to scorpions, are fatal to them. They are possessed of similar virtues, also, for the bites of all other kinds of venomous animals, the scytale in particular, adders, the sea-hare, and the bramble-frog. The ashes of them, preserved, are good for persons who give symptoms of hydrophobia after being bitten by a mad dog, some adding gentian as well, and administering the mixture in wine. In cases, too, where hydrophobia has already appeared, it is recommended that these ashes should be kneaded up into boluses with wine, and swallowed. If ten of these crabs are tied together with a handful of ocimum, all the scorpions in the neighbourhood, the magicians say, will be attracted to the spot.

They recommend, also, that to wounds inflicted by the scorpion, these crabs, or the ashes of them, should be applied, with ocimum. For all these purposes, however, sea-crabs, it should be remembered, are not so useful. Thrasyllus informs us that there is nothing so antagonistic to serpents as crabs; that swine, when stung by a serpent, cure themselves by eating them; and that, while the sun is in the sign of Cancer, serpents suffer the greatest tortures. The flesh, too, of river-snails, eaten either raw or boiled, is an excellent antidote to the venom of the scorpion, some persons keeping them salted for the purpose. These snails are applied, also, topically to the wound. The coracinus is a fish peculiar to the river Nilus, it is true, but the particulars we are here relating are for the benefit of all parts of the world: the flesh of it is most excellent as an application for the cure of wounds inflicted by scorpions. In the number of the poisonous fishes we ought to reckon the sea-pig, a fish which causes great suffering to those who have been pierced with the pointed fin upon its back: the proper remedy in such case is the slime taken from the other parts of the body of the fish.

CHAP. 20.—THE SEA-CALF: TEN REMEDIES. THE MURÆNA: ONE REMEDY. THE HIPPOCAMPUS: NINE REMEDIES. THE SEA-URCHIN: ELEVEN REMEDIES.

In cases of hydrophobia resulting from the bite of the mad dog, the practice is to rub the patient's face with the fat of the sea-calf; an application rendered still more efficacious by the admixture of hyæna's marrow, oil of mastich, and wax. Bites inflicted by the muræna are cured by an application of the head of that fish, reduced to ashes. The pastinaca, also, is remedial for its own bite, the ashes of the same fish, or of another of the same genus, being applied to the wound with vinegar. When this fish is intended for food, every portion of the back that is of a saffron colour should be removed, as well

as the whole of the head: care, too, should be taken not to wash it over much; an observation equally applicable to all kinds of shell-fish, when intended for food, the flavour being deteriorated thereby. The hippocampus, taken in drink, neutralizes the poison of the sea-hare. As a counter-poison to dorycnium, sea-urchins are remarkably useful; as also in cases where persons have taken juice of carpathum internally; more particularly if the urchins are used with the liquor in which they are boiled. Boiled sea-crabs, too, are looked upon as highly efficacious in cases of poisoning by dorycnium; and as a neutralizer of the venom of the sea-hare they are particularly good.

CHAP. 21. (6.)—THE VARIOUS KINDS OF OYSTERS: FIFTY-EIGHT REMEDIES AND OBSERVATIONS. PURPLES: NINE REMEDIES.

Oysters, too, neutralize the venom of the sea-hare—and now that we are speaking of oysters, it may possibly be thought that I have not treated of this subject at sufficient length in the former part of my work, seeing that for this long time past the palm has been awarded to them at our tables as a most exquisite dish. Oysters love fresh water and spots where numerous rivers discharge themselves into the sea; hence it is that the pelagia are of such small size and so few in number. Still, however, we do find them breeding among rocks and in places far remote from the contact of fresh water, as in the neighbourhood of Grynium and of Myrina, for example. Generally speaking, they increase in size with the increase of the moon, as already stated by us when treating of the aquatic animals: but it is at the beginning of summer, more par-

ticularly, and when the rays of the sun penetrate the shallow waters, that they are swollen with an abundance of milk. This, too, would appear to be the reason why they are so small when found out at sea; the opacity of the water tending to arrest their growth, and the moping consequent thereon producing a comparative indisposition for food. Oysters are of various colours; in Spain they are red, in Illyricum of a tawny hue, and at Circeii black, both in meat and shell. But in every country, those oysters are the most highly esteemed that are compact without being slimy from their secretions, and are remarkable more for their thickness than their breadth. They should never be taken in either muddy or sandy spots, but from a firm, hard bottom; the meat should be compressed, and not of a fleshy consistence; and the oyster should be free from fringed edges, and lying wholly in the cavity of the shell. Persons of experience in these matters add another characteristic; a fine purple thread, they say, should run round the margins of the beard, this being looked upon as a sign of superior quality, and obtaining for them their name of "calliblephara." Oysters are all the better for travelling and being removed to new waters; thus, for example, the oysters of Brundisium, it is thought, when fed in the waters of Avernus, both retain their own native juices and acquire the flavour of those of

Lake Lucrinus. Thus much with reference to the meat of the oyster; we will now turn to the various countries which produce it, so that no coast may be deprived of the honours which properly belong to it. But in giving this description we will speak in the language of another, using the words of a writer who has evinced more careful discernment in treating of this subject than any of the other authors of our day. These then are the words of Mucianus, in reference to the oyster:—"The oysters of Cyzicus are larger than those of Lake Lucrinus, fresher than those of the British coasts, sweeter than those of Medulæ, more tasty than those of Ephesus, more plump than those of Lucus, less slimy than those of Coryphas, more delicate than those of Istria, and whiter than those of Circeii." For all this, however, it is a fact well ascertained that there are no oysters fresher or more delicate than those of Circeii, last mentioned. According to the historians of the expedition of Alexander, there were oysters found in the Indian Sea a foot in diameter: among ourselves, too, the nomenclature of some spendthrift and gourmand has found for certain oysters the name of "tridacna," wishing it to be understood thereby, that they are so large as to require three bites in eating them. We will take the present opportunity of stating all the medicinal properties that are attributed to oysters. They are singularly refreshing to the stomach, and tend to restore the appetite. Luxury, too, has imparted to them an additional coolness by burying them in snow, thus making a medley of the

produce of the tops of mountains and the bottom of the sea. Oysters are slightly laxative to the bowels; and boiled in honied wine, they relieve tenesmus, in cases where it is unattended with ulceration. They act detergently also upon ulcerations of the bladder. Boiled in their shells, unopened just as they come to hand, oysters are marvellously efficacious for rheumatic defluxions. Calcined oyster-shells, mixed with honey, allay affections of the uvula and of the tonsillary glands: they are similarly used for imposthumes of the parotid glands, inflamed tumours, and indurations of the mamillæ. Applied with water, these ashes are good for ulcerations of the head, and impart a plumpness to the skin in females. They are sprinkled, too, upon burns, and are highly esteemed as a dentifrice. Applied with vinegar, they are good for the removal of prurigo and of pituitous eruptions. Beaten up in a raw state, they are curative of scrofula and of chilblains upon the feet. Purples, too, are useful as a counterpoison.

CHAP. 22.—SEA-WEED: TWO REMEDIES.

According to Nicander, sea-weed is also a theriac. There are numerous varieties of it, as already stated; one, for instance, with an elongated leaf, another red, another again with a broader leaf, and another crisped. The most esteemed kind of all is that which grows off the shores of Crete, upon the rocks there, close to the ground: it being used also for dyeing wool, as it has the property of so fixing the colours as never to allow of their being washed out. Nicander recommends it to be taken with wine.

CHAP. 23. (7.)—REMEDIES FOR ALOPECY, CHANGE OF COLOUR IN THE HAIR, AND ULCERATIONS OF THE HEAD. THE SEA-MOUSE: TWO REMEDIES. THE SEA-SCORPION: TWELVE REMEDIES. THE LEECH: SEVEN REMEDIES. THE MUREX: THIRTEEN REMEDIES. THE CONCHYLIUM: FIVE REMEDIES.

Ashes of the hippocampus, mixed with nitre and hog's lard, or else used solely with vinegar, are curative of alopecy; the skin being first prepared for the reception of the necessary medicaments by an application of powdered bone of sæpia. Alopecy is cured also with ashes of the sea-mouse, mixed with oil; ashes of the sea-urchin, burnt, flesh and all together; the gall of the sea-scorpion; or else ashes of three frogs burnt alive in an earthen pot, applied with honey, or what is still better, in combination with tar. Leeches left to putrefy for forty days in red wine stain the hair black. Others, again, recommend one sextarius of leeches to be left to putrefy the same number of days in a leaden vessel, with two sextarii of vinegar, the hair to be well rubbed with the mixture in the sun. According to Sornatius, this preparation is naturally so penetrating, that if females, when they apply it, do not take the precaution of keeping some oil in the mouth, the teeth even will become blackened thereby. Ashes of burnt shells of the murex or purple are used as a liniment, with honey, for ulcerations of the head; the shells, too, of other shell-fish, powdered merely, and not calcined, are very useful for the same purpose, applied with water. For the cure of head-ache, castoreum is employed, in combination with peucedanum and oil of roses.

CHAP. 24.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE EYES AND EYE-LIDS. TWO REMEDIES DERIVED FROM THE FAT OF FISHES. THE CALLIONYMUS: THREE REMEDIES. THE GALL OF THE CORACINUS: ONE REMEDY. THE SÆPIA: TWENTY-FOUR REMEDIES. ICHTHYOCOLLA: FIVE REMEDIES.

The fat of all kinds of fish, both fresh-water as well as sea

fish, melted in the sun and incorporated with honey, is an excellent improver of the eye-sight; the same, too, with castoreum, in combination with honey. The gall of the callionymus heals marks upon the eyes and cauterizes fleshy excrescences about those organs: indeed, there is no fish with a larger quantity of gall than this, an opinion expressed too by Menander in his Comedies. This fish is known also as the "uranoscopos," from the eyes being situate in the upper part of the head. The gall, too, of the coracinus has the effect of sharpening the eyesight. The gall of the red sea-scorpion, used with stale oil or Attic honey, disperses incipient cataract; for which purpose, the application should be made three times, on alternate days. A similar method is also employed for removing indurations of the membrane of the eyes. The surmullet, used as a diet, weakens the eyesight, it is said. The sea-hare is poisonous itself, but the ashes of it are useful as an application for preventing superfluous hairs on the eyelids from growing again, when they have been once pulled out by the roots. For this purpose, however, the smaller the fish is, the better. Small scallops, too, are salted and beaten up with cedar resin for a similar purpose, or else the frogs known as "diopetes" and

"calamitæ," are used; the blood of them being applied with vine gum to the eyelids, after the hairs have been removed. Powdered shell of sæpia, applied with woman's milk, allays swellings and inflammations of the eyes; employed by itself it removes eruptions of the eyelids. When this remedy is used, it is the practice to turn up the eyelids, and to leave the medicament there a few moments only; after which, the part is anointed with oil of roses, and the inflammation modified by the application of a bread-poultice. Powdered bone of sæpia is used also for the treatment of nyctalopy, being applied to the eyes with vinegar. Reduced to ashes, this substance removes scales upon the eyes: applied with honey, it effaces marks upon those organs: and used with salt and cadmia, one drachma of each, it disperses webs which impede the eyesight, as also albugo in the eyes of cattle. They say, too, that if the eyelids are rubbed with the small bone taken from this fish, a perfect cure will be experienced. Sea-urchins, applied with vinegar, cause epinyctis to disappear. According to what the magicians say, they should be burnt with vipers' skins and frogs, and the ashes sprinkled in the drink; a great improvement of the eyesight being guaranteed as the sure result. "Ichthyocolla" is the name given to a fish with a glutinous skin; the glue made from which is also known by the same name, and is highly useful for the removal of epinyctis. Some persons, however, assert that it is from the belly of the fish, and not the skin—as in the case of bull glue—that the ichthyocolla is prepared. That of Pontus is highly esteemed: it is white, free from veins or scales, and dissolves with the greatest rapidity. The proper way of using it, is to cut it into small pieces, and then to leave it to soak in water or vinegar a night and a day, after which it should be pounded

with sea-shore pebbles, to make it melt the more easily. It is generally asserted that this substance is good for pains in the head and for tetanus. The right eye of a frog, suspended from the neck in a piece of cloth made from wool of the natural colour, is a cure for ophthalmia in the right eye; and the left eye of a frog, similarly suspended, for ophthalmia in the left. If the eyes, too, of a frog are taken out at the time of the moon's conjunction, and similarly worn by the patient, enclosed in an eggshell, they will effectually remove indurations of the membrane of the eyes. The rest of the flesh applied topically, removes all marks resulting from blows. The eyes, too, of a crab, worn attached to the neck, by way of amulet, are a cure for ophthalmia, it is said. There is a small frog which lives in reed-beds and among grass more particularly, never croaks, being quite destitute of voice, is of a green colour, and is apt to cause tympanitis in cattle, if they should happen to swallow it. The slimy moisture on this reptile's body, scraped off with a spatula and applied to the eyes, greatly improves the sight, they say: the flesh, too, is employed as a topical application for the removal of pains in the eyes. Some persons take fifteen frogs, and after spitting them upon as many bulrushes, put them into a new earthen vessel: they then mix the juices which flow from them, with gum of the white vine, and use it as an application for the eye-lids; first pulling out such eye-lashes as are in the way, and then dropping the preparation with the point of a needle into the places from which the hairs have been removed. Meges used to prepare a depilatory for the eyelids, by killing frogs in vinegar, and leaving them to putrefy; for which purpose he employed the spotted frogs which make their appearance in vast numbers during the rains of autumn. Ashes of burnt

leeches, it is thought, applied in vinegar, are productive of a similar effect; care must be taken, however, to burn them in a new earthen vessel. Dried liver, too, of the tunny, made up into an ointment, in the proportion of four denarii, with oil of cedar, and applied as a depilatory for nine months together, is considered to be highly effectual for this purpose.

CHAP. 25.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE EARS. THE BATIA: ONE REMEDY. THE BACCHUS OR MYXON: TWO REMEDIES. THE SEA-LOUSE: TWO REMEDIES.

For diseases of the ears, fresh gall of the fish called "batia" is remarkably good; the same, too, when it has been kept in wine. The gall, also, of the bacchus, by some known as the "myxon," is equally good; as also that of the callionymus, injected into the ears with oil of roses, or else castoreum, used with poppy-juice. There are certain animals too, known as "sea-lice," which are recommended as an injection for the ears, beaten up with vinegar. Wool, too, that has been dyed with the juice of the murex, employed by itself, is highly useful for this purpose; some persons, however moisten it with vinegar and nitre. Others, again, more particularly recommend for all affections of the ears one cyathus of the best garum, with one cyathus and a half of honey, and one cyathus of vinegar, the whole gently boiled in a new pot over a slow fire, and skimmed with a feather every now and then: when it has become wholly free from scum, it is injected lukewarm into the ears. In cases where the ears are swollen, the same authorities recommend that the swellings should be first reduced with juice of coriander. The fat of frogs, injected into the ears, instantly removes all pains in these organs. The juice of river-crabs, kneaded up with barley-meal, is a most effectual remedy for wounds in the ears. Shells of the murex, reduced to ashes,

and applied with honey, or the burnt shells of other shellfish, used with honied wine, are curative of imposthumes of the parotid glands.

CHAP. 26.—REMEDIES FOR TOOTH-ACHE. THE DOG-FISH : FOUR REMEDIES. WHALE'S FLESH.

Tooth-ache is alleviated by scarifying the gums with bones of the sea-dragon, or by rubbing the teeth once a year with the brains of a dog-fish boiled in oil, and kept for the purpose. It is a very good plan too, for the cure of tooth-ache, to lance the gums with the sting of the pastinaca in some cases. This sting, too, is pounded, and applied to the teeth with white hellebore, having the effect of extracting them without the slightest difficulty. Another of these remedies is, ashes of salted fish calcined in an earthen vessel, mixed with powdered marble. Stale cybium, rinsed in a new earthen vessel, and then pounded, is very useful for the cure of tooth-ache. Equally good, it is said, are the back-bones of all kinds of salt fish, pounded and applied in a liniment. A decoction is made of a single frog boiled in one hemina of vinegar, and the teeth are rinsed with it, the decoction being retained in the mouth. In cases where a repugnance existed to making use of this remedy, Sallustius Dionysius used to suspend frogs over boiling vinegar by the hind legs, so as to make them discharge their humours into the vinegar by the mouth, using considerable numbers of frogs for the purpose: to those, however, who had a stronger stomach, he prescribed the frogs themselves, eaten with their broth. It is generally thought, too, that this recipe applies more particularly to the double teeth, and that the vinegar prepared as above-mentioned, is remarkably useful for strengthening them when loose. For this last purpose, some persons cut off the legs of two frogs, and then macerate the bodies in two heminæ of wine, recommending this preparation as a collutory for strengthening loose teeth. Others attach the frogs, whole, to the exterior of the jaws : and with some it is the practice to boil ten frogs,

in three sextarii of vinegar, down to one-third, and to use the decoction as a strengthener of loose teeth. By certain authorities, too, it has been recommended to boil the hearts of six-and-thirty frogs beneath a copper vessel, in one sextarius of old oil, and then to inject the decoction into the ear on the same side of the jaw as the part affected: while others again have used, as an application for the teeth, a frog's liver, boiled, and beaten up with honey. All the preparations above described will be found still more efficacious if made from the seafrog In cases where the teeth are carious and emit an offensive smell, it is recommended to dry some whale's flesh in an oven for a night, and then to add an equal quantity of salt, and use the mixture as a dentifrice. "Enhydris" is the name given by the Greeks to a snake that lives in the water. With the four upper teeth of this reptile, it is the practice, for the cure of aching in the upper teeth, to lance the upper gums, and with the four lower teeth, for aching in the lower. Some persons, however, content themselves with using an eyetooth only. Ashes, too, of burnt crabs are used for this purpose; and the murex, reduced to ashes, makes an excellent dentifrice.

CHAP. 27.—REMEDIES FOR LICHENS, AND FOR SPOTS UPON THE FACE. THE DOLPHIN: NINE REMEDIES. COLUTHIA OR CORYPHIA: THREE REMEDIES. HALCYONEUM : SEVEN REMEDIES. THE TUNNY : FIVE REMEDIES.

Lichens and leprous spots are removed by applying the fat of the sea-calf, ashes of the mæna in combination with three oboli of honey, liver of the pastinaca boiled in oil, or ashes of the dolphin or hippocampus mixed with water. After the parts have been duly excoriated, a cicatrizing treatment ought to be pursued. Some persons bake dolphin's liver in an earthen vessel, till a grease flows therefrom like oil in ap-

pearance: this they use by way of ointment for these diseases. Burnt shells of the murex or purple, applied with honey, have a detergent effect upon spots on the face in females: used as an application for seven consecutive days, a fomentation made of white of eggs being substituted on the eighth, they efface wrinkles, and plump out the skin. To the genus " murex" belong the shell-fish known by the Greeks as "coluthia" or "coryphia," equally turbinated, but considerably smaller: for all the above purposes they are still more efficacious, and the use of them tends to preserve the sweetness of the breath. Fish-glue effaces wrinkles and plumps out the skin; being boiled for the purpose in water some four hours, and then pounded and kneaded up till it attains a thin consistency, like that of honey. After being thus prepared, it is put by in a new vessel for keeping; and, when wanted for use, is mixed, in the proportion of four drachmæ, with two drachmæ of sulphur, two of alkanet, and eight of litharge; the whole being sprinkled with water and beaten up together. The preparation is then applied to the face, and is washed off at the end of four hours. For the cure of freckles and other affections of the face, calcined bones of cuttle-fish are also used; an application which is equally good for the removal of fleshy excrescences and the dispersion of running sores. (8.) For the cure of itch-scab, a frog is boiled in five semisextarii of sea-water, the decoction being reduced to the consistency of honey. There is a sea production called "halcyoneum," composed, as some think, of the nests of the birds known as the "halcyon" and "ceyx," or, according to others, of the concretion of sea-foam, or of some slime of the sea, or a certain lanuginous inflorescence thrown up by it. Of this halcyoneum there are four different kinds; the first, of an ashy colour, of a compact substance, and possessed of a pungent odour; the second, soft, of a milder nature, and with a smell almost iden-

tical with that of sea-weed; the third, whiter, and with a variegated surface; the fourth, more like pumice in appearance, and closely resembling rotten sponge. The best of all is that which nearly borders upon a purple hue, and is known as the "Milesian" kind: the whiter it is, the less highly it is esteemed. The properties of halcyoneum are ulcerative and detergent: when required for use, it is parched and applied without oil. It is quite marvellous how efficiently it removes leprous sores, lichens, and freckles, used in combination with lupines and two oboli of sulphur. It is employed, also, for the removal of marks upon the eyes. Andreas has recommended for the cure of leprosy ashes of burnt crabs, with oil; and Attalus, fresh fat of tunny.

CHAP. 28.—REMEDIES FOR SCROFULA, IMPOSTHUMES OF THE PAROTID GLANDS, QUINSY, AND DISEASES OF THE FAUCES. THE MÆNA: THIRTEEN REMEDIES. THE SEA-SCOLOPENDRA: TWO REMEDIES. THE SAURUS: ONE REMEDY. SHELL-FISH: ONE REMEDY. THE SILURUS: FIFTEEN REMEDIES.

Ulcerations of the mouth are cured by an application of brine in which mænæ have been pickled, in combination with calcined heads of the fish, and honey. For the cure of scrofula, it is a good plan to prick the sores with the small bone that is found in the tail of the fish known as the sea-frog; care being taken to avoid making a wound, and to repeat the operation daily, until a perfect cure is effected. The same property, too, belongs to the sting of the pastinaca, and to the sea-hare, applied topically to the sores: but in both cases due care must be taken to remove them in an instant. Shells of sea-urchins are bruised, also, and applied with vinegar; shells also of sea-scolopendræ, applied with honey; and river-crabs pounded or calcined, and applied with honey. Bones, too, of the sæpia, triturated and applied with stale axle-grease, are marvellously useful for this purpose.

This last preparation is used, also, for the cure of imposthumes of the parotid glands; a purpose for which the liver of the sea-fish known as the "saurus" is employed. Nay, even more than this, fragments of earthen vessels in which salt fish have been kept are pounded with stale axle-grease, and applied to scrofulous sores and imposthumes of the parotid glands; as also calcined murex, incorporated with oil. Stiffness in the neck is allayed by taking what are known as sea-lice, in doses of one drachma in drink, taking castoreum mixed with pepper in honied wine, or making a decoction of frogs in oil and salt, and taking the liquor. Opisthotony, too, and tetanus are treated in a similar manner; and spasms, with the addition of pepper. Ashes of burnt heads of salted mænæ are applied externally, with honey, for the cure of quinsy; as also a decoction of frogs, boiled in vinegar, a preparation which is equally good for affections of the tonsillary glands. River-crabs, pounded, one to each hemina of water, are used as a gargle for the cure of quinsy; or else they are taken with wine and hot water. Garum, put beneath the uvula with a spoon, effectually cures diseases of that part. The silurus, used as food, either fresh or salted, improves the voice.

CHAP. 29.—REMEDIES FOR COUGH AND DISEASES OF THE CHEST.

Surmullets act as an emetic, dried and pounded, and taken in drink. Castoreum, taken fasting, with a small quantity of hammoniacum in oxymel, is extremely good for asthma: spasms, too, in the stomach are assuaged by taking a similar potion with warm oxymel. Frogs stewed in their own liquor in the saucepan, the same way in fact that fish are dressed, are good for a cough, it is said. In some cases, also, frogs are suspended by the legs, and after their juices have been received in a platter, it is recommended to gut them, and the entrails being first carefully removed, to preserve them for the above

purpose. There is a small frog, also, which ascends trees, and croaks aloud there: if a person suffering from cough spits into its mouth and then lets it go, he will experience a cure, it is said. For cough attended with spitting of blood, it is recommended to beat up the raw flesh of a snail, and to drink it in hot water.

CHAP. 30. (9.)—REMEDIES FOR PAINS IN THE LIVER AND SIDE. THE ELONGATED CONCH: SIX REMEDIES. THE TETHEA: FIVE REMEDIES.

For pains in the liver, a sea-scorpion is killed in wine, and the liquid is taken. The meat, too, of the elongated conch is taken with honied wine and water, in equal quantities, or, if there are symptoms of fever, with hydromel. Pains in the side are assuaged by taking the flesh of the hippocampus, grilled, or else the tethea, very similar to the oyster, with the ordinary food. For sciatica, the pickle of the silurus is injected, by way of clyster. The flesh of conchs, too, is prescribed, for fifteen days, in doses of three oboli soaked in two sextarii of wine.

CHAP. 31.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE BOWELS. SEA-WORT: ONE REMEDY. THE MYAX: TWENTY-FIVE REMEDIES. THE MITULUS: EIGHT REMEDIES. PELORIDES: ONE REMEDY. SERIPHUM: TWO REMEDIES. THE ERYTHINUS: TWO REMEDIES.

The silurus, taken in its broth, or the torpedo, used as food, acts as a laxative upon the bowels. There is a sea-wort, also, similar in appearance to the cultivated cabbage: it is injurious to the stomach, but acts most efficiently as a purgative, requiring to be cooked with fat meat for the purpose, in consequence of its extreme acridity. The broth, too, of all boiled fish is good for this purpose; it acting, also, as a strong diuretic, taken with wine more particularly. The best kind of all is that prepared from the sea-scorpion, the iulis, and

rock-fish in general, as they are destitute of all rankness and are free from fat. The proper way of cooking them is with dill, parsley, coriander, and leeks, with the addition of oil and salt. Stale cybium, too, acts as a purgative, and is particularly useful for carrying off crudities, pituitous humours, and bile. The myax is of a purgative nature, a shell-fish of which we shall take this opportunity of giving the natural history at length. These fish collect together in masses, like the murex, and are found in spots covered with sea-weed. They are the finest eating in autumn, and are found in the greatest perfection in places where fresh-water streams discharge themselves into the sea; for which reason it is that those of Egypt are held in such high esteem. As the winter advances, they contract a bitter flavour, and assume a reddish hue. The liquor of these fish, it is said, acts as a purgative upon the bowels and bladder, has a detergent effect upon the intestines, acts aperiently upon all the passages, purges the kidneys, and diminishes the blood and adipose secretions. Hence it is that these shell-fish are found of the greatest use for the treatment of dropsy, for the regulation of the catamenia, and for the removal of jaundice, all diseases of the joints, and flatulency. They are very good, also, for the reduction of obesity, for diseases of the bile and of the pituitous secretions, for affections of the lungs, liver, and spleen, and for rheumatic defluxions. The only inconvenience resulting from them is, that they irritate the throat and impede the articulation. They have, also, a healing effect upon ulcers of a serpiginous nature, or which stand in need of detergents, as also upon carcinomatous sores. Calcined, the same way as the murex, and employed with honey, they are curative of bites inflicted either by dogs or human beings, and of leprous spots or freckles. The ashes of them, rinsed, are good for the removal of films upon the eyes, granulations of those organs and indurations of the membrane, as also for diseases of the gums and teeth, and for pituitous eruptions. They serve, also, as an antidote to dorycnium and to opocarpathon.

There are two species of this shell-fish, of a degenerate kind: the mitulus, which has a strong flavour, and a saltish taste; and the myisca, which differs from the former in the roundness of its shell, is somewhat smaller, and is covered with filaments, the shell being thinner, and the meat of a sweeter flavour. The ashes, also, of the mitulus, like those of the murex, are possessed of certain caustic properties, and are very useful for the removal of leprous spots, freckles, and blemishes of the skin. They are rinsed, too, in the same manner as lead, for the removal of swellings of the eyelids, of indurations of the membranes, and of films upon the eyes, as also of sordid ulcers upon other parts of the body, and of pustules upon the head. The meat of them, also, is employed as an application for bites inflicted by dogs. As to pelorides, they act as a gentle laxative upon the bowels, an effect equally produced by castoreum, taken in doses of two drachmæ, in hydromel: where, however, a more drastic purgative is required, one drachma of dried garden-cucumber root is added, and two drachmæ of aphronitrum. The tethea is good for griping pains in the bowels and for attacks of flatulency: they are generally found adhering to the leaves of marine plants, sucking their nutriment therefrom, and may be rather looked upon as a sort of fungus than as a fish. They are useful, also, for the removal of tenesmus and of diseases of the kidneys. There grows also in the sea a kind of absinthium, known by some persons as "seriphum," and found in the vicinity of Taposiris, in Egypt, more particularly. It is of a more slender form than the land absinthium, acts as a purgative upon the bowels, and effectually removes intestinal worms. The sæpia, too, is a laxative; for which purpose these fish are

administered with the food, boiled with a mixture of oil, salt, and meal. Salted mænæ, applied with bull's gall to the navel, acts as a purgative upon the bowels. The liquor of fish, boiled in the saucepan with lettuces, dispels tenesmus. River-crabs, beaten up and taken with water, act astringently upon the bowels, and they have a diuretie effect, if taken with white wine. Deprived of the legs, and taken in doses of three oboli with myrrh and iris, one drachma of each, they disperse urinary calculi. For the cure of the iliac passion and of attacks of flatulency, castoreum should be taken, with seed of daucus and of parsley, a pinch in three fingers of each, the whole being mixed with four cyathi of warm honied wine. Griping pains in the bowels should be treated with castoreum and a mixture of dill and wine. The fish called "erythinus," used as food, acts astringently upon the bowels. Dysentery is cured by taking frogs boiled with squills, and prepared in the form of boluses, or else hearts of frogs beaten up with honey, as Niceratus recommends. For the cure of jaundice, salt fish should be taken with pepper, the patient abstaining from all other kinds of meat.

CHAP. 32.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE SPLEEN, FOR URINARY CALCULI, AND FOR AFFECTIONS OF THE BLADDER. THE SOLE: ONE REMEDY. THE TURBOT: ONE REMEDY. THE BLENDIUS: ONE REMEDY. THE SEA-NETTLE: SEVEN REMEDIES. THE PULMO MARINUS: SIX REMEDIES. ONYCHES: FOUR REMEDIES.

For the cure of spleen diseases, the fish known as the sole is applied to that part; the torpedo, also, or else a live turbot; it being then set at liberty in the sea. The seascorpion, killed in wine, is a cure for diseases of the bladder

and for urinary calculi; the stone, also, that is found in the tail of this last fish, taken in drink, in doses of one obolus; the liver of the enhydris; and the ashes of the fish called "blendius; taken with rue. In the head, too, of the fish called "bacchus," there are found certain small stones, as it were: these, taken in water, six in number, are an excellent cure for urinary calculi. They say, too, that the sea-nettle, taken in wine, is very useful for this purpose, as also the pulmo marinus, boiled in water, The eggs of the sæpia have a diuretic effect, and carry off pituitous humours from the kidneys. Ruptures and convulsions are very effectually treated by taking river-crabs, bruised in asses' milk more particularly; and urinary calculi by drinking sea-urchins pounded, spines and all, in wine; the due proportion being one semisextarius of wine for each urchin, and the treatment being continued till its good effects are visible. The flesh, too, of the sea-urchin, taken as food, is very useful as a remedy for the same malady. Scallops also, taken as food, act detergently upon the bladder: the male fish is by some persons called "donax," and by others "aulos," the female being known as "onyx." The

male scallop has a diuretic effect: the flesh of the female is sweeter than that of the male, and of an uniform colour. The eggs, too, of the sæpia promote the urinary secretions, and act detergently upon the kidneys.

CHAP. 33.—REMEDIES FOR INTESTINAL HERNIA, AND FOR DISEASES OF THE RECTUM. THE WATER-SNAKE: ONE REMEDY. THE HYDRUS: ONE REMEDY. THE MULLET: ONE REMEDY. THE PELAMIS: THREE REMEDIES.

For the cure of intestinal hernia the sea-hare is applied, bruised with honey. The liver of the water-snake, and that of the hydrus, bruised and taken in drink, are remedial for urinary calculi. Sciatica is cured by using the pickle of the silurus as a clyster, the bowels being first thoroughly purged. For chafing of the fundament, an application is made of heads of mullets and surmullets, reduced to ashes; for which purpose they are calcined in an earthen vessel, and must be applied in combination with honey. Calcined heads, too, of the fish known as mænæ are useful for the cure of chaps and condylomata; as also heads of salted pelamides, reduced to ashes, or calcined cybium, applied with honey. The torpedo, applied topically, reduces procidence of the rectum. River-crabs, reduced to ashes, and applied with oil and wax, are curative of chaps of the fundament: sea-crabs, too, are equally useful for the purpose.

CHAP. 34.—REMEDIES FOR INFLAMED TUMOURS, AND FOR DISEASES OF THE GENERATIVE ORGANS. THE SCIÆNA: ONE REMEDY. THE PERCH: FOUR REMEDIES. THE SQUATINA: THREE REMEDIES. THE SMARIS: THREE REMEDIES.

The pickle of the coracinus disperses inflammatory tumours; an effect which is equally produced by using the cal-

cined intestines and scales of the sciæna. The sea-scorpion, too, is used for the same purpose, boiled in wine, and applied as a fomentation to the part affected. Shells of sea-urchins, bruised and applied with water, act as a check upon incipient inflammatory tumours. Ashes of the murex, or of the purple, are employed in either case, whether it is wanted to disperse inflammatory tumours in an incipient state, or to bring them to a head and break them. Some authorities prescribe the following preparation: of wax and frankincense twenty drachmæ, of litharge forty drachmæ, of calcined murex ten drachmæ, and of old oil, one semisextarius. Salt fish, boiled and applied by itself, is highly useful for the above purposes. River crabs, bruised and applied, disperse pustules on the generative organs: the same, too, with calcined heads of mænæ, or the flesh of that fish, boiled and applied. Heads of salted perch, reduced to ashes, and applied with honey, are equally useful for the purpose; or else calcined heads of pelamides, or skin of the squatina reduced to ashes. It is the skin of this fish that is used, as already stated, for giving a polish to wood; for the sea even, we find, furnishes its aid to our artificers. For a similar purpose the fishes called "smarides" are applied topically; as also ashes of the shell of the murex or of the purple, applied with honey; which last are still more efficacious when the flesh has been burnt with the shell. Salt fish, boiled with honey, is particularly good for the cure of carbuncles upon the generative organs. For relaxation of the testes, the slime of snails is recommended, applied in the form of a liniment.

The flesh of hippocampi, grilled and taken frequently as food, is a cure for incontinence of urine; the ophidion, too, a little fish similar to the conger in appearance, eaten with a lily root; or the small fry found in the bellies of larger fish that have swallowed them, reduced to ashes and taken in water. It is recommended, too, to burn African snails, both shells and flesh, and to administer the ashes with wine of Signia.

CHAP. 36.—REMEDIES FOR GOUT, AND FOR PAINS IN THE FEET. THE BEAVER: FOUR REMEDIES. BRYON: ONE REMEDY.

For the cure of gout and of diseases of the joints, oil is useful in which the intestines of frogs have been boiled. Ashes, too, of burnt bramble-frogs are similarly employed, with stale grease; in addition to which, some persons use calcined barley, the three ingredients being mixed in equal proportions. It is recommended too, in cases of gout, to rub the parts affected with a sea-hare, fresh caught, and to wear shoes made of beaver's skin, Pontic beaver more particularly, or else of sea-calf's skin, an animal the fat of which is very useful for the purpose: the same being the case also with bryon, a plant of which we have already spoken, similar to the lettuce in appearance, but with more wrinkled leaves, and destitute of stem. This plant is of a styptic nature, and, applied topically, it tends to modify the paroxysms of gout. The same, too, with sea-weed, of which we have also spoken already; due precaution being taken not to apply it dry. Chilblains are cured by applying the pulmo marinus; ashes

of sea-crabs with oil; river crabs, bruised and burnt to ashes and kneaded up with oil; or else fat of the silurus. In diseases of the joints, the paroxysms are modified by applying fresh frogs every now and then: some authorities recommend that they should be split asunder before being applied. The liquor from mussels and other shell-fish has a tendency to make flesh.

CHAP. 37.—REMEDIES FOR EPILEPSY.

Epileptic patients, as already stated, are recommended to drink the rennet of the sea-calf, mixed with mares' milk or asses' milk, or else with pomegranate juice, or, in some cases, with oxymel: some persons, too, swallow the rennet by itself, in the form of pills. Castoreum is sometimes administered, in three cyathi of oxymel, to the patient fasting; but where the attacks are frequent, it is employed in the form of a clyster, with marvellous effect. The proper proportions, in this last case, are two drachmæ of castoreum, one sextarius of oil and honey, and the same quantity of water. At the moment that the patient is seized with a fit, it is a good plan to give him castoreum, with vinegar, to smell. The liver, too, of the sea- weasel is given to epileptic patients, or else that of sea-mice, or the blood of tortoises.

CHAP. 38. (10.)—REMEDIES FOR FEVERS. THE FISH CALLED ASELLUS: ONE REMEDY. THE PHAGRUS: ONE REMEDY. THE BALÆNA: ONE REMEDY.

Recurrent fevers are effectually checked by making the patient taste the liver of a dolphin, just before the paroxysm comes on. Hippocampi are stifled in oil of roses, and the patients are rubbed therewith in cold agues, the fish, also, being worn as an amulet by the patient. In the same way, too, the small stones that are found at full moon in the head of the fish called "asellus" are worn, attached in a piece of linen cloth to the patient's body. A similar virtue is attributed to the

longest tooth of the river-fish called phagrus, attached to the patient with a hair, provided he does not see the person who attaches it to him for five days. Frogs are boiled in oil in a spot where three roads meet, and, the flesh being first thrown away, the patients are rubbed with the decoction, by way of cure for quartan fever. Some persons, again, suffocate frogs in oil, and, after attaching them to the patient without his knowing it, anoint him with the oil. The heart of a frog, worn as an amulet, modifies the cold chills in fevers; the same, too, with oil in which the intestines of frogs have been boiled. But the best remedy for quartan fevers, is to wear attached to the body either frogs from which the claws have been removed, or else the liver or heart of a bramble-frog, attached in a piece of russet-coloured cloth. River-crabs, bruised in oil and water, are highly beneficial in fevers, the patient being anointed with the preparation just before the paroxysms come on: some authorities recommend the addition of pepper to the mixture. Others prescribe for quartan fevers a decoction of river-crabs in wine, boiled down to one fourth, the patient taking it at the moment of leaving the bath: by some, too, it is recommended to swallow the left eye of a river-crab. The magicians engage to cure a tertian fever, by attaching as an amulet to the patient, before sunrise, the eyes of river-crabs, the crabs when thus blinded being set at liberty in the water. They say, too, that these eyes, attached to the body in a piece of deer's hide, with the flesh of a nightingale, will dispel sleep and promote watchfulness. In cases where there are symptoms of lethargy, the rennet of the balæna or of the sea-calf is given to the patient to smell; some persons, too, use the blood of tortoises as a liniment for lethargic patients. Tertian fevers, it is said, may be cured by wearing one of the vertebræ of a perch attached to the body, and quartan fevers by using fresh river snails, as an aliment. Some persons preserve these snails in salt for this purpose, and give them, pounded, in drink.

CHAP. 39.—REMEDIES FOR LETHARGY, CACHEXY, AND DROPSY.

Strombi, left to putrefy in vinegar, act as an excitant upon lethargic patients by their smell; they are very useful, too, for the cure of cardiac diseases. For cachectic patients, where the body is wasting with consumption, tetheæ are considered beneficial, mixed with rue and honey. For the cure of dropsy, dolphin's fat is melted and taken with wine, the repulsive taste of it being neutralized by first touching the nostrils with unguent or some other odoriferous substance, or else by plugging the nostrils in some way or other. The flesh of strombi, pounded and given in three heminæ of honied wine and the same quantity of water, or, if there is fever, in hydromel, is very useful for dropsy: the same, too, with the juice of river-crabs, administered with honey. Water frogs, too, are boiled with old wine and spelt, and taken as food, the liquor in which they have been boiled being drunk from the same vessel: or else the feet, head, and tail of a tortoise are cut off, and the intestines removed, the rest of the flesh being seasoned in such a manner as to allow of its being taken without loathing. River-crabs, too, eaten with their broth, are said to be very good for the cure of phthisis.

CHAP. 40.—REMEDIES FOR BURNS AND FOR ERYSIPELAS.

Burns are cured by applying ashes of calcined sea-crabs or river-crabs with oil: fish-glue, too, and calcined frogs are used as an application for scalds produced by boiling water. The same treatment also restores the hair, provided the ashes are those of river-crabs: it is generally thought, too, that the preparation should be applied with wax and bears' grease. Ashes, too, of burnt beaver-skin are very useful for these purposes. Live frogs act as a check upon crysipelas, the belly side being applied to the part affected: it is recommended, too, to attach them lengthwise by the hinder legs, so as to render them more beneficial by reason of their increased respiration. Heads, too, of salted siluri are reduced to ashes and applied with vinegar. Prurigo and itch-scab, not only in man but in quadrupeds

as well, are most efficaciously treated with the liver of the pastinaca boiled in oil.

CHAP. 41.—REMEDIES FOR DISEASES OF THE SINEWS.

The exterior callosity with which the flesh of purples is covered, beaten up, unites the sinews, even when they have been severed asunder. It is a good plan, for patients suffering from tetanus, to take sea-calf's rennet in wine, in doses of one obolus, as also fish-glue. Persons affected with fits of trembling find much relief from castoreum, provided they are well anointed with oil. I find it stated that the surmullet, used as an article of diet, acts injuriously upon the sinews.

CHAP. 42.—METHODS OF ARRESTING HÆMORRHAGE AND OF LETTING BLOOD. THE POLYP: ONE REMEDY.

Fish, used as an aliment, it is generally thought, make blood. The polyp, bruised and applied, arrests hæmorrhage, it is thought: in addition to which we find stated the following particulars respecting it—that of itself it emits a sort of brine, in consequence of which, there is no necessity to use any in cooking it—that it should always be sliced with a reed —and that it is spoilt by using an iron knife, becoming tainted thereby, owing to the antipathy which naturally exists (between it and iron). For the purpose also of arresting hæmorrhage, ashes of burnt frogs are applied topically, or else the dried blood of those animals. Some authorities recommend the frog to be used, that is known by the Greeks as "calamites," from the fact that it lives among reeds and shrubs; it is the smallest and greenest of all the frogs, and either the blood or the ashes of it are recommended to be employed. Others, again, prescribe, in cases of bleeding at the nostrils, an injection of the ashes of young water-frogs, in the tadpole state, calcined in a new carthen vessel.

On the other hand, again, in cases where it is required to let blood, the kind of leech is used which is known among us by the name of "sanguisuga." Indeed, the action of these leeches is looked upon as pretty much the same as that of the cupping-glasses used in medicine, their effect being to relieve the body of superfluous blood, and to open the pores of the skin. Still, however, there is this inconvenience attending them—when they have been once applied, they create a necessity for laving recourse to the same treatment at about the same period in every succeeding year. Many physicians have been of opinion also, that leeches may be successfully applied in cases of gout. When gorged, they fall off in consequence of los<*>ag their hold through the weight of the blood, but if not, they must be sprinkled with salt for the purpose. Leeches ar apt, however, to leave their heads buried in the flesh; the consequence of which is an incurable wound, which has caused death in many cases, that of Messalinus, for example, a patrician of consular rank, after an application of leeches to his knee. When this is the case, that which was intended as a remedy is turned into an active poison; a result which is to be apprehended in using the red leeches more particularly. Hence it is that when these last are employed, it is the practice to snip them with a pair of scissors while sucking; the consequence of which is, that the blood oozes forth, through a siphon, as it were, and the head, gradually contracting as the animal dies, is not left behind in the wound. There is a natural antipathy existing between leeches and bugs, and hence it is that the latter are killed by the aid of a fumigation made with leeches. Ashes of beaver-skin burnt with tar, kneaded up with leek-juice, arrest bleeding at the nostrils.

CHAP. 43.—METHODS OF EXTRACTING FOREIGN BODIES FROM THE FLESH.

To extract pointed weapons which have pierced the flesh, ashes of calcined shells of the sæpia are used, as also of the

purple, the meat of salted fish, bruised river-crabs, or flesh of the silurus (a river-fish that is found in other streams as well as the Nilus), applied either fresh or salted. The ashes also of this fish, as well as the fat, have the property of extracting pointed bodies, and the back-bone, in a calcined state, is used as a substitute for spodium.

CHAP. 44.—REMEDIES FOR ULCERS, CARCINOMATA, AND CARBUNCLES.

Ulcers of a serpiginous nature, as also the fleshy excrescences which make their appearance in them, are kept in check by applying ashes of calcined heads of mænæ, or else ashes of the silurus. Carcinomata, too, are treated with heads of salted perch, their efficacy being considerably increased by using some salt along with the ashes, and kneading them up with heads of cunila and olive-oil. Ashes of sea-crabs, calcined with lead, arrest the progress of carcinomatous sores: a purpose for which ashes of river-crabs, in combination with honey and fine lint, are equally useful; though there are some authorities which prefer mixing alum and barley with the ashes. Phagedænic ulcers are cured by an application of dried silurus pounded with sandarach; malignant cancers, corrosive ulcers, and putrid sores, by the agency of stale cybium. Maggots that breed in sores are removed by applying frogs' gall; and fistulas are opened and dried by introducing a tent made of salt fish, with a dossil of lint. Salt fish, kneaded up and applied in the form of a plaster, will remove all proud flesh in the course of a day, and will arrest the further progress of putrid and serpiginous ulcers. Alex, applied in lint, acts detergently, also, upon ulcers; the same, too, with the ashes of calcined shells of sea-urchins. Salted slices of the coracinus disperse carbuncles, an effect equally produced by the ashes of salted surmullets. Some persons, however, use

the head only of the surmullet, in combination with honey or with the flesh of the coracinus. Ashes of the murex, applied with oil, disperse tumours, and the gall of the sea-scorpion makes scars disappear.

CHAP. 45.—REMEDIES FOR WARTS, AND FOR MALFORMED NAILS. THE GLANIS: ONE REMEDY.

To remove warts, the liver of the glanis is applied to the part; ashes also of heads of mænæ bruised with garlic— substances which should be used raw where it is thymewarts that require to be removed—the gall of the red seascorpion, smarides pounded and applied, or alex thoroughly boiled. Ashes of calcined heads of mænæ are used to rectify malformed nails.

CHAP. 46.—REMEDIES FOR FEMALE DISEASES. THE GLAUCISCUS: ONE REMEDY.

The milk is increased in females by eating the glauciscus in its own liquor, or else smarides with a ptisan, or boiled with fennel. Ashes of calcined shells of the murex or purple, applied with honey, are an effectual cure for affections of the mamillæ; river-crabs, too, and sea-crabs, applied topically, are equally good. The meat of the murex, applied to the mamillæ, removes hairs growing upon those parts. The squatina, applied topically, prevents the mamillæ from becoming too distended. Lint greased with dolphin's fat, and then ignited, produces a smoke which acts as an excitant upon females suffering from hysterical suffocations; the same, too, with strombi, left to putrefy in vinegar. Heads of perch or of

mænæ, calcined and mixed with salt, oil, and cunila, are curative of diseases of the uterus: used as a fumigation, they bring away the afterbirth. Fat, too, of the sea-calf, melted by the agency of fire, is introduced into the nostrils of females when swooning from hysterical suffocations; and for a similar purpose, the rennet of that animal is applied as a pessary, in wool. The pulmo marinus, attached to the body as an amulet, is an excellent promoter of menstruation; an effect which is equally produced by pounding live sea-urchins, and taking them in sweet wine. River-crabs, bruised in wine, and taken internally, arrest menstruation. The silurus, that of Africa more particularly, used as a fumigation, facilitates parturition, it is said. Crabs, taken in water, arrest menstruation; but used with hyssop, they act as an emmenagogue, we are told. In cases, too, where the infant is in danger of suffocation at the moment of delivery, a similar drink, administered to the mother, is highly efficacious. Crabs, too, either fresh or dried, are taken in drink, for the purpose of preventing abortion. Hippocrates prescribes them as a promoter of menstruation, and as an expellent of the dead fœtus, beaten up with five roots of lapathum and rue and some soot, and administered in honied wine. Crabs, boiled and taken in their liquor, with lapathum and parsley, promote the menstrual discharge, and increase the milk. In cases of fever, attended with pains in the head and throbbing of the eyes, crabs are said to be highly beneficial to females, given in astringent wine. Castoreum, taken in honied wine, is useful as a promoter of menstruation: in cases of hysterical suffocation, it is given

to the patient to smell at with pitch and vinegar, or else it is made up into tablets and used as a pessary. For the purpose also of bringing away the afterbirth it is found a useful plan to employ castoreum with panax, in four cyathi of wine; and in cases where the patient is suffering from cold, in doses of three oboli. If, however, a female in a state of pregnancy should happen to step over castoreum, or over the beaver itself, abortion, it is said, will be the sure result: so, too, if castoreum is only held over a pregnant woman's head, there will be great danger of miscarriage. There is a very marvellous fact, too, that I find stated in reference to the torpedo: if it is caught at the time that the moon is in Libra, and kept in the open air for three days, it will always facilitate parturition, as often as it is introduced into the apartment of a woman in labour. The sting, too, of the pastinaca, attached to the navel, is generally thought to have the property of facilitating delivery: it must be taken, however, from the fish while alive; which done, the fish must be returned to the sea. I find it stated by some authorities that there is a substance called "ostraceum," which is also spoken of as "onyx" by others; that, used as a fumigation, it is wonderfully beneficial for suffocations of the uterus; that in smell it resembles castoreum, and is still more efficacious, if burnt with this last substance; and that in a calcined state it has the property of healing inveterate ulcers, and cancerous sores of a malignant nature. As to carbuncles and carcinomatous sores upon the secret parts of females, there is nothing more efficacious, it is said, than a female crab beaten up, just after full moon, with flower of salt and applied with water.

CHAP. 47.—METHODS OF REMOVING SUPERFLUOUS HAIR. DEPILATORIES.

Depilatories are prepared from the blood, gall, and liver of the tunny, either fresh or preserved; as also from pounded liver of the same fish, preserved with cedar resin in a leaden box; a re-

cipe which we find given by the midwife Salpe for disguising the age of boys on sale for slaves. A similar property belongs to the pulmo marinus, to the blood and gall of the sea-hare, and to the sea-hare itself, stifled in oil. The same, too, with ashes of burnt crabs or sea scolopendræ, mixed with oil; sea-nettles, bruised in squill vinegar; and brains of the torpedo applied with alum on the sixteenth day of the moon. The thick matter emitted by the small frogs, which we have described when treating of eye-diseases, is a most efficient depilatory, if applied fresh: the same, too, with the frog itself, dried and pounded, and then boiled down to one-third in three heminæ of water, or else boiled in a copper vessel with oil in a like proportion. Others, again, prepare a depilatory from fifteen frogs, in manner already stated under the head of remedies for the eyes. Leeches, also, grilled in an earthen vessel, and applied with vinegar, have the same property as a depilatory; the very odour, too, which attaches to the persons who thus burn them is singularly efficacious for killing bugs. Cases are to be found, too, where persons have used castoreum with honey, for many days together, as a depilatory. In the case, however, of every depilatory, the hairs should always be removed before it is applied.

CHAP. 48.—REMEDIES FOR THE DISEASES OF INFANTS.

Dentition in infants is promoted, and the gums greatly relieved, by rubbing them with ashes of a dolphin's teeth, mixed with honey, or else by touching the gums with the tooth itself of that fish. One of these teeth, worn as an amulet, is a preventive of sudden frights; the tooth of the dog-fish being also possessed of a similar property. As to ulcers which make their appearance in the ears, or in any other parts of the body, they may be cured by applying the liquor of river-crabs, with barley-meal. These crabs, too, bruised in oil and employed as a friction, are very useful for other kinds of maladies. A

sponge moistened with cold water from time to time, or a frog applied, the back part to the head, is a most efficacious cure for siriasis in infants. When the frog is removed, it will be found quite dry, they say.

CHAP. 49.—METHODS OF PREVENTING INTOXICATION. THE FISH CALLED RUBELLIO: ONE REMEDY. THE EEL: ONE REMEDY. THE GRAPE-FISH: ONE REMEDY.

A surmullet stifled in wine; the fish called "rubellio;" or a couple of eels similarly treated; or a grapefish, left to putrefy in wine, all of them, produce an aversion to wine in those who drink thereof.

CHAP. 50.—ANTAPHRODISIACS AND APHRODISIACS. THE HIPPOPOTAMUS: ONE REMEDY. THE CROCODILE: ONE REMEDY.

In the number of antaphrodisiacs, we have the echeneïs; the skin from the left side of the forehead of the hippopotamus, attached to the body in lamb-skin; and the gall of a live torpedo, applied to the generative organs. The following substances act as aphrodisiacs—the flesh of river-snails, preserved in salt and given to drink in wine; the erythinus taken as food; the liver of the frog called "diopetes" or "calamites" attached to the body in a small piece of crane's skin; the eye-tooth of a crocodile, attached to the arm; the hippocampus; and the sinews of a bramble-frog, worn as an amulet upon the right arm. A bramble-frog, attached to the body in a piece of fresh sheep-skin, effectually puts an end to love.

CHAP. 51.—REMEDIES FOR THE DISEASES OF ANIMALS.

A decoction of frogs in water, reduced to the form of a lini-

ment, is curative of itch-scab in horses; indeed, it is said, that a horse, when once treated in this manner, will never again be attacked with the disease. Salpe says that if a live frog is given to dogs in their mess, they will lose the power of barking.

CHAP. 52.—OTHER AQUATIC PRODUCTIONS. ADARCA OR CALAMOCHNOS: THREE REMEDIES. REEDS: EIGHT REMEDIES. THE INK OF THE SÆPIA.

Among the aquatic productions ought also to be mentioned calamochnos, in Latin known as "adarea," a substance which collects about small reeds, from a mixture of the foam of fresh and of sea water. It possesses certain caustic properties, and hence it is that it is so useful as an ingredient in "acopa" and as a remedy for cold shiverings; it is used too, for removing freckles upon the face of females. And now we are speaking of adarca, the reed ought equally to be mentioned. The root of that known as the "phragmites," pounded fresh, is curative of sprains, and, applied topically with vinegar, removes pains in the spine. The calcined bark, too, of the Cyprian reed, known as the "donax," is curative of alopecy and inveterate ulcers; and its leaves are good for the extraction of foreign bodies adhering to the flesh, and for the cure of erysipelas: should, however, the flower of the panicle happen to enter the ears, deafness is the consequence. The ink of the sæpia is possessed of such remarkable potency, that if it is put into a lamp, Anaxilaüs tells us, the light will become entirely changed, and all present will look as black as Æthiopians. The bramble-frog, boiled in water, and given to swine with their drink, is curative of the maladies with which they are affected; an effect equally produced by the ashes of any other kind of frog. If wood is rubbed with the pulmo marinus, it will have all the appearance of being

on fire; so much so, indeed, that a walking-stick, thus treated, will light the way like a torch.

CHAP. 53. (11.)—THE NAMES OF ALL THE ANIMALS THAT EXIST IN THE SEA, ONE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY-SIX IN NUMBER.

Having now completed our exposition of the properties which belong to the aquatic productions, it would appear by no means foreign to my purpose to give a list of the various animated beings which inhabit the seas; so many as these are in number, of such vast extent, and not only making their way into the interior of the land to a distance of so many miles, but also surrounding the exterior of it to an extent almost equal to that of the world itself. These animals, it is generally considered, embrace one hundred and seventy-six different species, and it will be my object to set them forth, each by its distinct name, a thing that cannot possibly be done in reference to the terrestrial animals and the birds. For, in fact, we are by no means acquainted with all the wild beasts or all the birds that are to be found in India, Æthiopia, Scythia, or the desert regions of the earth; and even of man himself there are numerous varieties, which as yet we have been unable to make ourselves acquainted with. In addition, too, to the various countries above mentioned, we have Taprobane and other isles of the Ocean, about which so many fabulous stories are related. Surely then, every one must allow that it is quite impossible to comprise every species of animal in one general view for the information of mankind. And yet, by Hercules! in the sea and in the Ocean, vast as it is, there exists nothing that is unknown to us, and, a truly marvellous fact, it is with those things which Nature has concealed in the deep that we are the best acquainted! To begin then with the monsters that are found in this ele-

ment. We here find sea-trees, physeters, balænæ, pistrices, tritons, nereids, elephants, the creatures known as seamen, sea-wheels, oreæ, sea-rams, musculi, other fish too with the form of rams, dolphins, sea-calves, so celebrated by Homer, tortoises to minister to our luxury, and beavers, so extensively employed in medicine, to which class belongs the otter, an animal which we nowhere find frequenting the sea, it being only of the marine animals that we are speaking. There are dog-fish, also, drinones, cornutæ, swordfish, saw-fish, hippopotami and crocodiles, common to the sea, the land, and the rivers; tunnies also, thynnides, siluri, coracini, and perch, common to the sea only and to rivers. To the sea only, belong also the acipenser, the dorade, the asellus, the acharne, the aphye, the alopex, the

eel, the araneus, the boca, the batia, the bacchus, the batrachus, the belonæ, known to us as "aculeati," the balanus, the corvus, the citharus, the least esteemed of all the turbots, the chalcis, the cobio, the callarias, which would belong to the genus of the aselli were it not smaller; the colias, otherwise known as the fish of Parium or of Sexita, this last from a place of that name in Bætica its native region, the smallest, too, of the lacerti; the colias of the Mæotis, the next smallest of the lacerti; the cybium, (the name given, when cut into pieces, to the pelamis which returns at the end of forty days from the Euxine to the Palus Mæotis); the cordyla—which is also a small pelamis, so called at the time when it enters the Euxine from the Palus Mæotis—the cantharus, the callionymus or uranoscopus, the cinædus, the only fish that is of a yellow colour; the cnide, known to us as the sea-nettle; the different kinds of

crabs, the striated chemæ, the smooth chemæ, the chemæ belonging to the genus of pelorides, all differing in the variety of their colours and in the roundness of the shells; the chemæ glycymarides, still larger than the pelorides; the coluthia or coryphia; the various kinds of shellfish, among which we find the pearl oysters, the cochleæ, (belonging to which class are the pentadactyli,) the helices, by some known as actinophori, the spokes on whose shells are used for musical purposes; and, in addition to these, the round cochleæ, the shells of which are used in measuring oil, as also the seacucumber, the cynopos, the cammarus, and the cynosdexia. Next to these we have the sea-dragon, a fish which, according to some, is altogether distinct from the dracunculus, and resembles the gerricula in appearance, it having on the gills a stickle which points towards the tail and inflicts a wound like that of the scorpion when the fish is handled—the erythinus, the echeneïs, the sea-urchin, the sea-elephant, a black kind of crayfish, with four forked legs, in addition to two arms with double joints, and furnished, each of them, with a pair of claws, indented at the edge; the faber, also, or zæus, the glauciscus, the glanis, the gonger, the gerres,

the galeos, the garos, the hippos, the hippuros, the hirundo, the halipleumon, the hippocampus, the hepar, the ictinus and the iulis. There are various kinds also of lacerti, the springing loligo, the crayfish, the lantern-fish, the lepas, the larinus, the sea-hare, and the sea-lion, with arms like those of the crab, and in the other parts of the body like the cray-fish. We have the surmullet also, the sea black-bird, highly esteemed among the rock-fish; the mullet, the melanurus, the mæna, the mæotis, the muræna, the mys, the mitulus, the myiscus, the murex, the oculata, the ophidion, the oyster, the otia, the orcynus—the largest of all the pelamides and one that never returns to the Palus Mæotis, like the tritomus in appearance, and best when old—the orbis,

the orthagoriscus, the phager, the phycis a rock-fish, the pelamis, (the largest kind of which is called "apolectum," and is tougher than the tritomus) the sea-pig, the phthir, the sea-sparrow, the pastinaca, the several varieties of the polyp, the scallop, which is larger and more swarthy in summer than at other times, and the most esteemed of which are those of Mitylene, Tyndaris, Salonæ, Altinum, the island of Chios, and Alexandria in Egypt; the small scallop, the purple, the pegris, the pinna, the pinnotheres, the rhine or squalus of the Latins, the turbot, the scarus a fish which holds the first rank at the present day; the sole, the sargus, the squilla, the sarda—such being the name of an elongated pelamis which comes from the Ocean; the scomber, the salpa, the sorus, the scorpæna, the sea-scorpion, the solas, the sciæna, the sciadeus, the scolopendra, the smyrus, the sæpia, the strombus, the solen, otherwise known as the

aulos, donax, onyx or dactylus; the spondylus, the smaris, the starfish, and the sponges. There is the sea-thrush also, famous among the rock-fish, the thynnis, the thranis, by some writers known as the xiphias; the thrissa, the torpedo, the tethea, the tritomus, a large kind of pelamis, which admits of being cut into three cybia; the shells of Venus, the grapefish, and the xiphias.

CHAP. 54.—ADDITIONAL NAMES OF FISHES FOUND IN THE POEM OF OVID.

To the above enumeration we will add some names given in the poem of Ovid, which are not to be found in any other writer: species, however, which are probably peculiar to the Euxine, on the shores of which he commenced that work towards the close of his life. The fishes thus mentioned by him are the sea-ox, the cercyrus, that dwells among the rocks, the orphus, the red erythinus, the iulus, the tinted mormyr, the chrysophrys a fish of a golden colour, the parus, the tragus, the melanurus remarkable for the beauty of its tail, and the epodes, a flat fish. In addition to these remarkable kinds of fishes, the same poet tells us that the channes conceives of itself, that the

glaucus never makes its appearance in summer, that the pompilus always accompanies vessels in their course, and that the chromis makes its nest in the water. The helops, he says, is unknown to our waters; from which it would appear that those are in error who look upon it as identical with our acipenser. Many persons have given the preference to the helops before all other fish, in point of flavour. There are several fishes also, which have been mentioned by no author; such, for instance, as the one called "sudis" by the Latins, and "sphyrene" by the Greeks, names which indicate the peculiar form of its muzzle. It is one of the very largest kinds, but rarely found, and by no means of inferior flavour. "Perna," too, is the name given to a kind of shellfish, found in vast numbers in the vicinity of the islands of the Euxine. These fish are found firmly planted in the sand, resembling in appearance the long shank of a hog. Opening wide their shells, where there is sufficient space, they lie in wait for their prey; this opening being not less than a foot in breadth, and the edges of it garnished around with teeth closely set, much resembling the teeth of a comb in form. Within the shell, the meat consists of a vast lump of flesh. I once saw, too, a fish called the "hyæna," which had been caught off the island of Ænaria. In addition to these animals, there are certain excretions thrown up by the sea, which do not merit any further notice, and indeed ought to be reckoned among the sea-weeds, rather than looked upon as animated beings. SUMMARY.—Remedies, narratives, and observations, nine hundred and ninety. ROMAN AUTHORS QUOTED.—Licinius Macer, Trebius Niger,

Sextius Niger who wrote in Greek, the Poet Ovid, Cassius Hemina, Mæcenas, Iacchus, Sornatius. FOREIGN AUTHORS QUOTED.—Juba, Andreas, Salpe, Apion, Pelops, Apelles, Thrasyllus, Nicander.

1 It is in the last six Books of Pliny, and those only, we regret to say, that we are enabled to avail ourselves of the new readings of the Bamberg MS., which has been so admirably collated by M. Ian. In a vast number of passages previously looked upon as hopelessly corrupt, or else not at all suspected of being in a mutilated state, this MS. supplies words and clauses, the existence of which in the original was hitherto unknown; indeed by its aid the indefatigable Sillig has been enabled, if we may be allowed the term, almost to rewrite the last six Books of Pliny. From a perusal of these new readings, as Dr. Smith has justly remarked, we have reason to infer "that the text of the earlier Books is still in a very defective state, and that much of the obscurity of Pliny may be traced to this cause." 2 The Echeneis remora of Linnæus. See B. ix. c. 41. 3 He alludes to the "rostra," or metal beaks, with which the prows of the ships of war were furnished. 4 An absurd tradition, no doubt, invented, probably, to palliate the disgrace of his defeat. 5 From the delay caused by the stoppage of the prætorian ship. 6 Caligula. 7 For Astura and Antium, see B. iii. c. 9. 8 And well it might surprise him. If there was any foundation at all for the story, there can be little doubt that a trick was played for the purpose of imposing upon Caligula's superstitious credulity, and that the rowers as well as the diving sailors were privy to it. 9 "Limax." A singular comparison, apparently. 10 In B. ix. c. 41. 11 See B. ix. c. 41, where he is speaking of a murex, a fish which bears no such affinity to the remora as to warrant our author's expression, "Idem valere omnia ea genera." 12 Properly meaning "delay." "Remora" is another reading, and perhaps a better one, as the word is found in Plautus. 13 In B. ix. c. 41. 14 From λύειν τὰς ὠδίνας, "to release from the pains of childbirth." 15 See B. ix. c. 67. 16 Ajasson remarks that it was owing probably to this opinion that it was formerly the belief, that by holding the breath a person could render himself proof against the shock of the torpedo; a precaution recommended by Kæmpfer, in his "Amenitates Exoticæ," p. 514. Ed. 1712. 17 "Quâdam aurâ sui corporis adficiat membra" seems a preferable reading to "Quâdam aurâ corporis sui adficiat membra," as given by the Bamberg MS., and adopted by Sillig. 18 See B. ix. c. 72, and the Note. 19 A fabulous story, Ajasson remarks, but one that was commonly believed in the 16th and 17th centuries. Gessner, however, a conscientious enquirer into the mysteries of Nature, asserts (de Aquatilibus, p. 563) that, to his own knowledge, the sight of this fish was productive of the symptoms here mentioned. Beckmann reckons the Aplysia depilans (with which the Sea-hare of the ancients is identified) in the number of the animal poisons, and remarks that (as we find stated by Cœlius Rhodiginus, B. xxvi. c. 30) the Emperor Titus was dispatched by the agency of this poison, administered to him by the direction of his brother Domitian. Hist. Inv. vol. I. p. 51. Bohn's Ed. 20 Athenæus says, B. viii., that the Scarus pursues it and devours it. 21 "Quibus impactus est." A curious expression; if indeed it is the correct reading. 22 See B. ix. c. 72. 23 Mituli. See B. ix. c. 74. 24 "Cetos." 25 Ajasson remarks, in confutation of this story, that there are few rivers in Arabia of such a breadth. 26 See B. xi. c. 34. 27 Of this work, begun by Ovid during his banishment in Pontus, and probably never completed, only a fragment of one hundred and thirty-two lines has come down to us. Pliny again makes reference to it, in the last Chapter of the present Book. 28 Or "Treatise on Fishes." 29 See B. ix. c. 69, and B. xi. c. 61. 30 Quoted from the Halieuticon. 31 The wolf fish. The Perca labrax of Linnæus. See B. ix. cc. 24, 28, 74, 79, and B. x. c. 89. 32 From the Halieuticon of Ovid. 33 See B. ix. cc. 14, 35, 39, 48, 74, 79, 81. 34 From the Halieuticon. 35 From the Halieuticon. 36 See B. ix. cc. 21, 26, 67. 37 From the Halieuticon. 38 From the Halieuticon. See Note 31 above, if indeed the same fish is meant. See also B. xxxi. c. 44, and the Note. 39 From the Halieuticon. 40 See B. ix. c. 85. 41 In B. ix. c. 39. Aristotle, however, as there stated, was not of the same opinion. 42 See B. xx. c. 98. 43 "Novacula piscis." Pliny is the only ancient author that mentions this fish. There are numerous varieties of it, among which the best known are the Coryphæna novacula of Linnæus, the Rason of the Mediterranean, highly esteemed as an article of food, and the Coryphæna pentedactyle of Bloch, identical with the Hemiptéronote à cinq taches, of Lacépède. 44 An absurdity, owing, no doubt, to its name. 45 Or "globe-fish." The Mola, orbis marinus, or sun-fish of modern Natural History, the Lune de mer, or poisson-lune of the French. Though the skin is harsh and tough, there is no firmness in its flesh, which is of a gluey consistency. 46 In reality it has scales, but they are almost imperceptible, from their minuteness. 47 Or rather, as Dalechamps observes, "all belly." 48 See B. ix. cc. 44, 45, and B. xviii. c. 87. 49 See B. ix. cc. 1, 21 and c. 53 of the present Book. There are two varieties of it, the Xiphias gladius of Bloch and Lacépède, and the Xiphias machæra of Shaw. 50 See B. v. c. 1. 51 Martial, B. iv. Ep. 30, speaks of this being the case at the fishponds of Baiæ, where the Emperor's fish were in the habit of making their appearance when called by name. 52 A village of Caria, celebrated for its sanctuary of Zeus Stratios. Ælian, Hist. Anim. B. xii. c. 30, says that there was a spring of clear water, within the sanctuary, which contained fish with golden necklaces and rings. 53 "Inaures." He probably means ornaments suspended from the gills, a thing which, in the case of eels, might be done. 54 "Senum delubrum." Ælian speaks of tame fish in the Old Men's Harbour (λιμὴν) at Chios. 55 In B. xxxi. c. 22. 56 The seat of the worship of the half-fish goddess Addirga, Atergatis, Astarte, or Derceto. See B. v. c. 19. The original names of Hierapolis (the Holy City) were Bambyce and Mabog. 57 See B. iii. c. 9. 58 A Greek name signifying "black-tails." See c. 53 of this Book. Holland translates it "the black-tailed ruffe" or "sea-bream." 59 See B. v. c. 38. 60 See B. v. c. 31, and B. xxxi. c. 43. 61 See B. iii. c. 14. 62 See B. v. cc. 3, 4. 63 See B. iii. cc. 16, 26. 64 Ajasson thinks that this may possibly be true to some small extent. 65 Identical with the fish called "orbis," already mentioned in c. 5 of this Book. Ajasson remarks that though these fish have been known to weigh as much as three hundred pounds, there are many others which grow to a larger size, the sturgeon, and the silurus, for instance. 66 Ajasson thinks that this notion may possibly have been derived from the name, which not improbably was given to it from the spongy and oleaginous nature of the flesh. 67 See B. iii. c. 16. 68 Owing, perhaps, to the moisture of the atmosphere. 69 We learn from Festus, that he prohibited the use also of the scarus, a fish with scales. 70 "Ad pulvinaria." Literally, "At the cushions;" in reference to the practice of placing the statues of the gods upon pillows at the Lectisternia, which were sacrifices in the nature of feasts, at which images of the gods were placed reclining on couches, with tables and food before them, as if they were really partaking of the things offered in sacrifice. Livy, B. v. c. 13. gives an account of a Lectisternium celebrated with great pomp, which he asserts to have been the first instance of the practice. 71 In B. ix. c. 54. 72 See B. iii. c. 11. 73 Theophrastus reckons coral among the precious stones, and the Pseudo-Orpheus among the minerals. Pliny would seem to be at a loss whether to consider it as an animal or a vegetable. In reality it is the production of marine organized bodies of an arborescent habit, known as Corallina, with jointed stems, supported on a kind of root divided into branches, which are likewise jointed. 74 Because κειρε̂ιται, it is "cut short" in the sea, a far-fetched derivation, apparently. 75 Solinus informs us that Zoroaster attributed certain mysterious properties to coral. 76 A practice still retained, though the original intention of it has been lost sight of. As to the form of the coral now used by infants, see Note 85 to B. xxviii. c. 7. 77 In reality, the Pastinaca or Sting-ray is not venomous; but the wounds inflicted by the sting in its tail are highly dangerous, from their tendency to gangrene 78 In B. ix. c. 72. As Ajasson remarks, it is quite possible that the sting of the Pastinaca might penetrate to the heart of a young tree, and so kill it; but that is no proof of its being poisonous. See also B. ix. cc. 40, 67. 79 Or Mustela, the sea-weasel, mentioned in B. ix. c. 29, and in c. 37 of the present Book. See also Note 12 to B. ix. c. 29. Ajasson is of opinion that under the names of "Galeos" and "Mustela," the ancients confounded the Squalus galeus and the Squalus mustelus of Linnæus. 80 See B. xix. c. 15, and B. xxii. c. 49. 81 As water, and are consequently amphibious. 82 The Castoreum of the ancients, the "castor" of our Materia Medica, is not in reality produced from the testes of the beaver, as was supposed by the ancients, but from two oval pouches situate near the anus of the animal of either sex. There are four of these pouches in all, two containing a species of fat, and two larger ones including in their membranous cells a viscous fetid substance, which forms the castor of medicine. It is considered to be an antispasmodic. 83 "Folliculos." A very appropriate term, as Ajasson remarks. 84 See B. xii. c. 49, and B. xxxiv. c. 14. 85 See B. xxv. c. 70. 86 Castor is still given to females to inhale, when suffering from hysteria. 87 See B. xx. c. 54. 88 See B. xxiv. c.38. 89 See B. viii. c. 41, B. x. c. 95, and B. xi. cc. 24, 28. 90 See B. xxix. c. 32. 91 See B. viii. c. 35, and B. xvi, c.80. 92 See B. xx. c. 81; B. xxii. c. 13; B. xxiii. c. 23, and B. xxiv. c. 73. 93 See B. xii. c. 57. 94 Or Mistletoe; see B. xvi. c. 92. 95 As to the identity of the "nitrum" of the ancients, see B. xxxi. c. 46 and the Notes. 96 See B. xx. c. 76. 97 Under the head of "testudines," he includes the tortoises, terrapenes, and turtles, which form an order of reptiles, known in Natural History as Chelonia, and characterised by the body being enclosed between a double shield or shell, out of which protrude the head, tail, and four extremities. 98 See B. ix. cc. 11, 12. 99 Our tortoises so called. 100 Our Chelonides, or turtles. 101 The Emydes and Trionyches of Modern Natural History. 102 The Emydes and Trionyches of Modern Natural History. 103 Or turtle. 104 See B. x. c. 86. 105 To make it of a yellow or golden colour, Dalechamps says. 106 Identified by Ajasson with the Emys lutaria of Modern Natural History. 107 Our Houseleek. See B. xxv. c. 102. 108 Because it is then powerless, and can make no effort to rise. 109 An absurd story, founded, no doubt, on the extremely slow pace of the tortoise. Ajasson remarks that it is the fresh-water tortoise, more particularly, that is so slow in its movements. 110 In B. xxi. c. 44. 111 Or Gilt-head. "Aurata." See B. ix. c. 25. 112 In B. viii. c. 38. See also B. xxviii. c. 30. 113 Among others, in B. vii. c. 13, and B. xxviii. c. 23. 114 In B. xxviii. c. 23. 115 As to this point, see c. 12 of this Book, and the Notes. 116 He must mean the Sea-dragon, mentioned in B. ix. c. 43, and in c. 53 of the present Book; for he has already stated in B. xxix. c. 20, that the serpent called "draco" is destitute of venom. See also B. viii. cc. 13, 14, 22, 41, and B. x. cc. 5, 92, 95, 96. 117 See B. viii. c. 41, B. x. c. 95, and B. xi. cc. 24, 28, 29. 118 See B. ix. cc. 71, 86, and c. 53 of the present Book. 119 See Note 16 above. 120 Rondelet asserts, B. vi. c. 19, that he himself had cured the sting of the sea-dragon by an application of the liver of that fish. 121 See B. xxix. c. 32. 122 See B. viii. c. 35, B. xi. c. 43, and B, xvi. c. 80. 123 See B. xxiii. c. 29. 124 Nicander, in his Theriaca, classes the Elops among the innocuous serpents. In B. ix. c. 27, we are informed that one name given to the Acipenser was "Elops." But see the remark made in c. 54 of this Book. 125 See B. xxiii. c. 80. 126 From c. 53 of the present Book, we learn that the Sarda was a kind of Pelamis, or young tunny, which was pickled, like our Anchovy. 127 See Note 16 above. 128 Tunny cut into slices, and pickled. See B. ix. c. 18. 129 See B. ix. cc. 40, 67, 74, 83. 130 See B. viii. c. 48, B. xi. cc. 19, 76, 116, B. xxv. c. 76. 131 See B. x. c. 86. 132 Under the name "magi," he is probably speaking here, not of the ordinary magicians, but the Magi of the East, from whom Democritus largely borrowed. 133 A piece of wit on the part of our author, in which he seldom indulges. 134 See B. xi. c. 76. 135 From "rubus," a "bramble." 136 In B. viii. c. 48. It is not improbable that the "rubetæ" of the ancients were toads. 137 Projections of the bones in which the eyes are set, as Dalechamps remarks. 138 "Plenæ veneficiorum." It was long a matter of doubt whether the toad is really poisonous, but it has been recently ascertained that the pustules on the skin contain a most active poison. 139 "Solium" and "oleum" are the readings here, but we adopt the conjecture of M. Ian, and substitute "ollam." 140 "Averting dogs." 141 The Enhydris, probably. See B. xxx. c. 8. 142 See B. xxvi. c. 33. 143 "Cancri fluviatiles." Our crawfish, the Potamobios of Leach. 144 See B. xix. cc. 31, 36, 44, and B. xx. c. 48. 145 It is difficult to say whether he means the shrew-mouse here, the bite of which was supposed to be poisonous, or the serpent called Scytale, mentioned by Lucan, B. ix. 1. 717. 146 See Note 44 above. 147 The Crab. This is giving the serpent credit for too much wisdom; an acquaintance, in fact, with the fantastic names which mankind have bestowed upon the signs of the Zodiac. 148 See B. ix. c. 32. 149 The same as the Orbis or Orthagoriscus of Chapters 5 and 9 of this Book, the Mola or sun-fish of the Mediterranean. See B. ix. c. 17. 150 Or sting-ray. See B. ix. c. 72. 151 There is considerable truth in this observation. 152 The sea-horse, the Syngnathus hippocampus of Linnæus. See B. ix. c. 1 153 See B. xxi. c. 105. 154 The same, probably, as the "opocarpathon" of B. xxviii. c. 45, a substance which does not appear to have been identified with any degree of certainty. See also c. 31 of the present Book. 155 B. ix. c. 79. 156 Ajasson remarks that these statements are consistent with fact. 157 "Deep-sea" oysters. 158 In Asia Minor. See B. v. c. 32, where it is called "Grynia." 159 In Lemnos. See B. iv. c. 23, and B. v. c. 32. 160 This is an error: the statement is made, not in B. ix., but in B. ii. c. 109. 161 See B. ix. c. 74. It is at the spawning season that this milky liquid is found in the oyster; a period at which the meat of the fish is considered unwholesome as food. We have a saying that the oyster should never be eaten in the months without an r; that the same, too, was the opinion in the middle ages is proved by the Leonine line:

"Mensibus erratis vos ostrea manducatis."

"In the r'd months you may your oysters eat." 162 See B. iii. c. 9. Horace speaks of the oysters of Circeii, B. ii. Sat. 4. l. 33. 163 There has been considerable discussion among the commentators as to the meaning of the word "spondylus" here. We are inclined to adopt the opinion of Venette, and to think that it means the so-called "meat" of the oyster. It must be short, and consequently plump and comparatively destitute of beard, and it must not be fleshy, as that would imply a degree of toughness not desirable in an oyster. The words "nec fibris laciniata ac tota in alvo," only seem to be an amplification of the preceding ones, "spondylo brevi et non carnoso." 164 Literally, "Having beautiful eyebrows." 165 See B. ix. c. 79. 166 See B. v. c. 40. 167 See B. iii. c. 9. 168 "Dulciora." 169 Those of Rutupæ, the present Richborough in Kent, were highly esteemed by the Romans. See Juvenal, Sat. 4. l. 141. 170 "Suaviora." 171 The district in the vicinity of Bordeaux, now called Medoc. The oysters of Medulæ are mentioned in terms of praise by Ausonius, Epist. vii. and Epist. cxliii. 172 "Acriora." 173 See B. iii. c. 4. 174 See B. v. c. 32. 175 See B. iii. c. 23. 176 See B. iii. c. 9. 177 They probably gave the name of "oyster" to some other shell-fish of large size. In Cook's Voyages we read of cockles in the Pacific, which two men were unable to carry. 178 From τρὶς, "thrice," and δάκνω, "to bite." 179 Ajasson remarks that many persons are unable to digest oysters, in an uncooked state. 180 Ajasson remarks that calcined oyster-shells formed an ingredient in the famous lithontriptic of Mrs. Stephens, a so-called remedy which obtained for her a considerable reward, voted by the English Parliament in the middle of last century. 181 A statement purely imaginary, Ajasson thinks; the liquid of this class of shell-fish containing no element whatever to fit it for an antidote. 182 Or antidote. 183 In B. xxvi. c. 66. 184 Many varieties of sea-weed are now known, Ajasson says, to possess this property, and are still used by savage nations for colouring the body. In Europe, the use of indigo, madder, and other tinctorial plants of a more decided character, has caused them to be entirely neglected for dyeing purposes. 185 Probably the Syngnathus hippocampus of Linnæus. See B. ix. c. <*>. 186 As to the Nitrum of the ancients, see B. xxxi. c. 46. 187 Or Cuttlefish. See B. ix. c. 44. 188 See B. ix. c. 35. 189 See c. 17 of the present Book. 190 This seems to be the meaning of "conchyliorum" here, though in most instances Pliny uses it as synonymous with the purple. See B. ix. cc. 60, 61, 64. 191 See B. xxv. c. 70. 192 This assertion reminds us of the healing effects of the fish with which Tobit cured his father's blindness. See Tobit, c. xi. v. 13. 193 See c. 13 of this Book. 194 Identified by Ajasson with the white Rascasse of the Mediterranean. Hardouin combats the notion that this was the fish, the gall of which was employed by Tobit for the cure of his father, and is inclined to think that the Silurus was in reality the fish; a notion no better founded than the other, Ajasson thinks. 195 In his "Messenia," for instance. The fragment has been preserved by Ælian, Hist. Anim. B. xiii. c. 4. Ajasson remarks that the ancients clearly mistook the swimming bladder of the fish for the gall. 196 Or "heaven-gazer." 197 The original has "ab oculo quem,"—but we have adopted the reading suggested by Dalechamps, "Ab oculis quos in superiore capite." Ajasson says that the white rascasse has the eyes so disposed on the upper part of the head as to have the appearance of gazing upwards at the heavens. Hence it is that at Genoa, the fish is commonly known as the prête or "priest." 198 See B. ix. c. 32. 199 See Chapter 17 of the present Book. 200 "Albugines." 201 Meaning, literally, "Fallen from Jupiter," in reference to their supposed descent from heaven in showers of rain. 202 Cortex. 203 See B. xxxiv. co. 22, 23. 204 "Ossiculo." 205 Literally, "fish-glue." We can hardly believe Pliny that any fish was known by this name. Hardouin takes the fish here spoken of to be identical with that mentioned in B. ix. c. 17, as being caught in the Borysthene, and destitute of bones. It is most probable, however, that the "ichthyocolla" of the ancients, or "fish-glue," was the same as our isinglass, and that it was prepared from the entrails of various fish, the sturgeon more particularly, the Acipenser huso of Linnæus. 206 The best isinglass still comes from Russia. 207 " Nativi coloris." See B. viii. c. 23. Beckmann says, in reference to the present passage: "We manufacture the wool of our brown sheep in its natural colour, and this was done also by the ancients."—Hist. Inv. vol. ii. p. 110, Bohn's Ed. 208 The "calamites" above mentioned, so called from "calamus," a reed. 209 The Bryonia Cretica of Linnæus; see B. xxiii. c. 16. 210 An eminent surgeon, born at Sidon in Phœnicia, who practised at Rome, probably in the first century B.C. 211 "Mutis," silent," or "voiceless" frogs, as suggested by Gessner, Hist. Anim. B. ii., would almost seem to be a preferable reading here to "multis," "many." 212 Another reading is "tænia," a fish mentioned by Epicharmus, Athenæus informs us, and considered by Ajasson to be probably identical with the Cepola rubescens, or Cepola tænia of Linnæus. 213 The same as the Batis of the Greeks, Hardouin thinks, the Raia batis, a kind of skate. 214 See B. ix. c. 28. 215 See the preceding Chapter. 216 See c. 13 of the present Book. 217 See B. ix. c. 71. 218 As to "nitrum," see B. xxxi. c. 46. 219 See B. xxxi. c. 43. 220 See Note 89 to Chapter 23 of this Book. 221 "Canicula." See B. ix. cc. 11, 70. 222 Or sting-ray. 223 Tunny cut in slices. See B. ix. c. 18. 224 See end of B. xxxi. 225 For the purpose, probably, of assuaging the pain of tooth-ache by their coolness. 226 See B. ix. cc. 40, 67. 227 " Cetum." See B. ix. cc. 40, 74. 228 Ajasson is of opinion that here and in c. 19 Pliny has mistaken the otter for a serpent, the mammiferæ only having eye or canine teeth. Aristotle, Hist. Anim. B. i. c. i., calls the otter by the name of "Enhydris." See B. xxx. c. 8, where Pliny speaks of the "Enhydris" as a " male white serpent." 229 Or seal. See B. ix. c. 15. 230 See B. ix. c. 42. Holland calls the mæna the "cackerel." 231 Or sting-ray. 232 See B. ix. c. 1. 233 Much like the cod-liver oil, held in such high repute at the present day. 234 " Icthyocolla." See Chapter 24 of the present Book. 235 Of course this assertion as to the nest of the kingfisher is altogether fabulous, and the sea-productions here described by Pliny were long considered, though destitute of leaves, flowers, and fruit, to belong to the vegetable kingdom. Peyssonnel, however, made the discovery that they belong to the animal kingdom, and that they owe their origin to a species of polyp. 236 Or kingfisher. See B. x. c. 47. 237 " Oculorum cicatrices." 238 See end of B. xx. 239 See end of B. viii. 240 See B. ix. c. 42. 241 See B. ix. cc. 40, 67. The Bamberg MS. has here "rhine," (the fish again mentioned in Chapter 53 of this Book) instead of "rana;" a reading which Sillig rejects. Hardouin conjectures that "raia" is the correct reading, the sea-frog having no sting or stickle in the tail. 242 See B. ix. c. 67. 243 Or sea-lizard, a fish again mentioned in Chapter 53 of this Book. Ælian also speaks of it, Hist. Nat. B. xii. c. 25; but it has not been hitherto identified. 244 See c. 25 of this Book. 245 See c. 13 of this Book. 246 See B. xxxi. c. 43. 247 See B. ix. cc. 17, 25, 75. 248 It is not clear whether he means the gum ammoniac of B. xii. c. 49, and B. xxiv. c. 14, or the sal ammoniac of B. xxxi. c. 39. 249 " Saliva." See the recipe of Sallustius Dionysius in Chapter 26 of this Book. 250 The Dryophites of Rondelet, Dalechamps says. 251 Identical with the Strombus of cc. 39, 46, and 53 of this Book. 252 See B. ix. c. 1. 253 Littré remarks that Pliny here seems to speak of the "Tethea" as a mollusk; whereas in c. 31, from his expression "Fungorum verius generis quam piscium," he would appear to be describing a zoophyte. 254 See B. ix. cc. 17, 25, 75. 255 See B. ix. cc. 24, 48, 67, 74, 75. 256 See B. xx. c. 38. 257 A rock fish, according to Athenæus, B. vii. Rondelet, B. vi. c. 7, identifies it with the fish called girello by the people of Liguria, the donzelia of other districts. 258 Sliced tunny. See B. ix. c. 18. 259 A genus which comprises the "myes," mentioned in B. ix. c. 56, according to Dalechamps. 260 See B. ix. c. 60. 261 See B. xxi. c. 105. 262 See B. xxviii. c. 45, and Chapter 20 of the present Book. 263 Identical with our mussel, probably. 264 Holland identifies this with the cockle, but it is probably a smaller kind of mussel. 265 See B. xxxiv. c. 50. 266 We learn from Chapter 53 of this Book, that one class of the "Chamæ," or gaping cockles, was known as "Pelorides." Horace also mentions them. 267 See B. xxxi. c. 46. 268 See Note 51 above. Sillig would here read "tetheum," apparently, in the singular. 269 Described in B. xxvii. c. 29. 270 A city not far from the Canopic branch of the Nile. 271 "Dantur" seems a preferable reading to "datur." 272 See B. ix c. 42. 273 Our crawfish, the Astacus potamobios of Leach. 274 See Chapter 13 of this Book. 275 See B. xix. c. 27, and B. xxv. c. 64. 276 See B. ix. cc. 23, 77. 277 See end of B. xxxi. 278 See B. ix. cc. 20, 24, 36. 279 See B. ix. cc. 24, 48, 67, 74, 75. 280 "Rhombus." See B. ix. cc. 20, 36, 67, 79. 281 See Chapters 23, 34, 30 and 53 of this Book. 282 Rondelet, B. vi. c. 19, suggests "capite"—"in the head" —but the present reading is supported by the text of Plinius Valerianus, B. ii. c. 39, and of Marcus Empiricus, c. 28. 283 As to the identity of the Enhydris, see Chapters 19 and 26 of the present Book : also B. xxx. c. 8. 284 Probably the βλεννὸς of Oppian, B. i. c. 108. Dalechamps identifies it with the mullet called "myxon," apparently the same fish as the "bacchus" mentioned in Chapter 25 of this Book. Rondelet appears to identify it with some other sea-fish, small, and extremely rare. On the other hand, the fish mentioned by Oppian is thought by Littré to be the "gobius" of the Latins, ("gobio" or "cobio," mentioned by Pliny in B. ix. c. 83, and in c. 53 of the present Book), which is generally considered the same as our gudgeon, and was a worthless fish, "vilis piscis," as Juvenal says. One of the Linnæan orders of fishes is called "Blennius," the blenny. 285 See B. ix. c. 28. 286 See B. ix. c. 68. 287 Or sea-lungs. See B. ix. c. 71, and B. xviii. c. 85. 288 Or crawfish. 289 "Pectines." See B. ix. cc. 51, 52, 68, 74, 112. 290 Athenæus adds a fourth name, "solen;" and a fifth was "dactylus," see B. ix. c. 87. According to Dalechamps, the name "donax" was given to one kind of scallop, from its fancied resemblance to a thick, hollow, river-reed, and that of "onyx" from the resemblance of its colour to that of the finger-nails. 291 It is not improbable that he may mean the same animal that has been mentioned in cc. 19 and 26 of this Book, the Enhydris. See also B. xxx. c. 8. 292 See B. xxix. c. 22. 293 See B. ix. cc. 17, 25, 75. 294 See B. ix. c. 42, and Chapter 27 of this Book. 295 See B. ix. cc. 18, 19, and Chapter 53 of this Book. 296 Salted tunny. See B. ix. c. 18. 297 See B. ix. cc. 24, 48, 74, 75. 298 Our crawfish. 299 See B. ix. cc. 24, 32. 300 See B. ix. c. 24. 301 See Chapters 23, 24, 30, 32, and 53 of the present Book. Also B. xx. c. 53. 302 See B. ix. c. 42. 303 "Perca." See B. ix. c. 24. 304 See Note 93 above. 305 See B. ix. c. 14. 306 In B. ix. c. 14. 307 Ajasson remarks that many writers have identified the Smaris with the Sardine or the Anchovy. In his opinion, however, it is neither; but he thinks that under this head were included seven or eight varieties of the Pickerel, the principal of which are, the Sparus smaris of Linnæus and Lacépède, the Sparus mana of Linnæus, or Sparus mendola of Lacépède, and the Sparus haffara of Lacépède and Linnæus. 308 See Chapter 22 of the present Book. 309 See B. ix. c. 1. 310 Literally, the "little serpent." Some think that it is the Ophidium barbatum of Linnæus. Rondelet identifies it, B. xiv. c. 2, with the small fish called donzella by the people of Montpellier. See c. 31, Note 55. 311 See B. xxx. c. 22. 312 See B. xiv. c. 8. 313 "Rubetæ." See c. 18 of this Book; also B. viii. c. 48; B. xi. cc. 19, 76, 116, and B. xxv. c. 76. 314 See B. ix. c. 72; B. xxv. c. 77, and Chapter 3 of this Book. 315 Or seal-skin. See B. viii. c. 49, and B. ix. c. 15, 316 In B. xxvii. c. 33. 317 In B. xxvi. c. 66. 318 Or "sea-lungs." See B. ix. c. 71, B. xviii. c. 5, and Chapters 32, 46, and 52 of the present Book. Ajasson remarks that this is still the common name of many kinds of Medusæ. 319 Our crawfish. 320 See B. ix. cc. 17, 25, 75. 321 "Mituli." See Chapter 31 of the present Book. 322 In B. viii. c. 49. 323 See Note 14 above. 324 See Chapter 13 of the present Book. 325 See B. ix. c. 29. 326 See B. ix. cc. 35, 76. 327 See B. ix. c. 1. 328 See B. ix. c. 28. 329 See B. ix. c. 24. 330 "Ablatis unguibus." 331 "Rubeta." 332 Our crawfish. 333 Because the nightingale sings at night, instead of sleeping. 334 See B. ix. cc. 2, 5, 6, 7, 15. 335 Or seal. 336 "Spondylus." 337 See Chapter 29 of this Book. 338 See Chapters 30 and 31 of the present Book. 339 See B. xviii. c. 19. 340 "Crebriore anhelitu." 341 See B. ix. cc. 17, 25, 75. 342 Or sting-ray. See B. ix. cc. 37, 40, 67, 72. 343 Ichthyocolla. See Chapter 24 of this Book. 344 See Chapter 13 of this Book. 345 See B. ix. c. 30. 346 See B. ix. c. 46. 347 This seems to be the meaning of "naturâ dissidente," if it is the correct reading. That, however, suggested by Dalechamps would seem to be preferable, "naturâ retinente,"—"it being the nature of its flesh to cling to the knife." 348 See Chapter 24 of this Book. 349 "Calami." 350 "Bloods bankers." 351 "Cucurbitæ medicinales." 352 This does not appear to be considered the case at the present day. 353 A method <*> still employed. 354 See B. x. c. 27. 355 "Invehu<*> virus remedio verso." The reading is probably corrupt, but the meaning is pretty evident. 356 See B. xx <*>. c. 17, and c. 47 of this Book. 357 See B. ix. cc. 17, 25, 75. 358 See B. ix. c. 17. Ajasson says that it is also found of enormous size, in the Danube and in the Theisse. 359 See B. xxxiv. c. 33. 360 See B. ix. c. 42. 361 See Note 55 above. 362 "Cunila capitata." See B. xx. c. 65. 363 See B. xxxiv. c. 55. 364 Tunny sliced and salted; see B. ix. c. 18. 365 See B. xxxi. c. 44. 366 See B. ix. cc. 24, 32. 367 See B. ix. c. 30. 368 See B. ix. c. 67. 369 See Note 58 above. 370 "Thymia." 371 Ajasson thinks that the ancients knew but one kind of sea-scorpion, but in different states, the Cottus scorpius, probably, of Linnæus. 372 See Chapter 34 of this Book. 373 See Note 63 above. 374 See Note 58 above. 375 This fish has not been identified. It is possible, however, that it may be the same as the "glaucus" mentioned in B. ix. c. 25. 376 See Note 69 above. 377 See B. xxvi. c. 92. 378 See B. ix. cc. 14, 40, 67. 379 An asserted remedy, founded, as Ajasson remarks, upon nothing but a pun, the resemblance between δελφῖς, a "dolphin," and δελφὺς, the "womb." 380 See Chapters 29 and 39 of this Book. 381 See B. ix. c. 42. 382 See B. xx. c. 65. 383 In other words, seal-oil. 384 Or sea-lungs. See Chapter 36 of this Book. 385 Or crawfish. 386 See B. ix. c. 17; also Chapter 43 of this Book. 387 Meaning Egypt, probably; see the passages referred to in the preceding note. 388 De Morb. Mulier. I. 128. 389 We would adopt the suggestion of M. Ian, and read "quinis cum." in preference to "cum quinis;" "five crabs with roots of lapathum and rue." 390 See B. xx. c. 85. 391 See Chapter 13 of the present Book. 392 See B. xii. c. 57. 393 See B. ix. cc. 24, 48, 74, 75. 394 Or sting-ray. See B. ix. c. 72. 395 The callosity is here meant, Hardouin supposes, which covers the purple in the shell. See Chapter 41 of this Book. 396 "Salis flore." See B. xxxi. c. 42. 397 "Cedrium." See B. xvi. c. 21, and B. xxiv. c. 11. 398 See end of B. xxviii. 399 Or "sea-lungs." See Chapter 36 of this Book. 400 See B. ix. c. 67 401 See B. ix. c. 68. 402 See Note 90 above. 403 In Chapter 24 of this Book. 404 See the preceding Note. 405 See Chapter 42 of this Book. 406 In the case of infants, probably. 407 "Canicula." See B. ix. cc. 11, 70. 408 Or "crawfish," 409 "Crebro humefacto" seems a preferable reading to "cerebro humefacto," though supported by the Bamberg MS. 410 See B. xxii. c. 29, and B. xxx. c. 47. 411 See B. ix. c. 30. 412 Identified with the "erythinus" of B. ix. c. 23, and mentioned in the next Chapter. 413 See B. ix. c. 1. 414 Or Remora. See B. ix. c. 41. 415 See B. viii. c. 39. 416 See Note 90 above. 417 See B. ix. c. 23. 418 See Chapter 24 of this Book. 419 See B. ix. c. 1. 420 "Rubeta." See B. viii. c. 48, B. xi. cc. 19, 76, 116, B. xxv. c. 76, and c. 18 of this Book. 421 See B. xv. c. 36, and B. xx. c. 22. 422 "Remedies for lassitude." See B. xxiii. cc. 45, 80; B. xxvii. c.13, and B. xxix. cc. 13, 37. 423 See B. xvi. c. 66, and B. xxiv. c. 50. 424 See B. xvi. c. 66, and B. xxiv. c. 50. 425 See B. xxiv. c. 50. 426 See B. ix. cc. 20, 44, 74, 78. 427 "Ablato priore lumine." Hardouin justly ridicules this assertion. This ink, as Ajasson remarks, is intensely black. 428 See B. ix. c. 71, and Chapter 36 of this Book. 429 This seems to be the meaning of "adeo ut baculum ita præluceat." 430 Some MSS. have here "164," the Bamberg MS. and others" 144." Owing to the corrupt state of the text in many parts of this Chapter, it is impossible to say which reading is correct. 431 "Invenire non potuimus" seems a preferable reading to "invenire potuimus." 432 Modern Ceylon. See B. vi. cc. 23, 24, B. vii. c. 2, and B. ix. c. 54. 433 "Quæ nascuntur certa sunt." A bold assertion. The various fishes now known amount to many thousands; and there are still vast numbers, no doubt, with which science has not hitherto become acquainted. 434 "Belluæ." 435 He may possibly allude to the plants mentioned in B. xiii. cc. 48, 49, 50, 51, and 52; though Hardouin seems to think it impossible to discover what he means, seeing that he is speaking of sea-monsters, beings with animal life. See also B. ix. c. 3. 436 See B. ix. c. 3. 437 See B. ix. cc. 2, 5. 438 See B. ix. c. 3; probably the same as the "pristis" of B. ix. c. 2. 439 See B. ix. c. 4. 440 See B. ix. c. 4. 441 See B. ix. c. 4. 442 "Homines marini." See B. ix. c. 4. 443 See B. ix. c. 3. 444 See B. ix. c. 5. 445 See B. ix. c. 4. 446 See B. ix. c. 88, and B. xi. c. 62 447 See B. ix. c. 67. 448 See B. ix. c. 7. 449 See B. ix. c. 15. 450 Odyssey, B. iv. 1. 436. 451 Turtles. See B. ix. c. 13. 452 See Chapter 13 of this Book. 453 See B. viii. c. 47; also Chapters 26 and 32 of this Book. 454 See B. ix. c. 70. 455 The name of a fish unknown. Sillig conjectures that Pliny may have had in view the fish called "dromades" by Aristotle. "Dromones" is another reading, a sort of small crab. 456 Littré translates this "horned ray." 457 "Gladii." See B. ix. cc. 1, 21; the same, probably, as the "xiphias" mentioned at the end of this Chapter. 458 See B. ix. c. 1. 459 See B. viii. c. 39. 460 See B. viii. c. 37. 461 See B. ix. cc. 18, 20. Holland says, "Some take 'thynni' for the milters, and 'thynnides' for the spawners." In his translation, however, he identifies the "thynnides" with the "pelamides," or young tunnies, mentioned in this Chapter, and in B. ix. c. 18. 462 See B. ix. cc. 17, 25. 463 See B. ix. cc. 24, 32. 464 "Peræ." See B. ix. c. 24. 465 See B. ix. c. 27. 466 "Aurata." See B. ix. c. 25. 467 See B. ix. cc. 25, 28. 468 Considered by some to be the whiting. Littré identifies it with the Perca labrax of Linnæus. 469 See B. ix. c. 74; where it is called "apua." 470 The "sea-fox." See B. ix. c. 67. 471 "Anguilla." See B. ix. cc. 2, 37, 38. 472 Or sea-spider. See B. ix. c. 72. 473 The same as the bogue of the coasts of Narbonne, according to Rondelet, B. v. c. 11. 474 See Chapter 25 of the present Book. 475 See B. ix. c. 28. 476 Or frog.fish. See B. ix. c. 40. 477 "Sea-needles." Identified by some with the horn-fish, horn-back, or needle-fish. 478 "Needle-fish." 479 "Acorn-fish." A shell-fish, according to Rondelet, B. i. c. 30, which frequents the clefts of rocks. 480 "Sea-raven." According to some authorities, identical with the Trigla hirundo of Linnæus. Hardouin says that it is the fish called capone by the people of Rome. 481 See B. ix. c. 71 482 The same, probably, as the "gobio," mentioned in B. ix. c. 83. 483 See B. ix. c. 28. 484 See B. ix. cc. 25, 28. 485 Thought by some to be a kind of mackerel, by others to be a tunny. Rondelet says, B. viii. c. 8, that it is a fish still called coguiol by the people of Marseilles. 486 In the Hellespont. 487 Or Sexis, according to Pintianus. 488 Or "sea-lizards." 489 See B. ix. c. 18. He surely does not intend to include this among his "one hundred and seventy-six different kinds of aquatic animals"! 490 Or young tunny. See B. ix. c. 18. 491 See B. ix. c. 18. 492 Rondelat says, B. v. c. 4, that it is a fish still known (in his time) as cantheno, by the people of Narbonne. Ovid, in his Halieuticon, 1. 103, speaks of the unpleasant flavour of its juices. 493 See Chapter 24 of the present Book. 494 Of course, as Hardouin says, he does not include the shell-fishes in this assertion. The fish with this uncomplimentary name has not been identified. 495 "Urtica." See B. ix. c. 68. 496 See B. ix. c. 51. 497 Or "chamæ;" different varieties of gaping cockles. 498 Or "monster"-cockles. 499 Or "sweet" cockles. 500 See Chapter 27 of this Book. 501 See B. ix. c. 54. 502 Or "cochli." As to the various kinds of cochleæ, see B. ix. c. 51. 503 "Five-fingered." So called from some peculiarity in their shape. 504 Considered by some to be the striated mussel, the Pecten of Linnæus. 505 "Radii." 506 This is not improbably the meaning of the very elliptical sentence, "Quibus radii cantant." 507 See B. ix. c. 1. 508 The "dog's-face," literally. This fish has not been identified: indeed the reading is doubtful. 509 A kind of crab or crayfish. See B. xxvii. c. 2. 510 Literally, the "dog's right hand." This fish has not been identified: Hardouin suggests that it may have been a zoöphyte. 511 See B. ix. c. 43, and Chapters 17 and 26 of this Book. 512 Or "little dragon." 513 The sea-scorpion, probably. 514 See B. ix. c. 23; also Chapters 31 and 50 of this Book. 515 Or Remora. See B. ix. c. 41; also Chapter 1 of this Book. 516 See B. ix. cc. 14, 74. 517 See B. ix. c. 32. 518 See Chapter 46 of the present Book. 519 See B. ix. c. 67. 520 Possibly the same as the "Conger" of B. ix. c. 24. 521 A fish similar, most probably, to the "gerricula" previously mentioned. Holland calls it a "pilchard" or "herring." 522 A kind of squalus. See B. ix. c. 70. 523 See B. xxxi. c. 43. 524 Or "horse." The crab, probably, mentioned in B. ix. c. 51. 525 See B. ix. c. 24. 526 Or sea-swallow. See B. ix. c. 43. 527 "Lungs of the sea." The same as the Pulmones, or sea-lungs, mentioned in B. ix. c. 71, and in Chapter 36 of this Book. 528 See B. ix. c. 1. 529 Or "sea-liver." A sort of rock-fish, according to Athenæus. 530 The same as the "milvus" or "sea-kite," mentioned in B. ix. c. 43. 531 See Chapter 31 of this Book. Instead of this fish and the preceding one, most of the editions mention the "elacatenes," a cetaceous fish, according to Athenæus, much used for salting. 532 "Sea-lizards." 533 See B. ix. c. 45. 534 "Locusta." See B. ix. c. 50. 535 "Lucerna." See B. ix. c. 43. 536 Neither this fish nor the "larinus" has been identified. 537 See B. ix. c. 72, and Chapter 3 of this Book. 538 See B. ix. c. 51. 539 See B. ix. c. 30. 540 See B. ix. c. 20. 541 See B. ix. c. 26. 542 See Chapter 8 of this Book. Holland translates this—"The blacke taile perch, (which some take for a ruffe, others for a sea-breame)." 543 See B. ix. c. 42. 544 A fish of the Nile, according to Ælian. "Meryx" is another reading, a kind of Scarus, it is thought. 545 See B. ix. c. 23. 546 A shell-fish. See B. ix. c. 56. 547 See Chapter 31 of this Book. 548 See Chapter 31 of this Book. 549 See B. ix. c. 61. 550 The "eye-fish." A kind of lamprey has been suggested. 551 See Chapter 35 of this Book. 552 See B. ix. c. 21. 553 "Sea-ears." A kind of oyster, Holland says. 554 See B. ix. c. 20. 555 He speaks of it as a kind of Pelamis, a little further on. 556 The sun-fish. See Chapter 5 of this Book. 557 The same, probably, as the "orbis." See Chapters 5 and 9 of the present Book. 558 Or phagrus. See B. ix. c. 24. 559 See B. ix. c. 42. 560 A young tunny. See B. ix. c. 20. 561 A "choice bit." See B. ix. c. 20. 562 See B. ix. c. 17. 563 This fish has not been identified. 564 See B. ix. c. 36. 565 Or sting-ray. See B. ix. c. 40. 566 See B. ix. c. 48. 567 See B. ix. c. 51. 568 See B. v. c. 39. 569 Probably the place of that name in Sicily, mentioned in B. ii. c. 94, and B. iii. c. 14. 570 See B. iii. c. 26. 571 See B. iii. c. 22. 572 "Pectunculus." See Note 65 above. 573 See B. ix. c. 60. 574 An unknown fish. The reading is doubtful. 575 See B. ix. c. 66. 576 See B. ix. c. 66. 577 See B. ix. c. 40. 578 "Rhombus." See B. ix. c. 36. 579 See B. ix. c. 29. 580 See B. ix. c. 36. 581 See B. ix. c. 30. 582 The same, perhaps, as the "pinnotheres" of B. ix. c. 66, a kind of shrimp. 583 See Chapter 17 of this Book. 584 See B. ix. c. 18. 585 See B. ix. c. 19. 586 See B. ix. c. 32. 587 Considered by Sillig to be the same as the "Saurus" of Chapter 28 of this Book; the "sea-lizard," apparently. 588 It does not seem to have been identified; though Rondelet says that it is the same as the Rascasse of the Mediterranean. 589 See B. xx. c. 53, and Chapters 23, 30, 32, 34, and 35 of this Book. 590 This fish has not been identified; indeed the reading is very doubtful. 591 See B. ix. c. 24. 592 A fish similar to the preceding one, probably; some kind of ombre, Littré thinks. 593 See B. ix. c. 67. 594 Probably the same as the "Myrus" of B. ix. c. 39. 595 See B. ix. c. 45. 596 See Chapter 30 of this Book. 597 See Chapter 32 of this Book. 598 A sort of mollusk, Littré thinks. There is a shell-fish known as the Spondylus gæderopus of Linnæus. 599 See Chapters 34, 45, and 46, of this Book 600 See B. ix. c. 86. 601 See B. ix. c. 69. 602 See B. ix. c. 20. 603 A sort of tunny, probably. 604 See Chapter 6 of this Book. Probably the same as the "gladius" of this Chapter, and of B. ix. cc. 1, 21. 605 Considered by Littré to be the Shad. 606 See B. ix. c. 67. 607 See Chapter 30 of this Book. 608 See B. ix. c. 18. 609 See B. ix. c. 18. 610 See B. ix. c. 52, and Chapter 1 of this Book. 611 See B. ix. c. 1, and c. 49 of this Book. 612 See Note 3 above. 613 The Halieuticon, already mentioned in Chapter 5 of this Book. 614 At the town of Tomi, whither he was banished by Augustus Cæsar. 615 See B. ix. c. 24. 616 See B. ix. cc. 23, 77, and Chapters 31, 50, of this Book. 617 The same, probably, as the "iulis" mentioned in the preceding Chapter. 618 The "golden brow." The same as the "Aurata" or "dorade" of B. ix. c. 25, and Chapters 16 and 53 of this Book. 619 An unknown fish; the reading is doubtful. 620 The "goat-fish." It does not appear to have been identified. 621 Literally, the "black tail." See the preceding Chapter. 622 According to Rondelet, a fish resembling the Coracinus. 623 See B. ix. c. 23. 624 See B. ix. c. 25. 625 See B. ix. c. 47. 626 See B. ix. c. 42. 627 See B. ix. c. 27. Ajasson is of opinion that the "helops" is the Russian sturgeon, the "acipenser," the common sturgeon. 628 Resembling a "stake" in appearance. It has been suggested that this is the Esox sphyræna. 629 "Perna." Hardouin says that from the diminutive of this, "pernula," the modern word "pearl" is derived. 630 A sort of "tursio," Dalechamps says. See B. ix. c. 11. 631 See B. iii. c. 12. 632 See end of B. xix. 633 See end of B. viii. 634 See end of B. xii. 635 See end of B. xviii. 636 See end of B. xii. 637 See end of B. ix. 638 According to Suetonius, Fescennius Iacchus was a grammarian who taught in Cisalpine Gaul. See also B. xxxvii. c. 54. 639 See end of B. xxxi. 640 See end of B. v. 641 See end of B. xx. 642 See end of B. xxviii. 643 See end of B. xxx. 644 See end of B. xxxi. 645 See end of B. xxviii. 646 See end of B. ii. 647 See end of B. viii.

The Natural History. Pliny the Elder. John Bostock, M.D., F.R.S. H.T. Riley, Esq., B.A. London. Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. 1855.

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 United States License.

An XML version of this text is available for download, with the additional restriction that you offer Perseus any modifications you make. Perseus provides credit for all accepted changes, storing new additions in a versioning system.

show Browse Bar

load focus Latin (Karl Friedrich Theodor Mayhoff, 1906)

hide Places (automatically extracted)

View a map of the most frequently mentioned places in this document.

hide Dates (automatically extracted)

Sort dates alphabetically, as they appear on the page, by frequency

Click on a date to search for it in this document.

1712 AD (1)

hide References (4 total)

Cross-references to this page (1): A Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities (1890), AMULE´TUM

Cross-references in general dictionaries to this page (3): Lewis & Short, ăcharnē Lewis & Short, căchecta Lewis & Short, ūmĕ-făcĭo

hide Search

Searching in English. More search options

Limit Search to:

The Natural History (this document)

hideStable Identifiers

Citation URI: http://data.perseus.org/citations/urn:cts:latinLit:phi0978.phi001.perseus-eng1:32

Text URI: http://data.perseus.org/texts/urn:cts:latinLit:phi0978.phi001.perseus-eng1

Work URI: http://data.perseus.org/texts/urn:cts:latinLit:phi0978.phi001

Catalog Record URI: http://data.perseus.org/catalog/urn:cts:latinLit:phi0978.phi001.perseus-eng1

hide Display Preferences

Greek Display:

Unicode (precombined) Unicode (combining diacriticals) Beta Code SPIonic SGreek GreekKeys Latin transliteration

Arabic Display:

Unicode Buckwalter transliteration

View by Default:

Original Language Translation

Browse Bar:

Show by default Hide by default